BT GLOBAL INVESTORS
N-1A EL/A, 1995-11-03
Previous: SERIES PORTFOLIO, N-30D, 1995-11-03
Next: EXPRESS DIRECT WORLD FUND INC, N-1A EL, 1995-11-03



AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON NOVEMBER 3, 1995
File Nos. 33-     and 811-7347
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549


                                   FORM N-1A
                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                      AND

                          REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
                       THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1

                              BT GLOBAL INVESTORS
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

                 6 ST. JAMES AVENUE, BOSTON MASSACHUSETTS 02116
              (Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)

       Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 423-0800

                                 THOMAS M. LENZ
                        SIGNATURE FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.
                               6 ST. JAMES AVENUE
                          BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS 02116
                    (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                                   copies to:
Burton S. Leibert, Esq.                            Anne B. McMillen
Willkie Farr & Gallagher                           Bankers Trust Company
One Citicorp Center                                One Bankers Trust Plaza
153 East 53rd Street                               130 Liberty Street
New York, New York 10022-4669                      New York, New York 10006

APPROXIMATE DATE OF PROPOSED PUBLIC OFFERING: AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE
EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

PURSUANT TO RULE 24F-2(A)(1), REGISTRANT HEREBY DECLARES THAT AN INDEFINITE
NUMBER OF ITS SHARES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST (PAR VALUE $0.00001 PER SHARE) IS
BEING REGISTERED BY THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

BT Investment Portfolios, International Equity Portfolio and Capital
Appreciation Portfolio have also executed this Registration Statement.

================================================================================
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES
AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE
A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A), MAY
DETERMINE.

<PAGE>

BT0445C
                              BT GLOBAL INVESTORS

                                   FORM N-1A
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
Part A
ITEM NO.                               HEADINGS IN PROSPECTUS

 1. Cover Page . . . . . . . . . . .   Cover Page

 2. Synopsis . . . . . . . . . . . .   The Funds -- Expense Summary

 3. Condensed Financial
    Information  . . . . . . . . . .   Not applicable

 4. General Description of
    Registrant . . . . . . . . . . .   Cover Page; The Funds -- Who May Want
                                       to Invest; The Funds in Detail --
                                       Risk Factors and Certain Securities
                                       and Investment Practices

 5. Management of the Fund . . . . .   The Funds -- Expense Summary; The
                                       Funds in Detail -- Management of the
                                       Trust and the Portfolios

 6. Capital Stock and Other
    Securities . . . . . . . . . . .   Cover Page; The Funds in Detail -- 
                                       Performance; Your Account -- Types of
                                       Accounts, How to Buy Shares, How to Sell
                                       Shares; Shareholder and Account
                                       Policies -- Dividends, Capital Gains and
                                       Taxes, Exchange Restrictions, Sales
                                       Charge Reductions and Waivers, Additional
                                       Information About the Trust and
                                       Portfolios

7.  Purchase of Securities Being
    Offered  . . . . . . . . . . . .   Your Account -- How to Buy Shares;
                                       Shareholder and Account Policies --
                                       Valuation Details, Exchange
                                       Restrictions, Sales Charge Reductions
                                       and Waivers

8.  Redemption or Repurchase . . . .   Your Account -- How to Sell Shares;
                                       Shareholder and Account Policies --
                                       Valuation Details, Exchange Restrictions

 9. Pending Legal Proceedings  . . .   Not applicable



<PAGE>


Part B                                 Headings in Statement of
ITEM NO.                               ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

10. Cover Page . . . . . . . . . . .   Cover Page

11. Table of Contents  . . . . . . .   Table of Contents

12. General Information and
    History  . . . . . . . . . . . .    Not applicable

13. Investment Objectives and
    Policies . . . . . . . . . . . .    Risk Factors and Certain Securities
                                        and Investment Practices

14. Management of the Fund . . .        Management of the Trust and the
                                        Portfolios

15. Control Persons and Principal
    Holders of Securities  . . . . .    Management of the Trust and the
                                        Portfolios (See also Prospectus--
                                        Additional Information About the
                                        Trust and Portfolios")
16. Investment Advisory and Other
    Services . . . . . . . . . . . .    Management of the Trust and the
                                        Portfolios

17. Brokerage Allocation and Other
    Practices  . . . . . . . . . . .    Risk Factors and Certain Securities
                                        and Investment Practices

18. Capital Stock and Other
    Securities . . . . . . . . . . .    Organization of the Trust; (see also
                                        Prospectus--"Dividends, Capital Gains
                                        and Taxes")

19. Purchase, Redemption and Pricing
    of Securities Being Offered  . .    Valuation of Securities; Redemption
                                        in Kind

20. Tax Status . . . . . . . . . . .    Taxation (see also Prospectus--
                                        "Dividends, Capital Gains and Taxes")

21. Underwriters . . . . . . . . . .    See Prospectus--"Breakdown of Expenses"

22. Calculations of Yield Quotations
    of Money Market Funds  . . . . .    Performance Information

23. Financial Statements . . . . . .    Financial Statements
<PAGE>
BT0456H
                                                            BT GLOBAL INVESTORS
                                              PROSPECTUS - ADVISOR CLASS SHARES
                                                                         , 1995


                                                           U.S. BOND INDEX FUND
                                           EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND
                                                           SMALL CAP INDEX FUND
                                                         EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND
                                            BT INVESTMENT EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND


BT Global Investors (the "Trust") is an open-end,  management investment company
(mutual fund) which currently  consists of ten funds.  With the exception of the
Equity 500 Index Fund,  each of the  diversified  funds listed  above  (each,  a
"Fund") is a separate series of the Trust and each offers two classes of shares.
The  shares  offered  by this  prospectus  are the  Advisor  Class  Shares  (the
"Shares"). The BT Investment Equity 500 Index Fund (the "Equity 500 Index Fund")
is a series of BT  Pyramid  Mutual  Funds,  an  open-end  management  investment
company (together with the Trust, the "Trusts"). Each Fund seeks to replicate as
closely as  possible  the  performance  of a selected  market  index  before the
deduction  of  the  expenses,  allocable  to the  Shares  of the  Fund  and  the
corresponding Portfolio (the "Expenses").  There is no assurance,  however, that
each Fund will achieve its stated objective.

UNLIKE OTHER OPEN-END MANAGEMENT  INVESTMENT COMPANIES (MUTUAL FUNDS), EACH FUND
SEEKS TO ACHIEVE ITS  INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE BY INVESTING  ALL OF ITS  INVESTABLE
ASSETS ("ASSETS") IN THE  CORRESPONDING  PORTFOLIO WHICH IS A SEPARATE FUND WITH
AN  IDENTICAL  INVESTMENT   OBJECTIVE.   SEE  "SPECIAL  INFORMATION   CONCERNING
MASTER-FEEDER Fund Structure" on page __.

Bankers  Trust  Company  ("Bankers  Trust")  is  the  investment   adviser  (the
"Adviser") of each Portfolio.

Please read this  Prospectus  before  investing,  and keep it on file for future
reference.  It contains important  information,  including how each Fund invests
and the services available to shareholders.

To learn more about each Fund and its  investments,  investors can obtain a copy
of the Funds'  Statement of Additional  Information  (the "SAI"),  dated , 1995,
which  contains  each  Portfolio's  most recent  financial  report and portfolio
listing. The SAI has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") and is  incorporated  herein by  reference  (legally  forms a part of the
Prospectus).  For a free copy of this document, contact the Trust at 6 St. James
Avenue, Boston, MA 02116, or an Investment Professional.

MUTUAL FUND SHARES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED BY, BANKERS
TRUST OR ANY  DEPOSITORY  INSTITUTION.  SHARES ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FDIC,  THE
FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY,  AND ARE SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT  RISK,
INCLUDING THE POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.

                                     

<PAGE>





LIKE SHARES OF ALL MUTUAL  FUNDS,  THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN  APPROVED OR
DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES
COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE
SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                                       2

<PAGE>



CONTENTS

THE FUNDS                           --      WHO MAY WANT TO INVEST
                                    --      INVESTMENT PRINCIPLES AND RISKS Each
                                            Fund's    overall     approach    to
                                            investing.
                                    --      EXPENSE  SUMMARY Each Fund's  annual
                                            operating expenses.
                                    --      FUND FINANCIAL  HIGHLIGHTS  Selected
                                            data for a share outstanding,  total
                                            investment return, ratios to average
                                            net  assets  and other  supplemental
                                            data for the Fund.
THE FUNDS IN DETAIL                 --      INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
                                    --      RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN  SECURITIES
                                            AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES
                                    --      SPECIAL    INFORMATION    CONCERNING
                                            MASTER-FEEDER FUND STRUCTURE
                                    --      SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES
                                    --      PERFORMANCE  How each  Fund has done
                                            over time.
                                    --      MANAGEMENT  OF THE  TRUSTS  AND  THE
                                            PORTFOLIOS
YOUR ACCOUNT                        --      TYPES OF ACCOUNTS Different ways to
                                            setup your account, including tax-
                                            sheltered retirement plans.
                                    --      HOW TO BUY SHARES Opening an account
                                            and making additional investments.
                                    --      HOW TO SELL SHARES  Taking money out
                                            and closing your account.
                                    --      INVESTOR SERVICES To help you manage
                                            your account.
SHAREHOLDER AND
ACCOUNT POLICIES                    --      DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS AND TAXES
                                    --      VALUATION    DETAILS   Share   price
                                            calculations   and  the   timing  of
                                            purchases and redemptions.
                                    --      EXCHANGE LIMITATIONS
                                    --      ADDITIONAL   INFORMATION  ABOUT  THE
                                            TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIOS
                                    --      APPENDIX   Performance   information
                                            relating to the various indices.

                                       3

<PAGE>



                                   THE FUNDS

The Trusts seek to achieve the  investment  objective  of each Fund by investing
all the Assets of the Fund in the corresponding Portfolio.

The U.S.  BOND INDEX  FUND seeks to  replicate  as closely as  possible  (before
deduction  of  Expenses)  the  investment  performance  of the  Lehman  Brothers
Aggregate Bond Index (the "Aggregate Bond Index"), a broad market weighted index
which  encompasses U.S.  Treasury and agency  securities,  corporate  investment
grade bonds,  international  (dollar-denominated)  investment  grade bonds,  and
mortgage-backed  securities.  The U.S. Bond Index Fund invests all of its Assets
in the U.S. Bond Index Portfolio.

The  EQUITY 500 EQUAL  WEIGHTED  INDEX  FUND  seeks to  replicate  as closely as
possible the total return of the Standard & Poor's 500 Equal Weighted Index (the
"S&P 500 Equal Weighted  Index").  The S&P 500 Equal Weighted Index is comprised
of all stocks that make up the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index
with each security  having the same weight.  The S&P 500 Equal Weighted Index is
re-balanced to these equal weights at the end of each calendar month. The Equity
500 Equal  Weighted Index Fund invests all of its Assets in the Equity 500 Equal
Weighted Index Portfolio.

The SMALL CAP INDEX FUND seeks to  replicate  as  closely  as  possible  (before
deduction  of  Expenses)  the total return of the Russell 2000 Small Stock Index
(the "Russell 2000"), an index consisting of 2,000  small-capitalization  common
stocks.  The Small Cap Index  Fund  invests  all of its  Assets in the Small Cap
Index Portfolio.

The EAFE EQUITY  INDEX FUND seeks to  replicate  as closely as possible  (before
deduction  of  Expenses)  the  total  return  of  the  Morgan  Stanley   Capital
International Europe,  Australia,  Far East (EAFE) Index with net dividends (the
"EAFE Index"), a  capitalization-weighted  index containing  approximately 1,100
equity securities of companies located outside the United States. The EAFE Index
Fund invests all of its Assets in the EAFE Equity Index Portfolio.

The  EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND seeks to  replicate  as closely as  possible  (before
deduction of Expenses)  the total return of the Standard & Poor's 500  Composite
Stock  Price Index (the "S&P 500"),  an index  emphasizing  large-capitalization
stocks.  The Equity 500 Index Fund  invests  all of its Assets in the Equity 500
Index Portfolio.

WHO MAY WANT TO INVEST

Shares of each Fund are offered  through this Prospectus to investors who engage
an Investment Professional.

The  Portfolios  are not managed  according to  traditional  methods of "active"
investment management,  which involve the buying and selling of securities based
upon economic,  financial and market analysis and investment judgment.  Instead,
the Portfolios, utilizing a "passive" or "indexing" investment approach and

                                       4

<PAGE>



attempt to duplicate the  investment  performance  of their  respective  indices
through statistical procedures.

The U.S. BOND INDEX  PORTFOLIO  represents  all major sectors of the  investment
grade  fixed-income  securities  markets.  The  U.S.  Bond  Index  Fund may be a
suitable  investment  vehicle for those investors seeking ownership in the "bond
market" as a whole,  without regard to particular  sectors.  The U.S. Bond Index
Fund is also  suitable for those  investors  with common stock  holdings who are
seeking a complementary  fixed-income investment to create a more balanced asset
mix.

The EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED, SMALL CAP INDEX, EAFE EQUITY INDEX AND EQUITY 500
INDEX  FUNDS  may be  appropriate  for  investors  who are  willing  to ride out
domestic  and/or  foreign stock market  fluctuations  in pursuit of  potentially
higher long-term returns.  Each  corresponding  Portfolio invests for growth and
does not pursue income.  Over time, stocks,  although more volatile,  have shown
greater growth  potential  than other types of securities.  In the shorter term,
however, stock prices can fluctuate dramatically in response to market factors.

THE EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND may be  appropriate  for investors who want to pursue
their  investment  goals in markets  outside of the United States.  By including
international  investments  in their  portfolio,  investors can achieve an extra
level of diversification and also participate in opportunities around the world.
However, there are additional risks involved with international  investing.  The
performance of international  funds depends upon currency values,  the political
and regulatory  environment,  and overall  economic  factors in the countries in
which a Portfolio invests.

The Trust is intended to be a long-term investment vehicle and is not designated
to provide investors with a means of speculating on short-term market movements.
Investors who engage in excessive  account  activity  generate  additional costs
which are  borne by all the  Trust's  shareholders.  In order to  minimize  such
costs,  the Trust has adopted the  following  policies.  The Trust  reserves the
right to reject any purchase request (including exchange purchases from other BT
Global  Investors  portfolios)  that is  reasonably  deemed to be  disruptive to
efficient portfolio  management,  either because of the timing of the investment
or  previous  excessive  trading by the  investor.  Additionally,  the Trust has
adopted  exchange  privilege  limitations as described in the section  "Exchange
Limitations."  Finally,  the Trust reserves the right to suspend the offering of
its shares.

Each Fund is not in itself a balanced investment plan. Investors should consider
their  investment  objective  and  tolerance  for risk when making an investment
decision.  When an investor  sells Fund  Shares,  they may be worth more or less
than what they paid for them.

INVESTMENT PRINCIPLES AND RISKS

The value of each  Portfolio's  investments  varies based on many  factors.  The
value of bonds  fluctuates  based on changes  in  domestic  or foreign  interest
rates, the credit quality of the issuer,  market conditions,  and other economic
and

                                       5

<PAGE>



political news. In general,  bond prices rise when interest rates fall, and vice
versa.  This  effect is usually  more  pronounced  for  longer-term  securities.
Lower-quality securities offer higher yields, but also carry more risk.

Stock values fluctuate, sometimes dramatically, in response to the activities of
individual  companies  and general  market and economic  conditions.  Over time,
however,  stocks have shown greater  long-term growth potential than other types
of securities.

Because many foreign investments are denominated in foreign currencies,  changes
in the value of these currencies can significantly  affect the EAFE Equity Index
Fund's share price.  General  economic  factors in the various world markets can
also  impact the value of an  investors  investment.  When  investors  sell Fund
Shares,  they may be worth more or less than what they paid for them.  See "Risk
Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices" for more information.

EXPENSE SUMMARY

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES are paid out of the assets of each Portfolio and Fund.
Each Portfolio pays an investment  advisory fee and an  administrative  services
fee to Bankers Trust. Each Fund incurs expenses such as maintaining  shareholder
records and furnishing shareholder statements.  Each Fund must provide financial
reports.

The following  table provides:  (i) a summary of expenses  relating to purchases
and sales of the Shares of each Fund and the annual  operating  expenses  of the
Fund  and  expenses  of the  corresponding  Portfolio,  in the  aggregate,  as a
percentage  of  average  daily net  assets  of each  Fund;  and (ii) an  example
illustrating  the dollar cost of such  expenses on a $1,000  investment  in each
Fund.  THE  TRUSTEES  OF THE TRUST  BELIEVE  THAT THE  EXPENSES OF EACH FUND AND
EXPENSES OF THE CORRESPONDING PORTFOLIO, IN THE AGGREGATE,  WILL BE LESS THAN OR
APPROXIMATELY  EQUAL TO THE  EXPENSES  WHICH THE FUND  WOULD  INCUR IF THE TRUST
RETAINED THE SERVICES OF AN INVESTMENT  ADVISER AND THE ASSETS OF EACH FUND WERE
INVESTED  DIRECTLY  IN THE TYPE OF  SECURITIES  BEING HELD BY THE  CORRESPONDING
PORTFOLIO.

SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES

Maximum Sales Charge on Purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)                                       None*

Maximum Sales Charge on Reinvested
Distributions                                                             None

Redemption Fee                                                            None*

Exchange Fee                                                              None

Shareholder  transaction  expenses are charges paid when  investors  buy,  sell,
exchange,  or hold Shares of a Fund. See "Transaction  Details," on page __, for
an explanation of how and when these charges apply.


                                       6

<PAGE>



* A  TRANSACTION  FEE OF 0.25%  IS  DEDUCTED  FROM  PURCHASES,  REDEMPTIONS  AND
EXCHANGES  INTO AND OUT OF THE SMALL CAP INDEX  FUND AND THE EAFE  EQUITY  INDEX
FUND.  THESE  TRANSACTION FEES ARE PAID TO THE RESPECTIVE FUNDS AND ARE DEDUCTED
AUTOMATICALLY  FROM THE  AMOUNT  INVESTED  OR  REDEEMED.  THE FEE  APPLIES TO AN
INITIAL  INVESTMENT  IN  EITHER  OF THESE  FUNDS  AND ALL  SUBSEQUENT  PURCHASES
(INCLUDING  PURCHASES MADE BY EXCHANGE FROM ANOTHER BT GLOBAL  INVESTORS  FUND),
BUT NOT TO REINVESTED DIVIDEND OR CAPITAL GAIN DISTRIBUTIONS.

THE  PURPOSE  OF THE 0.25%  TRANSACTION  FEE IS TO  ALLOCATE  TRANSACTION  COSTS
ASSOCIATED WITH PURCHASES,  REDEMPTIONS AND EXCHANGES TO INVESTORS  MAKING THOSE
PURCHASES, REDEMPTIONS AND EXCHANGES, THUS INSULATING EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS FROM
THOSE  TRANSACTION  COSTS.  THESE COSTS INCLUDE:  (1) BROKERAGE  COSTS;  (2) THE
EFFECT OF THE  "BID-ASK"  SPREAD IN SMALL AND  MEDIUM  SIZED  COMPANY  STOCK AND
INTERNATIONAL MARKETS; AND (3) TAXES IN SOME COUNTRIES. SINCE THE INVESTORS, NOT
THE FUND, BEARS THESE COSTS, THE FUND IS EXPECTED TO BE ABLE TRACK ITS BENCHMARK
INDEX MORE CLOSELY.

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES

U.S. BOND INDEX FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.10%
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.25%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.35%

EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.15%
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.50%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.65%

SMALL CAP INDEX FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.10%
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.35%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.45%

EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.20%
Other expenses

                                       7

<PAGE>



(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.45%
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.65%

EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.07%
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.18%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.25%

EXPENSE TABLE EXAMPLE:  An investor would pay the following expenses on a $1,000
investment,  assuming (1) 5% annual return and (2) redemption at the end of each
time period:

                                                       EXAMPLES
<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>               <C>          <C>    

U.S. BOND INDEX FUND                                   1 year            3 years

                                                         $4                $11

EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND                   1 year            3 years

                                                         $7                $21

SMALL CAP INDEX FUND                                   1 year            3 years

                                                         $5                $14

EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND                                 1 year            3 years

                                                         $7                $21

EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND                                  1 year            3 years          5 year          10 years

                                                         $3                $8               $14              $32

</TABLE>

The expense  table and the  example  above show the costs and  expenses  that an
investor will bear directly or  indirectly as a shareholder  of a Fund.  Bankers
Trust has voluntarily  agreed to waive a portion of its investment  advisory fee
with respect to each Portfolio. Without such waiver, each Portfolio's investment
advisory  fee would be equal to the  following:  U.S.  Bond Index  Portfolio  --
0.15%;  Equity 500 Equal  Weighted  Index  Portfolio  -- 0.25%;  Small Cap Index
Portfolio -- 0.15%;  EAFE Equity Index Portfolio -- 0.25%;  and Equity 500 Index
Portfolio  -- 0.10%.  The  expense  table and the  example  reflect a  voluntary
undertaking by Bankers Trust or Signature Broker-Dealer Services, Inc. ("SBDS"),
as the distributor (the  "Distributor")  of the Shares of each Fund, to waive or
reimburse  expenses such that the total operating  expenses of each Fund and the
corresponding  Portfolio,  with the  exception  of the Equity 500 Index Fund and
Equity 500 Index Portfolio, (as a percentage of the Fund's average daily net

                                       8

<PAGE>



assets) would be equal to the following:  U.S. Bond Index Fund -- 0.35%;  Equity
500 Equal Weighted Index Portfolio -- 0.65%;  Small Cap Index Fund -- 0.45%; and
EAFE Equity Index Fund -- 0.65%.  In the absence of this  undertaking,  assuming
total assets of $100 million in each Fund, it is estimated that "Total Operating
Expenses" would be as follows:  U.S. Bond Index  Portfolio -- 0.55%;  Equity 500
Equal Weighted Index Portfolio -- 0.75%; Small Cap Index Portfolio -- 0.60%; and
EAFE Equity Index Portfolio -- 0.80%.  With respect to the Equity 500 Index Fund
and the Equity 500 Index Portfolio, in the absence of this undertaking,  for the
fiscal year ended  December 31, 1994,  the total  operating  expenses would have
been equal to approximately 0.54% of the Fund's average net assets annually. THE
EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES AND
ACTUAL  EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.  Moreover,  while each
example assumes a 5% annual return,  actual performance will vary and may result
in a return greater or less than 5%.

CURRENTLY,  THE FUNDS  (WITH THE  EXCEPTION  OF THE EQUITY 500 INDEX  FUND) HAVE
ISSUED TWO CLASSES OF SHARES.  THE FUNDS OFFER BY  SEPARATE  PROSPECTUS  ANOTHER
CLASS OF SHARES. BECAUSE THE EXPENSES VARY BETWEEN THE CLASSES, PERFORMANCE WILL
VARY WITH RESPECT TO EACH CLASS.  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  CONCERNING THE FUNDS'
OTHER CLASS OF SHARES IS  AVAILABLE  FROM BANKERS  TRUST,  AS  ADMINISTRATOR  AT
(800)422-6577.

For more  information  about  each  Fund's  and each  Portfolio's  expenses  see
"Management of the Trust and the Portfolios" and "Valuation Details."

FUND FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The  following  table shows the  selected  data for a share  outstanding,  total
investment  return,  ratios to average net assets and other supplemental data of
the Equity 500 Index Fund for the periods  indicated.  The Fund's  Annual Report
has  been  audited  by  Coopers  &  Lybrand  L.L.P.,   the  Fund's   independent
accountants,  whose report  thereon  appears in the Fund's  Annual  Report.  The
Fund's Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report are incorporated by reference in the
Fund's SAI.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  FOR THE
                                                                                   PERIOD
                                  FOR THE SIX                                     12/31/92
                                 MONTHS ENDED      FOR THE YEAR ENDED           (COMMENCEMENT
                                   6/30/95            DECEMBER 31,                   OF
                                 (UNAUDITED)        1994       1993              OPERATIONS)
<S>                              <C>             <C>        <C>                 <C>    
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA
Net Asset Value,
 Beginning of Period               $10.36          $10.57     $10.00               $10.00
                                   ---------------------------------                -----

Income from Investment
 Operations
   Net Investment Income             0.14            0.22       0.24                  ___
   Net Realized and  
    Unrealized Gain (Loss) on
</TABLE>

                                       9

<PAGE>

<TABLE>

<S>                               <C>             <C>        <C>                   <C>   
    Securities and Futures
    Transactions                     1.94           (0.10)      0.71                  ___
                                   ---------------------------------                  ---
   Total from Investment
    Operations                       2.08            0.12       0.95                  ___
                                   ---------------------------------                  ---
Less Dividends and Distributions
 Dividends from Net Investment
  Income                            (0.07)          (0.22)     (0.24)                 ___
 Distributions from Net Realized
  Gain from Securities and
  Futures Transactions                --            (0.11)     (0.14)                 ___
                                   ---------------------------------                  ---
  Total Dividends and
   Distributions                    (0.07)          (0.33)     (0.38)                 ___
                                   ---------------------------------                  ---
Net Asset Value,
 End of Period                     $12.37          $10.36     $10.57               $10.00
                                   ---------------------------------               ------

TOTAL INVESTMENT RETURN            20.11%            1.15%      9.53%                 ___

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL
 DATA
Ratio of Net Investment
 Income to Average Net
 Assets                            2.55%*            2.68%      2.53%                 ___
Ratio of Expenses to
 Average Net Assets,
 Including Expenses of
 the Equity 500 Index
 Portfolio                         0.25%*            0.25%      0.25%                 ___
Decrease Reflected in
 Above Expense Ratio
 Due to Absorption of
 Expenses by Bankers Trust         0.25%*            0.29%      1.82%                 ___

Net Assets, End of
 Period (000's omitted)        $231,338          $181,898     $1,853                $ 100
<FN>
*Annualized
</FN>
</TABLE>


                              THE FUNDS IN DETAIL

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The Trusts seek to achieve the  investment  objective  of each Fund by investing
all of its Assets in the corresponding Portfolio,  which has the same investment
objective as the Fund.  Since the investment  characteristics  of each Fund will
correspond directly to those of the corresponding  Portfolio, the following is a
discussion  of the  various  investments  of and  techniques  employed  by  each
Portfolio.   Additional  information  about  the  investment  policies  of  each
Portfolio  appears  in "Risk  Factors  and  Certain  Securities  and  Investment
Practices" in this Prospectus and in the Funds' SAI. There can be no assurance

                                       10

<PAGE>



that the investment objective of either a Fund or the corresponding Portfolio
will be achieved.

The U.S. BOND INDEX PORTFOLIO seeks to replicate as closely as possible  (before
deduction of Expenses) the investment performance of the Aggregate Bond Index, a
broad market weighted index which  encompasses  four major classes of investment
grade  fixed-income  securities in the United States:  U.S.  Treasury and agency
securities,  corporate  bonds,  international  (dollar-denominated)  bonds,  and
mortgage-backed securities, with maturities greater than one year.

As  of  December  31,  1994,  the  major  classes  of  fixed-income   securities
represented the following proportions of the Index's total market value:

                              AGGREGATE
                              BOND INDEX
U.S. Treasury and
  agency securities               54%
Corporate bonds                   14%
International (dollar-
  denominated) bonds               3%
Mortgage-backed securities        29%
Dollar-weighted average
  maturity (Years)              8.8 yrs

The U.S.  Bond  Index  Portfolio  will be unable  to hold all of the  individual
issues  which  comprise  the Index  because  of the large  number of  securities
involved.  Instead,  the  Portfolio  will  hold a  representative  sample of the
securities  in the  Index,  selecting  one or two  issues  to  represent  entire
"classes" or types of securities in the Index. The Portfolio will be constructed
so as to match as closely as possible the  composition of the Index by investing
in  fixed-income  securities  approximating  their  relative  proportion  of the
Index's total market value.

At the  broadest  level,  the  U.S.  Bond  Index  Portfolio  will  seek  to hold
securities and other  investments which reflect the weighting of the major asset
classes in the Index, these classes include U.S. Treasury and agency securities,
corporate bonds, and mortgage-backed  securities.  For example, if U.S. Treasury
and agency securities  represent  approximately 60% of the Index's interest rate
risk, then  approximately  60% of the  Portfolio's  interest rate risk will come
from such  securities  and other  investments.  Similarly,  if  corporate  bonds
represent 20% of the interest rate risk of the Index,  then they will  represent
approximately  20% of the interest rate risk of the  Portfolio.  Such a sampling
technique is expected to be an effective means of substantially  replicating the
income and capital  returns  provided by the Index before  deduction of Fund and
Portfolio expenses.

The Portfolio may, from time to time,  substitute  one type of investment  grade
bond for another.  For instance,  a Portfolio may hold more short-term corporate
bonds (and, in turn, hold fewer short U.S.  Treasury bonds) than  represented in
the Index so as to increase income.  This corporate  substitution  strategy will
entail the assumption of additional credit risk; however, substantial

                                       11

<PAGE>



diversification  within the  corporate  sector  should  moderate  issue-specific
credit risk.  Overall,  credit risk is expected to be very low for the U.S. Bond
Index Portfolio.

Fixed-income  securities  will be primarily of investment  grade quality - i.e.,
those  rated at least Baa by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's")  or
BBB-by  Standard &  Poor's  Corporation  ("S&P").  Securities  rated  Baa or BBB
possess some speculative characteristics.

The Portfolio may invest in U.S. Treasury bills, notes and bonds and other "full
faith and credit"  obligations  of the U.S.  Government  and in U.S.  Government
agency  securities,  which are debt obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies
or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government ("U.S. Government Securities"). Such
"agency" securities may NOT be backed by the "full faith and credit" of the U.S.
Government.  Such U.S.  Government  agencies may include the Federal Farm Credit
Banks, the Resolution  Trust  Corporation and the Government  National  Mortgage
Association.  Even  though  they all carry top (AAA)  credit  ratings,  "agency"
obligations  are not  explicitly  guaranteed by the U.S.  Government  and so are
perceived as somewhat riskier than comparable Treasury bonds.

As a mutual fund investing primarily in fixed-income securities, the Portfolio
is subject to interest rate, income, call and credit risks.  Since the Portfolio
also invests in mortgage-backed securities, it is also subject to prepayment
risk.  See "Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices."

The EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX  PORTFOLIO  seeks to replicate as closely as
possible the total return of the S&P 500 Equal Weighted Index. The S&P 500 Equal
Weighted Index is comprised of all stocks that make up the Standard & Poor's 500
Composite Stock Price Index with each security  having the same weight.  The S&P
500 Equal  Weighted  Index is  re-balanced  to these equal weights at the end of
each calendar  month.  Investing in a fund designed to replicate  this benchmark
provides  investors with  diversified  equity exposure with a small cap tilt and
value investment attributes.

The Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Portfolio allocates its assets equally among
the equity  securities  which  compose  the S&P 500 Equal  Weighted  Index.  The
Portfolio  may omit or remove any S&P 500 Equal  Weighted  Index  stock from the
Portfolio if, following objective criteria, Bankers Trust judges the stock to be
insufficiently  liquid  or  believes  the  merit  of  the  investment  has  been
substantially impaired by extraordinary events or financial conditions.  Bankers
Trust will not purchase the stock of Bankers Trust New York  Corporation,  which
is included in the Index,  and instead will overweight its holdings of companies
engaged in similar businesses.

The Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Fund and the Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index
Portfolio are not sponsored,  endorsed, sold or promoted by Wilshire Associates.
Wilshire  makes no  representation  or  warranty,  express  or  implied,  to the
shareholders  of the Fund or  investors  in the  Portfolio  or any member of the
public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the
Fund or the Portfolio  particularly or the ability of the index to track general
stock market performance.

                                       12

<PAGE>




The SMALL CAP INDEX PORTFOLIO seeks to replicate as closely as possible  (before
deduction of expenses of the Fund and corresponding  Portfolio) the total return
of the Russell 2000.

The Russell 2000 Index is composed of approximately  2,000  small-capitalization
common stocks. A company's stock market capitalization is the total market value
of its floating  outstanding  shares. As of December 31, 1994, the average stock
market capitalization of the Russell 2000 was $2.1 billion.

The Small Cap Portfolio is neither  sponsored by nor  affiliated  with the Frank
Russell  Company.  Frank  Russell's  only  relationship  to the Portfolio is the
licensing  of the use of the  Russell  2000 Small  Stock  Index.  Frank  Russell
Company is the owner of the trademarks  and  copyrights  relating to the Russell
indices.

The  Small Cap  Portfolio  invests  in a  statistically  selected  sample of the
approximately 2,000 stocks included in the Russell 2000 Index. The stocks of the
Russell  2000 to be included in the Small Cap Index  Portfolio  will be selected
utilizing a statistical sampling technique known as "optimization." This process
selects  stocks for the Portfolio so that various  industry  weightings,  market
capitalizations   and   fundamental    characteristics   (e.g.    price-to-book,
price-to-earnings,   debt-to-asset   ratios,   and  dividend   yields)   closely
approximate   those  of  the  Russell  2000.   For  instance,   if  10%  of  the
capitalization of the Russell 2000 consists of utility companies with relatively
small  capitalizations,  then the Small Cap  Portfolio  is  constructed  so that
approximately  10% of the  Portfolio's  assets  are  invested  in the  stocks of
utility companies with relatively small capitalizations.  The stocks held by the
Portfolio   are   weighted  to  make  the   Portfolio's   aggregate   investment
characteristics similar to those of the Russell 2000 Index as a whole.

The EAFE  EQUITY  INDEX  PORTFOLIO  seeks to  replicate  as closely as  possible
(before deduction of expenses of the Fund and corresponding Portfolio) the total
return of the EAFE Index.  The Portfolio  attempts to achieve this  objective by
investing in a statistically  selected sample of the equity securities  included
in the EAFE Index.

The EAFE Index is a capitalization-weighted index containing approximately 1,100
equity securities of companies located outside the United States.  The countries
currently included in the EAFE Index are Australia,  Austria,  Belgium, Denmark,
Finland,  France,  Germany,  Hong Kong,  Ireland,  Italy, Japan,  Malaysia,  The
Netherlands,  New Zealand,  Norway,  Singapore,  Spain, Sweden,  Switzerland and
United Kingdom.

Inclusion of a security in the EAFE Index in no way implies an opinion by Morgan
Stanley as to its  attractiveness  as an  investment.  Neither  the Fund nor the
Portfolio is neither sponsored by nor affiliated with Morgan Stanley.

The International  Equity Portfolio is constructed to have aggregate  investment
characteristics  similar to those of the EAFE Index. The Portfolio  invests in a
statistically  selected  sample of the  securities  included  in the EAFE Index,
although not all companies within a country will be represented in the Portfolio

                                       13

<PAGE>



at the same time.  Stocks are selected for inclusion in the  Portfolio  based on
country of origin, market capitalization, yield, volatility and industry sector.
Banker Trust will manage the Portfolio using advanced statistical  techniques to
determine  which stocks are to be purchased or sold to replicate the EAFE Index.
From time to time,  adjustments may be made in the Portfolio  because of changes
in the composition of the EAFE Index, but such changes should be infrequent.

The EQUITY 500 INDEX PORTFOLIO seeks to replicate as closely as possible (before
deduction  of expenses of the Fund and the  corresponding  Portfolio)  the total
return of the S&P 500.

The S&P 500 is an index of 500  common  stocks,  most of which  trade on the New
York Stock  Exchange Inc. (the "NYSE").  Bankers Trust believes that the S&P 500
is  representative  of the  performance of publicly  traded common stocks in the
U.S. in general.

In seeking to replicate the performance of the S&P 500, before deduction of Fund
and  Portfolio  expenses,  Bankers  Trust will attempt over time to allocate the
Equity 500 Index Portfolio's investment among common stocks in approximately the
same  proportions as they are represented in as the S&P 500,  beginning with the
heaviest weighted stocks that make up a larger portion of the Index's value.

Bankers Trust  generally  will seek to match the  composition of the S&P 500 but
usually  will not invest the Equity 500 Index  Portfolio's  stock  portfolio  to
mirror the Index  exactly.  Because of the  difficulty  and expense of executing
relatively small stock transactions, the Portfolio may not always be invested in
the less heavily  weighted S&P 500 stocks,  and may at times have its  portfolio
weighted  differently from the S&P 500,  particularly if the Portfolio has a low
level of assets. In addition, the Portfolio may omit or remove any S&P 500 stock
from the Portfolio if, following  objective  criteria,  Bankers Trust judges the
stock to be  insufficiently  liquid or believes the merit of the  investment has
been  substantially  impaired by extraordinary  events or financial  conditions.
Bankers Trust will not purchase the stock of Bankers Trust New York Corporation,
which is included in the Index,  and instead  will  overweight  its  holdings of
companies engaged in similar businesses.

ABOUT THE S&P 500.  The S&P 500 is  composed  of 500  common  stocks,  which are
chosen by S&P on a statistical  basis to be included in the Index. The inclusion
of a stock in the S&P 500 in no way implies that S&P believes the stock to be an
attractive  investment.  The 500  securities,  most of which  trade on the NYSE,
represented,  as of June 30, 1995, approximately [ ]% of the market value of all
U.S.  common stocks.  Each stock in the S&P 500 is weighted by its market value.
Bankers Trust believes that the performance of the S&P 500 is  representative of
the performance of publicly traded common stocks in general.  The composition of
the S&P 500 is  determined  by S&P and is based on such  factors  as the  market
capitalization  and  trading  activity  of  each  stock  and its  adequacy  as a
representation of stocks in a particular industry group, and may be changed from
time to time.

The Equity 500 Index Fund and the Equity 500 Index  Portfolio are not sponsored,
endorsed, sold or promoted by Standard & Poor's Corporation. S&P makes no

                                       14

<PAGE>



representation or warranty,  express or implied, to the shareholders of the Fund
or  investors  in the  Portfolio  or any  member  of the  public  regarding  the
advisability  of  investing  in  securities  generally  or in  the  Fund  or the
Portfolio  particularly  or the  ability of the S&P 500 to track  general  stock
market performance.

S&P does not guarantee the accuracy  and/or the  completeness  of the S&P 500 or
any data included therein.

S&P MAKES NO WARRANTY,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  AS TO THE RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY
THE FUND OR THE  PORTFOLIO,  OWNERS OF THE FUND OR THE  PORTFOLIO,  OR ANY OTHER
PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500 OR ANY DATA INCLUDED  THEREIN.  S&P
MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED  WARRANTIES AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY  DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH
WARRANTIES OF  MERCHANTABILITY  OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  PURPOSE OR USE WITH
RESPECT TO THE S&P 500 OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN.

For more information about the performance of the S&P 500, see "Appendix."

GENERAL

Over time, the  correlation  between the  performance  of each Fund,  before the
deduction of Expenses, and the respective Index is expected to be 0.95 or higher
before  deduction  of Expenses  of the Fund and  expenses  of the  Portfolio.  A
correlation of 1.00 would indicate perfect correlation,  which would be achieved
when the net asset value of the Fund,  including  the value of its  dividend and
any capital gain  distributions,  increases or decreases in exact  proportion to
changes in the Index.  Each Fund's ability to track its respective  index may be
affected by, among other things,  transaction  costs,  administration  and other
expenses incurred by the Funds or the corresponding Portfolio, changes in either
the  composition  of the Index or the assets of a Portfolio,  and the timing and
amount of  Portfolio  investor  contributions  and  withdrawals,  if any. In the
unlikely  event that a high  correlation  is not achieved,  the Trusts' Board of
Trustees will consider  alternatives.  Because each Portfolio seeks to track the
respective  index,  Bankers  Trust  will not  attempt to judge the merits of any
particular stock as an investment.

Under  normal  circumstances,  each  Portfolio  will  invest at least 80% of its
assets in the securities of its respective Index.

As  diversified  funds,  no more than 5% of the assets of each  Portfolio may be
invested  in  the   securities  of  one  issuer  (other  than  U.S.   Government
Securities),  except that up to 25% of each  Portfolio's  assets may be invested
without regard to this limitation.  Each Portfolio will not invest more than 25%
of its  assets in the  securities  of  issuers  in any one  industry.  These are
fundamental  investment  policies  of the  Portfolios  which may not be  changed
without investor  approval.  No more than 15% of each Portfolio's net assets may
be  invested  in  illiquid  or  not  readily  marketable  securities  (including
repurchase  agreements  and time  deposits  maturing  in more than seven  days).
Additional investment policies of each Portfolio are contained in the SAI.

Each  Portfolio  may  maintain  up to 25%  of  its  assets  in  short-term  debt
securities  and money  market  instruments  to meet  redemption  requests  or to
facilitate

                                       15

<PAGE>



investment in the securities of the respective  Index.  Securities index futures
contracts  and  related  options,  warrants,  convertible  securities  and  swap
agreements may be used for several  reasons:  to simulate full investment in the
underlying Index while retaining a cash balance for fund management purposes, to
facilitate  trading, or to reduce transaction costs or to seek higher investment
returns when a futures contract,  option, warrant,  convertible security or swap
agreement is priced more  attractively  than the underlying  equity  security or
Index.  These instruments may be considered  derivatives.  See "Risk Factors and
Certain Securities and Investment Practices -- Derivatives."

The use of derivatives for non-hedging  purposes may be considered  speculative.
While each of these securities can be used as leveraged investments, a Portfolio
may not use them to leverage its net assets.  No  Portfolio  will invest in such
instruments  as part of a temporary  defensive  strategy  (such as altering  the
aggregate  maturity of the Portfolio) to protect the Portfolio against potential
market declines.

Each Portfolio may lend its investment  securities and purchase  securities on a
when-issued  and a delayed  delivery  basis.  The U.S. Bond Index  Portfolio may
invest in mortgage-related  and other asset-backed  securities.  The EAFE Equity
Index Portfolio may engage in foreign currency forward and futures  transactions
for the  purpose of  enhancing  portfolio  returns or  hedging  against  foreign
exchange risk arising from the Portfolio's  investment or anticipated investment
in securities  denominated in foreign currencies.  See "Risk Factors and Certain
Securities and Investment  Practices" for more information  about the investment
practices of the Portfolios.

RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES

The following pages contain more detailed information about types of instruments
in which a  Portfolio  may invest  and  strategies  Bankers  Trust may employ in
pursuit  of  a  Portfolio's   investment  objective.  A  summary  of  risks  and
restrictions  associated with these instrument types and investment practices is
included as well.

Bankers  Trust  may  not  buy  all of  these  instruments  or use  all of  these
techniques  to the full extent  permitted  unless it believes that doing so will
help a Portfolio achieve its goal. Holdings and recent investment strategies are
described in the financial  reports of a Fund and the  corresponding  Portfolio,
which are sent to Fund  shareholders  twice a year.  For a free SAI or financial
report, call an Investment Professional.

FIXED INCOME SECURITY RISK - U.S. BOND INDEX FUND
Investors  in the U.S.  Bond Index  Fund are  exposed to four types of risk from
fixed  income   securities.   (1)  Interest  rate  risk  is  the  potential  for
fluctuations in bond prices due to changing  interest rates.  (2) Income risk is
the  potential  for a decline in a  Portfolio's  income  due to  falling  market
interest rates.  (3) Credit risk is the possibility that a bond issuer will fail
to make timely  payments of either  interest or principal to the Portfolio.  (4)
Prepayment risk or call risk is the likelihood  that,  during periods of falling
interest  rates,  securities with high stated interest rates will be prepaid (or
"called") prior

                                       16

<PAGE>



to maturity, requiring the Portfolio to invest the proceeds at generally lower
interest rates.

MARKET RISK - EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND, EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND, SMALL
CAP INDEX FUND AND EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND As mutual funds investing primarily in
common  stocks,  these  Portfolios  are  subject  to  market  risk -- i.e.,  the
possibility  that common stock  prices will decline over short or even  extended
periods.  The U.S. and foreign stock  markets tend to be cyclical,  with periods
when stock prices generally rise and periods when prices generally decline.

RISKS OF INVESTING IN MEDIUM- AND SMALL-CAPITALIZATION  STOCKS - SMALL CAP INDEX
FUND  Historically,  medium-  and  small-capitalization  stocks  have  been more
volatile in price that the larger-capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500.
Among the reasons for the greater price  volatility of these  securities are the
less certain growth prospects of smaller firms, the lower degree of liquidity in
the  markets  for such  stocks,  and the  greater  sensitivity  of  medium-  and
small-size companies to changing economic conditions.  In addition to exhibiting
greater  volatility,   medium-  and  small-size  company  stocks  may  fluctuate
independently  of larger company stocks.  Medium- and small-size  company stocks
may decline in price as large  company  stocks rise,  or rise in prices as large
company stocks decline.

RISKS OF INVESTING IN FOREIGN SECURITIES - EAFE EQUITY INDEX PORTFOLIO Investors
should  realize  that  investing  in  securities  of  foreign  issuers  involves
considerations  not  typically   associated  with  investing  in  securities  of
companies organized and operated in the United States.  Investors should realize
that the value of a Portfolio's foreign investments may be adversely affected by
changes in political or social conditions,  diplomatic  relations,  confiscatory
taxation, expropriation,  nationalization, limitation on the removal of funds or
assets,  or imposition of (or change in) exchange  control or tax regulations in
foreign  countries.  In  addition,  changes  in  government  administrations  or
economic or monetary  policies in the United  States or abroad  could  result in
appreciation  or  depreciation  of portfolio  securities and could  favorably or
unfavorably  affect the Portfolio's  operations.  Furthermore,  the economies of
individual  foreign nations may differ from the U.S. economy,  whether favorably
or  unfavorably,  in areas  such as growth of gross  national  product,  rate of
inflation,  capital  reinvestment,  resource  self-sufficiency  and  balance  of
payments  position;  it may also be more  difficult  to  obtain  and  enforce  a
judgment  against a foreign  issuer.  In general,  less  information is publicly
available with respect to foreign issuers than is available with respect to U.S.
companies. Most foreign companies are also not subject to the uniform accounting
and financial reporting requirements applicable to issuers in the United States.
Any foreign  investments  made by the Portfolio must be made in compliance  with
U.S. and foreign currency  restrictions and tax laws restricting the amounts and
types of foreign investments.

Because  foreign  securities  generally  are  denominated  and pay  dividends or
interest in foreign currencies,  the value of the net assets of the Portfolio as
measured in U.S. dollars will be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in
exchange rates.  In order to protect against  uncertainty in the level of future
foreign currency exchange rates, the Portfolio is also authorized to enter into

                                       17

<PAGE>



certain foreign currency  exchange  transactions.  Furthermore,  the Portfolio's
foreign  investments  may be less liquid and their  prices may be more  volatile
than  comparable  investments  in securities of U.S.  companies.  The settlement
periods for foreign securities, which are often longer than those for securities
of U.S. issuers,  may affect portfolio  liquidity.  Finally,  there is generally
less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges,  brokers and
issuers in foreign countries than in the United States.

SPECIAL  INFORMATION  CONCERNING   MASTER-FEEDER  FUND  STRUCTURE  Unlike  other
open-end management  investment  companies (mutual funds) which directly acquire
and manage  their own  portfolio  securities,  each Fund  seeks to  achieve  its
investment  objective  by  investing  all of  its  Assets  in the  corresponding
Portfolio,  a separate  registered  investment  company with the same investment
objectives as the Fund.  Therefore,  an investor's  interest in the  Portfolio's
securities  is indirect,  like  investments  in other  investment  companies and
pooled investment vehicles.  In addition to selling a beneficial interest to the
corresponding Fund, each Portfolio may sell beneficial interests to other mutual
funds or institutional  investors.  Such investors will invest in a Portfolio on
the  same  terms  and  conditions  and  will  pay a  proportionate  share of the
Portfolio's expenses.  However, the other investors investing in a Portfolio are
not required to sell their shares at the same public  offering price as the Fund
due to variations in sales commissions and other operating expenses.  Therefore,
investors  in a Fund  should  be aware  that  these  differences  may  result in
differences  in returns  experienced  by investors in the  different  funds that
invest in the Portfolio.  Such  differences in returns are also present in other
mutual fund structures. Information concerning other holders of interests in the
Portfolio  is available  from  Bankers  Trust,  as the  Administrator,  at (800)
422-6577.

The  master-feeder   structure  has  been  developed  relatively  recently,   so
shareholders should carefully consider this investment approach.

Smaller funds investing in a Portfolio may be materially affected by the actions
of larger  funds  investing  in the  Portfolio.  For  example,  if a large  fund
withdraws from a Portfolio,  the remaining funds may experience  higher pro rata
operating expenses,  thereby producing lower returns (however,  this possibility
exists as well for traditionally structured funds which have large institutional
investors).  Additionally,  a Portfolio  may become less  diverse,  resulting in
increased  portfolio  risk.  Also,  funds with a greater pro rata ownership in a
Portfolio  could  have  effective  voting  control  of  the  operations  of  the
Portfolio.  Except as permitted  by the SEC,  whenever the Trust is requested to
vote on  matters  pertaining  to a  Portfolio,  the Trust will hold a meeting of
shareholders  of the Fund and will cast all of its votes in the same  proportion
as the votes of the Fund's shareholders.  Fund shareholders who do not vote will
not affect the Trust's votes at the  Portfolio  meeting.  The  percentage of the
Trust's votes  representing  Fund  shareholders  not voting will be voted by the
Trustees  or  officers  of  the  Trust  in  the  same  proportion  as  the  Fund
shareholders  who  do,  in  fact,  vote.  Certain  changes  in  the  Portfolio's
investment objectives, policies or restrictions may require the Fund to withdraw
its  interest  in  the  Portfolio.   Any  such  withdrawal  could  result  in  a
distribution   "in  kind"  of  portfolio   securities  (as  opposed  to  a  cash
distribution from the Portfolio). If securities

                                       18

<PAGE>



are  distributed,  the Fund  could  incur  brokerage,  tax or other  charges  in
converting the  securities to cash. In addition,  the  distribution  in kind may
result in a less  diversified  portfolio of investments or adversely  affect the
liquidity  of the Fund.  Notwithstanding  the above,  there are other  means for
meeting redemption requests, such as borrowing.

A Fund may withdraw its investment  from the Portfolio at any time, if the Board
of  Trustees of the Trust  determines  that it is in the best  interests  of the
shareholders  of the  Fund to do so.  Upon  any such  withdrawal,  the  Board of
Trustees of the Trust would  consider what action might be taken,  including the
investment  of all the Assets of the Fund in another  pooled  investment  entity
having  the  same  investment  objectives  as the  Fund or the  retaining  of an
investment adviser to manage the Fund's Assets in accordance with the investment
policies described herein with respect to the corresponding Portfolio.

Each Fund's investment  objective is not a fundamental policy and may be changed
upon notice to but without the approval of the Fund's shareholders.  If there is
a change  in a Fund's  investment  objective,  the  Fund's  shareholders  should
consider  whether the Fund remains an  appropriate  investment in light of their
then-current  needs.  The  investment  objective of each Portfolio is also not a
fundamental policy. Shareholders of the Funds will receive 30 days prior written
notice with respect to any change in the  investment  objective of a Fund or the
corresponding Portfolio. See "Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment
Practices"  in the SAI for a  description  of the  fundamental  policies of each
Portfolio that cannot be changed without  approval by "the vote of a majority of
the outstanding  voting securities" (as defined in the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "1940 Act") of the Portfolio.

For descriptions of the investment objective,  policies and restrictions of each
Portfolio,  see "The  Funds in  Detail"  herein and "Risk  Factors  and  Certain
Securities  and  Investment  Practices" in this  Prospectus  and in the SAI. For
descriptions of the management of the Trust and the Portfolios,  see "Management
of the Trust and the Portfolios"  herein and in the SAI. For descriptions of the
expenses  of  the  Portfolio,  see  "The  Funds--Expense  Summary,"  herein  and
"Management of the Trust and the Portfolios" herein and in the SAI.

SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES
SHORT-TERM  INVESTMENTS.  Each Portfolio may invest in certain  short-term fixed
income  securities.  Such  securities  may be used to  invest  uncommitted  cash
balances,  to maintain liquidity to meet shareholder  redemptions or to serve as
collateral for the obligations underlying a Portfolio's investment in securities
index  futures  or  related  options  or  warrants.  These  securities  include:
obligations  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  Government or any of its agencies
or  instrumentalities  or by any  of the  states,  repurchase  agreements,  time
deposits, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances and commercial paper.

U.S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S.
Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.  Some U.S. Government securities,
such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds, are supported by the full faith and
credit of the United States; others, such as those of the Federal Home Loan
Banks, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the Treasury;

                                       19

<PAGE>



others,  such  as  those  of the  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association,  are
supported by the discretionary  authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the
agency's  obligations;  and  still  others,  such as those of the  Student  Loan
Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.

SECURITIES  LENDING.  Each  Portfolio  may lend  its  investment  securities  to
qualified institutional investors for either short-term or long-term purposes of
realizing  additional  income.  Loans  of  securities  by a  Portfolio  will  be
collateralized by cash, letters of credit, or securities issued or guaranteed by
the U.S. Government or its agencies.  The collateral will equal at least 100% of
the current market value of the loaned securities, and such loans may not exceed
30% of the value of a  Portfolio's  net assets.  The risks in lending  portfolio
securities,  as with other  extensions  of credit,  consist of possible  loss of
rights in the collateral  should the borrower fail  financially.  In determining
whether to lend  securities,  Bankers Trust will consider all relevant facts and
circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower.

WHEN  ISSUED AND  DELAYED  DELIVERY  SECURITIES.  Each  Portfolio  may  purchase
securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery basis.  Delivery of and payment
for these securities may take place as long as a month or more after the date of
the  purchase  commitment.  The value of these  securities  is subject to market
fluctuation  during this  period and no income  accrues to the  Portfolio  until
settlement takes place. The Portfolio  maintains with the Custodian a segregated
account  containing high grade liquid  securities in an amount at least equal to
these commitments.

MORTGAGE-RELATED  SECURITIES.  As part of its effort to duplicate the investment
performance  of  its  Index,  the  U.S.  Bond  Index  Portfolio  may  invest  in
mortgage-backed securities.  Mortgage-backed securities represent an interest in
an underlying pool of mortgages. Unlike ordinary fixed-income securities,  which
generally  pay a fixed rate of  interest  and return  principal  upon  maturity,
mortgage-backed  securities  repay both interest income and principal as part of
their  periodic  payments.  Because  the  mortgages  underlying  mortgage-backed
certificates  can be prepaid at any time by homeowners  or corporate  borrowers,
mortgage-backed  securities give rise to certain unique "pre-payment" risks. See
"Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices."

The U.S. Bond Index Portfolio may purchase mortgage-backed  securities issued by
the  Government  National  Mortgage  Association  (GNMA),  the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage  Corporation (FHLMC), the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA),
and the Housing  Authority  (FHA).  GNMA  securities  are guaranteed by the U.S.
Government as to the timely payment of principal and interest;  securities  from
other  Government-sponsored  entities are  generally  not secured by an explicit
pledge of the U.S. Government.  The U.S. Bond Index Portfolio may also invest in
conventional mortgage securities,  which are packaged by private corporation and
are  not  guaranteed  by the  U.S.  Government.  Mortgage  securities  that  are
guaranteed by the U.S.  Government are guaranteed  only as to the timely payment
of principal and interest. The market value of such securities is not guaranteed
and may fluctuate.

DERIVATIVES

                                       20

<PAGE>



Each  Portfolio  may invest in various  instruments  that are commonly  known as
derivatives.  Generally, a derivative is a financial  arrangement,  the value of
which is based on, or "derived" from, a traditional  security,  asset, or market
index.  Some  "derivatives"  such as  mortgage-related  and  other  asset-backed
securities are in many respects like any other investment,  although they may be
more volatile or less liquid than more traditional  debt securities.  There are,
in fact,  many  different  types of  derivatives  and many different ways to use
them. There are a range of risks associated with those uses. Futures and options
are commonly used for traditional  hedging purposes to attempt to protect a fund
from  exposure  to  changing  interest  rates,  securities  prices,  or currency
exchange  rates and as a low cost  method of gaining  exposure  to a  particular
securities  market without investing  directly in those securities.  Derivatives
will not be used to  increase  portfolio  risk  above  the level  that  could be
achieved using only traditional  investment securities or to acquire exposure to
changes  in the value of  assets  or  indexes  that by  themselves  would not be
purchased for the Portfolio.


SECURITIES  INDEX  FUTURES AND RELATED  OPTIONS.  Each  Portfolio may enter into
securities  index futures  contracts and related options  provided that not more
than 5% of its assets are required as a margin deposit for futures  contracts or
options  [and  provided  that not  more  than 20% of a  Portfolio's  assets  are
invested in futures and options at any time.] When a Portfolio has cash from new
investments  in the  Portfolio  or holds a portion of its assets in money market
instruments,  it may enter into index  futures or options to attempt to increase
its exposure to the market.  Strategies  the  Portfolio  could use to accomplish
this include purchasing futures contracts,  writing put options,  and purchasing
call  options.  When  the  Portfolio  wishes  to  sell  securities,  because  of
shareholder  redemptions  or  otherwise,  it may use index futures or options to
hedge  against  market risk until the sale can be  completed.  These  strategies
could include selling futures  contracts,  writing call options,  and purchasing
put options.

SWAP  AGREEMENTS.  Each  Portfolio  may enter into swap  agreements  only to the
extent that obligations under such agreements represent not more than 10% of the
Portfolio's total assets. Swap agreements are contracts between parties in which
one party  agrees to make  payments  to the other  party  based on the change in
market value of a specified index or asset. In return, the other party agrees to
make  payments to the first  party based on the return of a different  specified
index or asset.

Although  swap  agreements  entail  the risk that a party  will  default  on its
payment obligations thereunder,  a Portfolio will minimize this risk by entering
into agreements  that mark to market no less  frequently  than  quarterly.  Swap
agreements  also  bear the risk  that a  Portfolio  will not be able to meet its
obligation  to the  counterparty,  This risk will be  mitigated  by  investing a
Portfolio in the specific asset for which it is obligated to pay a return.

WARRANTS.  Each Portfolio's  investment in warrants will not exceed more than 5%
of its  assets  (2% with  respect  to  warrants  not  listed  on the New York or
American Stock Exchanges).  Warrants are instruments which entitle the holder to
buy

                                       21

<PAGE>



underlying equity securities at a specific price for a specific period of time.

A warrant tends to be more volatile than its underlying securities and ceases to
have value if it is not  exercised  prior to its  expiration  date. In addition,
changes in the value of a warrant do not  necessarily  correspond  to changes in
the value of its underlying securities.

CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES.  Each  Portfolio may invest in  convertible  securities
which are a bond or  preferred  stock which may be  converted  at a stated price
within a  specific  period of time into a  specified  number of shares of common
stock of the same or  different  issuer.  Convertible  securities  are senior to
common stock in a corporation's capital structure,  but usually are subordinated
to  non-convertible  debt  securities.  While  providing a fixed  income  stream
- --generally  higher in yield than in the income  derived from a common stock but
lower than that  afforded by a  non-convertible  debt  security -- a convertible
security  also  affords an investor  the  opportunity,  through  its  conversion
feature,  to participate in the capital  appreciation of common stock into which
it is convertible.

In  general,  the market  value of a  convertible  security is the higher of its
investment  value (its value as a fixed income security) or its conversion value
(the  value  of the  underlying  shares  of  common  stock  if the  security  is
converted).  As a fixed  income  security,  the  market  value of a  convertible
security generally increases when interest rates decline and generally decreases
when interest rates rise; however, the price of a convertible security generally
increases as the market value of the underlying stock  increases,  and generally
decreases as the market value of the underlying  stock declines.  Investments in
convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in the common
stock of the same issuer.

FURTHER RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF FUTURES CONTRACTS,  OPTIONS,  WARRANTS,
CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES AND SWAP  AGREEMENTS.  The risk of loss  associated with
futures  contracts in some  strategies  can be  substantial  due to both the low
margin deposits  required and the extremely high degree of leverage  involved in
futures  pricing.  As a result,  a relatively  small price movement in a futures
contract may result in an immediate and substantial loss or gain.  However,  the
Portfolios  will  not use  futures  contracts,  options,  warrants,  convertible
securities and swap agreements for speculative purposes or to leverage their net
assets.  Accordingly,  the  primary  risks  associated  with the use of  futures
contracts, options, warrants,  convertible securities and swap agreements by the
Portfolios are: (i) imperfect  correlation between the change in market value of
the securities held by a Portfolio and the prices of futures contracts, options,
warrants,  convertible securities and swap agreements; and (ii) possible lack of
a liquid secondary market for a futures contract and the resulting  inability to
close a futures  position  prior to its  maturity  date.  The risk of  imperfect
correlation  will be  minimized  by  investing  only in  those  contracts  whose
behavior is expected to resemble  that of a Portfolio's  underlying  securities.
The risk that a Portfolio will be unable to close out a futures position will be
minimized by entering into stock  transactions on an exchange with an active and
liquid secondary market. However options,  warrants,  convertible securities and
swap  agreements  purchased  or sold  over-the-counter  may be less  liquid than
exchange-

                                       22

<PAGE>



traded securities.  Illiquid securities, in general, may not represent more than
15% of the net assets of a Portfolio.

FOREIGN CURRENCY  FORWARD,  FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  TRANSACTIONS.  The EAFE
Equity  Index  Portfolio  may enter into  foreign  currency  forward and foreign
currency  futures  contracts in order to maintain the same currency  exposure as
the EAFE Index.  The  Portfolio  may not enter into such  contracts  as a way of
protecting against anticipated adverse changes in exchange rates between foreign
currencies  and the U.S.  dollar.  A foreign  currency  forward  contract  is an
obligation to purchase or sell a specific  currency at a future date,  which may
be any fixed  number of days from the date of the  contract  agreed  upon by the
parties,  at a price  set at the time of the  contract.  Such  contracts  do not
eliminate  fluctuations  in the  underlying  prices  of  securities  held by the
Portfolios.  Although such  contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a
decline in the value of a currency that has been sold  forward,  and the risk of
loss due to an  increase  in the  value of a  currency  that has been  purchased
forward,  at the same time they tend to limit any  potential  gain that might be
realized should the value of such currency increase.

Successful  use of  forward  contracts  depends  on  Bankers  Trust's  skill  in
analyzing and predicting  relative  currency values.  Forward  contracts alter a
Portfolio's  exposure to currency  exchange  rate  activity  and could result in
losses  to  the  Portfolio  if  currencies  do  not  perform  as  Bankers  Trust
anticipates. A Portfolio may also incur significant costs when converting assets
from one currency to another.

ASSET COVERAGE. To assure that a Portfolio's use of futures and related options,
as well as when-issued and delayed-delivery securities,  interest rate swaps and
foreign currency  forward futures and related options  transactions are not used
to  achieve  excessive   investment   leverage,  a  Portfolio  will  cover  such
transactions, as required under applicable interpretations of the SEC, either by
owning the underlying securities,  entering into an off-setting transaction,  or
by establishing a segregated account with the Portfolio's  custodian  containing
high  grade  liquid  debt  securities  in an  amount  at all  times  equal to or
exceeding  the  Portfolio's  commitment  with  respect to these  instruments  or
contracts.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
The  frequency  of Portfolio  transactions-the  Portfolio's  portfolio  turnover
rate-will  vary  from  year to  year  depending  on  market  conditions  and the
Portfolio's cash flows. Each Portfolio's  annual portfolio  turnover rate is not
expected to exceed 100%. The Equity 500 Portfolio's  portfolio turnover rate for
the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993 was 21% and 31%, respectively.


                                       23

<PAGE>



PERFORMANCE

Each Portfolio's  recent strategies and holdings,  and the corresponding  Fund's
performance,  is  detailed  twice a year in the Funds'  financial  reports  (not
available  during  the first  year for each Fund other than the Equity 500 Index
Fund), which are sent to all Fund shareholders.

For current  Fund  performance  or a free copy of the Funds'  financial  report,
please contact an Investment Professional.

Mutual fund performance is commonly  measured as TOTAL RETURN and/or YIELD. Each
Fund's performance is affected by the expenses of that Fund.

EXPLANATION OF TERMS
TOTAL  RETURN  is the  change in value of an  investment  in a Fund over a given
period,  assuming  reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A cumulative
total  return  reflects  actual  performance  over a stated  period of time.  An
AVERAGE annual total return is a  hypothetical  rate of return that, if achieved
annually,  would have produced the same  cumulative  total return if performance
had  been  constant  over  the  entire  period.   Average  annual  total  return
calculations  smooth out  variations  in  performance;  they are not the same as
actual  year-by-year  results.  Average annual total returns covering periods of
less than one year assume that  performance will remain constant for the rest of
the year.

TOTAL RETURNS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Average Annual
                                                                                                 Total Return
                                                              Total return                       for Period From
                                                              for the period from                commencement
                           Total return                       commencement of                    of operations
                           for 1 year ended                   operations through                 through
                           12/31/94                           12/31/94                           12/31/94
<S>                        <C>                                <C>                                 <C>    
Equity 500 Index
Fund(a)                       1.15%                              10.79%                              5.26%

<FN>
(a) Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1992.
</FN>
</TABLE>

YIELD  refers to the income  generated by an  investment  in a Fund over a given
period of time,  expressed as an annual  percentage rate.  Yields are calculated
according to a standard  that is required for all stock and bond funds.  Because
this differs from other accounting  methods,  the quoted yield may not equal the
income actually paid to  shareholders.  This difference may be significant for a
Fund  investing in a Portfolio  whose  investments  are  denominated  in foreign
currencies.

YIELDS

The 30-day SEC yield for the period  ended  December 31, 1994 for the Equity 500
Index Fund was 2.78%.

                                       24

<PAGE>




Performance  information may include  comparisons of a Fund's investment results
to various  unmanaged  indices or results of other mutual funds or investment or
savings  vehicles.  From time to time,  Fund rankings may be quoted from various
sources,  such as Lipper Analytical Services,  Inc., Value Line and Morningstar,
Inc.

Unlike  some bank  deposits or other  investments  which pay a fixed yield for a
stated  period of time,  the total  return  of a Fund will vary  depending  upon
interest  rates,  the  current  market  value  of  the  securities  held  by the
corresponding Portfolio and changes in the expenses of the Fund or Portfolio. In
addition, during certain periods for which total return may be provided, Bankers
Trust or SBDS may have  voluntarily  agreed to waive  portions of their fees, or
reimburse certain operating expenses of a Fund or Portfolio, on a month-to-month
basis.  Such  waivers will have the effect of  increasing  the Fund's net income
(and therefore its yield and total return) during the period such waivers are in
effect.

TOTAL  RETURNS AND YIELDS ARE BASED ON PAST RESULTS AND ARE NOT AN INDICATION OF
FUTURE PERFORMANCE.

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUSTS AND THE PORTFOLIOS

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
The  Trusts and each  Portfolio  is  governed  by a Board of  Trustees  which is
responsible  for  protecting  the interests of  investors.  The Trustees of each
Trust  are  different  individuals  than the  Trustees  of each  Portfolio.  See
"Management  of the Trust and the  Portfolios"  in the SAI for more  information
with respect to the Trustees and officers of the Trusts and each Portfolio.

INVESTMENT ADVISER
The Trust has not retained the services of an investment adviser since the Trust
seeks to achieve the  investment  objective  of each Fund by  investing  all the
Assets of the Fund in the corresponding  Portfolio.  Each Portfolio has retained
the services of Bankers Trust as investment adviser.

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES
Bankers Trust Company, a New York banking  corporation with principal offices at
280 Park  Avenue,  New York,  New York 10017,  is a wholly owned  subsidiary  of
Bankers Trust New York Corporation.  Bankers Trust conducts a variety of general
banking and trust  activities  and is a major  wholesale  supplier of  financial
services to the international and domestic institutional market.

As of  September  30, 1995,  Bankers  Trust New York  Corporation  was the ninth
largest  bank  holding  company  in the  United  States  with  total  assets  of
approximately $104 billion. Bankers Trust is a worldwide merchant bank dedicated
to servicing the needs of corporations,  governments, financial institutions and
private  clients  through a global  network of over 120  offices in more than 40
countries. Investment management is a core business of Bankers Trust, built on a
tradition  of  excellence  from its roots as a trust bank  founded in 1903.  The
scope of Bankers Trust's investment  management  capability is unique due to its
leadership positions in both active and passive quantitative management and its

                                       25

<PAGE>



presence in major  equity and fixed  income  markets  around the world.  Bankers
Trust is one of the nation's  largest and most experienced  investment  managers
with approximately $200 billion in assets under management globally.

Bankers Trust has more than 50 years of experience  managing  retirement  assets
for the nation's  largest  corporations  and  institutions.  In the past,  these
clients  have  been  serviced  through  separate  account  and  commingled  fund
structures. Now, BT Global Investors brings Bankers Trust's extensive investment
management  expertise - once available to only the largest  institutions  in the
U.S. - to  individual  investors.  Bankers  Trust's  officers have had extensive
experience in managing investment  portfolios having objectives similar to those
of each Portfolio.

Bankers Trust, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees
of each  Portfolio,  manages each Portfolio in accordance  with the  Portfolio's
investment objective and stated investment policies,  makes investment decisions
for the  Portfolio,  places  orders to purchase  and sell  securities  and other
financial  instruments  on  behalf of the  Portfolio  and  employs  professional
investment managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the
Portfolio.  Bankers  Trust may  utilize the  expertise  of any of its world wide
subsidiaries and affiliates to assist it in its role as investment adviser.  All
orders  for  investment  transactions  on behalf of a  Portfolio  are  placed by
Bankers Trust with  broker-dealers  and other financial  intermediaries  that it
selects,  including  those  affiliated  with  Bankers  Trust.  A  Bankers  Trust
affiliate  will be used in  connection  with a purchase or sale of an investment
for the Portfolio only if Bankers Trust believes that the affiliate's charge for
the transaction does not exceed usual and customary  levels.  The Portfolio will
not invest in  obligations  for which Bankers Trust or any of its  affiliates is
the ultimate  obligor or accepting bank. The Portfolio may,  however,  invest in
the obligations of correspondents and customers of Bankers Trust.

The  Investment  Advisory  Agreements  provide for each Portfolio to pay Bankers
Trust receives a fee from each Portfolio,  accrued daily and paid monthly, equal
on an annual basis to the following  percentages of the average daily net assets
of the Portfolio for its  then-current  fiscal year: U.S. Bond Index  Portfolio,
0.15%;  Equity  500  Equal  Weighted  Index  Portfolio,  0.25%;  Small Cap Index
Portfolio,  0.15%;  EAFE Equity  Index  Portfolio,  0.25%;  and Equity 500 Index
Portfolio, 0.10%.

Bankers  Trust has been  advised by its  counsel  that,  in  counsel's  opinion,
Bankers  Trust  currently  may  perform  the  services  for the  Trusts  and the
Portfolios  described in this  Prospectus  and the SAI without  violation of the
Glass-Steagall Act or other applicable  banking laws or regulations.  State laws
on this issue may differ from the  interpretations  of relevant Federal law, and
banks and financial institutions may be required to register as dealers pursuant
to state securities law.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Frank  Salerno,  Managing  Director of Bankers  Trust,  is  responsible  for the
management  of the  Equity 500 Equal  Weighted  Index  Portfolio,  the Small Cap
Portfolio   and  the  Equity  500  Index   Portfolio.   Mr.   Salerno   oversees
administration,  management  and trading of  international  and domestic  equity
index

                                       26

<PAGE>



strategies. He has been employed by Bankers Trust since 1981 and has managed the
Portfolios' assets since each Portfolio commenced operations.

The following table sets forth annual total return information for the portfolio
managed by Mr. Salerno that has investment  objectives,  policies and techniques
substantially similar to the Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Portfolio. Mr.
Salerno began managing the portfolio in 19 .

         1 YEAR                     3 YEAR
         24.34%                     16.39%

The following table sets forth annual total return information for the portfolio
managed by Mr. Salerno that has investment  objectives,  policies and techniques
substantially  similar  to the Small  Cap Index  Portfolio.  Mr.  Salerno  began
managing the portfolio in 19 .

         1 YEAR                     3 YEAR                    5 YEAR
         22.92%                     17.90%                    20.95%

Richard J. Vella,  Managing  Director of Bankers Trust,  is responsible  for the
day-to-day  management  of the EAFE Equity Index  Portfolio.  Mr. Vella has been
employed by Bankers Trust since 1985 and has ten years of trading and investment
experience.

The following table sets forth annual total return information for the portfolio
managed by Mr. Vella that has  investment  objectives,  policies and  techniques
substantially  similar to the EAFE  Equity  Index  Portfolio.  Mr.  Vella  began
managing the portfolio in 19 .

         1 YEAR                     3 YEAR                    5 YEAR
          5.05%                     12.86%                     9.97%

Louis R. D'Arienzo, Vice President of Bankers Trust, is responsible for the day-
to-day management of the U.S. Bond Index Portfolio.  Mr. D'Arienzo has been
employed by Bankers Trust since 1981 and has twelve years of trading and
investment experience in fixed income securities.

The following table sets forth annual total return information for the portfolio
managed by Mr. D'Arienzo that has investment objectives, policies and techniques
substantially similar to the U.S. Bond Index Portfolio.  Mr. D'Arienzo began
managing the portfolio in 19  .

         1 YEAR                     3 YEAR                    5 YEAR
         13.61%                      6.31%                     9.28%


TOTAL RETURN
Total return  information for each portfolio  manager includes income,  realized
and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments,  transaction costs and
the reinvestment of all income and capital gains. The annual operating  expenses
of each Fund and Portfolio set forth above in "Expense  Summary" are higher than
the fees charged to the managed  accounts  discussed  above.  Total returns have
been

                                       27

<PAGE>



adjusted to reflect these higher expenses. Each of the private accounts included
in the total return  figures  above was  sufficiently  comparable in size to the
expected size of the respective  Portfolio during the Portfolio's  first year of
operations to ensure that the total return  information quoted above is relevant
to a potential  investor in the respective Fund. Past performance  should not be
considered indicative of future performance.

ADMINISTRATOR
Under its Administration  and Services Agreement with each Trust,  Bankers Trust
calculates  the net asset value of each Fund and generally  assists the Board of
Trustees of the Trust in all aspects of the  administration and operation of the
Funds. The  Administration  and Services  Agreement  provides for the respective
Trust to pay Bankers  Trust a fee,  accrued  daily and paid monthly  equal on an
annual basis to the following percentages of the average daily net assets of the
Fund,  attributable to the Class,  for its  then-current  fiscal year: U.S. Bond
Index Fund, 0.20%;  Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Fund, 0.30%; Small Cap Index
Fund, 0.25%; EAFE Equity Index Fund, 0.30%; and Equity 500 Index Fund, 0.30%.

Under an  Administration  and Services  Agreement with each  Portfolio,  Bankers
Trust calculates the value of the assets of the Portfolio and generally  assists
the  respective  Board of  Trustees  in all  aspects of the  administration  and
operation of the Portfolios.  The Administration and Services Agreement provides
for each  Portfolio to pay Bankers Trust a fee,  accrued daily and paid monthly,
equal on an annual basis to the following percentages of the Portfolio's average
daily net assets for its  then-current  fiscal year: U.S. Bond Index  Portfolio,
0.05%;  Equity  500  Equal  Weighted  Index  Portfolio,  0.05%;  Small Cap Index
Portfolio,  0.05%;  EAFE Equity  Index  Portfolio,  0.10%;  and Equity 500 Index
Portfolio,  0.05%.  Under each  Administration and Services  Agreement,  Bankers
Trust may  delegate  one or more of its  responsibilities  to others,  including
SBDS, at Bankers Trust's expense.

DISTRIBUTOR
Under its Distribution  Agreement with each Trust, SBDS, as Distributor,  serves
as the Trusts' principal underwriter on a best efforts basis. In addition,  SBDS
provides the Trusts with office facilities. SBDS is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Signature  Financial  Group,  Inc.  ("SFG").  SFG and its  affiliates  currently
provide administration and distribution services for other registered investment
companies. The principal business address of SFG and SBDS is 6 St. James Avenue,
Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
Bankers  Trust acts as custodian of the assets of the Trusts and each  Portfolio
and serves as the transfer agent (the "Transfer  Agent") for the Trusts and each
Portfolio under the  Administration  and Services  Agreement with the Trusts and
each Portfolio.

                                  YOUR ACCOUNT

TYPES OF ACCOUNTS
Read your Investment  Professional's  program materials in conjunction with this
Prospectus  for details of services that may differ from those  described in the
Prospectus and for additional fees that may apply. Some of the services and

                                       28

<PAGE>



features of this Prospectus may not be available to you. Certain features of the
Funds, such as minimum initial or subsequent investment amounts, may be modified
in these programs,  and  administrative  charges may be imposed for the services
rendered.

The  different  ways to set up  (register)  your account with Bankers  Trust are
listed below.

The account  guidelines that follow may not apply to certain Funds or to certain
retirement  accounts.  If your  employer  offers  a Fund  through  a  retirement
program,  contact  your  employer  for more  information.  Otherwise,  call your
Investment Professional directly.

WAYS TO SET UP YOUR ACCOUNT

INDIVIDUAL OR JOINT TENANT
FOR YOUR GENERAL INVESTMENT NEEDS
Individual accounts are owned by one person. Joint accounts can have two or more
owners (tenants). Joint accounts may be joint tenants in common or joint tenants
with rights of survivorship.

RETIREMENT
TO SHELTER YOUR RETIREMENT SAVINGS FROM TAXES
Retirement  plans allow  individuals  to shelter  investment  income and capital
gains from current taxes.  In addition,  contributions  to these accounts may be
tax deductible.  Retirement accounts require special  applications and typically
have lower minimums.

o INDIVIDUAL  RETIREMENT  ACCOUNTS (IRAS) allow anyone of legal age under 70 1/2
  with earned income to invest up to $2,000 per tax year.  Individuals  can also
  invest in a spouse's IRA if the spouse has earned income of less than $250.

o ROLLOVER IRAS retain  special tax advantages  for certain  distributions  from
  employer sponsored retirement plans.

o SIMPLIFIED  EMPLOYEE PENSION PLANS (SEP-IRAS) provide small business owners or
  those with  self-employed  income (and their eligible  employees) with many of
  the same advantages as a Keogh, but with fewer administrative requirements.

o 401(K) PLANS allow  employees  of  corporations  of all sizes to  contribute a
  percentage of their wages on a tax deferred  basis.  These accounts need to be
  established by the trustee of the plan.

MONEY  PURCHASE/PROFIT  SHARING  PLANS (Keogh  Plans) are tax  deferred  pension
accounts  designated for employees of  unincorporated  businesses or for persons
who are self-employed.

GIFTS OR TRANSFERS TO A MINOR (UGMA,  UTMA) TO INVEST FOR A CHILD'S EDUCATION OR
OTHER FUTURE NEEDS
These custodial  accounts  provide a way to give money to a child and obtain tax
benefits. An individual can give up to $10,000 a year per child without paying

                                       29

<PAGE>



federal gift tax.  Depending on state laws, you can set up a custodial account
under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA) or the Uniform Transfers to Minors
Act (UTMA).  Contact your Investment Professional.

TRUST
FOR MONEY BEING INVESTED BY A TRUST
The trust must be established before on account can be opened.

BUSINESS OR ORGANIZATION
FOR  INVESTMENT  NEEDS OF  CORPORATIONS,  ASSOCIATIONS,  PARTNERSHIPS,  OR OTHER
GROUPS Contact your Investment Professional.

HOW TO BUY SHARES

Shares are purchased at the Fund's net asset value ("NAV") next calculated after
your investment is received and accepted. The NAV is normally calculated at 4:00
p.m. Eastern time.

If you are placing  your order  through an  Investment  Professional,  it is the
responsibility  of your  Investment  Professional  to transmit your order to buy
Shares to the Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

The Transfer Agent must receive payment within five business days after an order
for Shares is placed;  otherwise  your  purchase  order may be canceled  and you
could be held liable for resulting fees and/or losses.

Share certificates are not available for Shares of the Funds.

IF YOU ARE NEW TO BT GLOBAL INVESTORS,  complete and sign an account application
and  mail  it  along  with  your  check.  If  there  is no  account  application
accompanying this Prospectus, call your Investment Professional.

IF YOU ALREADY HAVE MONEY INVESTED IN A BT GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND, you can:

o Mail an account application with a check,
o Wire money into your account,
o Open an account by  exchanging  from  another  BT Global  Investors  Fund or o
  Contact your Investment Professional.

If you are investing  through a tax-sheltered  retirement  plan, such as an IRA,
for the first time, you will need a special application. Contact your Investment
Professional for more information and a retirement account application.

MINIMUM INVESTMENTS
TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT                                  $2,500
For retirement accounts                             $  500
Through automatic investment plans                  $1,000

TO ADD TO AN ACCOUNT                                $  250
For retirement accounts                             $  100
Through automatic investment plan                   $  100

                                                        30

<PAGE>




MINIMUM BALANCE                                     $1,000
For retirement accounts                             None

For further  information on opening an account,  please consult your  Investment
Professional or refer to the account application.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT                    TO ADD TO AN ACCOUNT
<S>                   <C>                                   <C>    
PHONE YOUR               Contact your                          Contact your Investment Professional
INVESTMENT               Investment                            or call 1-(800)422-6577.  You may
PROFESSIONAL             Professional.  If you                 exchange from another BT Global
                         are an existing                       Investors Fund account (or the BT
                         shareholder, you may                  Investment Money Market Fund) with
                         exchange from another                 the same registration, including
                         BT Global Investors                   name, address, and taxpayer ID
                         Fund (or the BT                       number.
                         Investment Money Market Fund)
                         account with the same
                         registration, including name,
                         address, and taxpayer ID
                         number.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MAIL                     Complete and sign the                 Make your check payable to the
                         account application.                  complete name of the Fund of your
                         Make your check                       choice.  Indicate your Fund account
                         payable to the                        number on your check and mail to the
                         complete name of the                  address printed on your account
                         Fund of your choice.                  statement.  Exchange by mail:  call
                         Mail to the                           your Investment Professional for
                         appropriate address                   instructions.
                         indicated on the
                         application.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

IN PERSON                Take your account                     Take your check to your Investment
                         application and check                 Professional.
                         to your Investment
                         Professional.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
                                       31

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>                                   <C>    
WIRE                     Not available.                        Call your Investment Professional or
                                                               wire to:




                                                               ROUTING NO.:  021001033
                                                               ATTN: Bankers Trust/
                                                                     IFTC Deposit
                                                               CREDIT: Fund Number
                                                               U.S. Bond Index Fund - 000
                                                               Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Fund - 000
                                                               Small Cap Index Fund - 000 EAFE
                                                               Equity Index Fund - 000
                                                               Equity 500 Index Fund - 000
                                                               DDA NO. 00-226-296
                                                               FBO:    (Account name)
                                                                       (Account number)

                                                               Specify the complete name of
                                                               the fund of your choice, and
                                                               include your account number
                                                               and your name.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AUTOMATICALLY            Not available.                        Use the Systematic Investment
                                                               Program.  Sign up for this service
                                                               when opening your account, or call
                                                               your Investment Professional to begin
                                                               the program.  The initial minimum of
                                                               $1,000 must be met.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

HOW TO SELL SHARES

You can  arrange to take  money out of your fund  account at any time by selling
(redeeming)  some or all of your  Shares.  Your Shares shall be sold at the next
NAV calculated after an order is received by the Transfer Agent. NAV is normally
calculated at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

TO SELL SHARES IN A  RETIREMENT  ACCOUNT,  your request must be made in writing,
except for  exchanges  to other  eligible BT Global  Investors  Funds (or the BT
Investment  Money Market  Fund),  which can be requested by phone or in writing.
For a retirement  distribution form contact your Investment Professional or call
1-800-422-6577.

IF YOU ARE SELLING SOME BUT NOT ALL OF YOUR NON-RETIREMENT ACCOUNT SHARES, leave
at least $1,000 worth of Shares in the account to keep it open.

TO SELL  SHARES  BY BANK WIRE you will  need to sign up for  these  services  in
advance.

CERTAIN REQUESTS MUST INCLUDE A SIGNATURE  GUARANTEE.  It is designed to protect
you and  Bankers  Trust from  fraud.  Your  request  must be made in writing and
include a signature guarantee if any of the following situations apply:

o You wish to  redeem  more  than  $100,000  worth  of  Shares,  o Your  account
registration has changed within the last 30 days, o The check is being mailed to
a different address than the one on your account
  (record address),
o  The check is being made payable to someone other than the account owner,

                                       32

<PAGE>



o The redemption proceeds are being transferred to a BT account with a different
  registration,   or
o You  wish  to have  redemption  proceeds  wired  to a  non-predesignated  bank
  account.

You should be able to obtain a signature guarantee from a bank, broker,  dealer,
credit  union  (if  authorized   under  state  law),   securities   exchange  or
association,  clearing agency,  or savings  association.  A notary public cannot
provide a signature guarantee.

SELLING SHARES IN WRITING

Write a "letter of instruction" with:

o Your name,
o The Fund's name and Fund's number,
o Your Fund account number,
o The  dollar  amount  or  number  of  Shares  to be  redeemed  and o Any  other
  applicable requirements listed in the following table.

Deliver your letter to your Investment Professional, or mail it to the following
address:

                                   [ADDRESS]

Unless otherwise instructed,  the Transfer Agent will send a check to the record
address.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                        ACCOUNT TYPE                                SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
<S>                  <C>                                         <C>    
PHONE YOUR              All account types except                    Maximum check request:   $     .
INVESTMENT              retirement
PROFESSIONAL

                        All account types                           You may exchange to other BT
                                                                    Global Investors Funds (or the BT
                                                                    Investment Money Market Fund) if
                                                                    both accounts are registered with
                                                                    the same name(s), address, and
                                                                    taxpayer ID number.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MAIL OR IN              Individual, Joint Tenant,                   The letter of instruction (with
PERSON                  Sale Proprietorship, UGMA,                  signature guaranteed, if required)
                        UTMA                                        must be signed by all persons
                                                                    required to sign for transactions,
                                                                    exactly as their names appear on
                                                                    the account and sent to your
                                                                    Investment Professional or the
                                                                    Transfer Agent.

                        Retirement account                          The account owner should complete a
                                                                    retirement distribution form.
                                                                    Contact your Investment Professional
                                                                    or call 1-800-422-6577.

</TABLE>

                                       33

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                   <C>                                        <C>    
                        Trust                                       The trustee must sign the letter
                                                                    indicating capacity as trustee. If
                                                                    the trustee's name is not on the
                                                                    account registration, provide a
                                                                    copy  of the trust document certified
                                                                    with the last 60 days.

                        Business or Organization                    At least one person authorized by corporate
                                                                    resolution to act on the account must sign 
                                                                    the letter.

                        Executor, Administrator,                    Executor, Administrator,
                        Conservator/Guardian                        Conservator/Guardian
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

WIRE                    All account types except                    You must sign up for the wire
                        retirement                                  feature before using it.  To
                                                                    verify that it is in place,
                                                                    contact your Investment
                                                                    Professional or call 1-800-422-
                                                                    6577.   Minimum wire: $500.00.

                                                                    Your wire redemption request must
                                                                    be received by the Transfer Agent 
                                                                    before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time for 
                                                                    money to be  wired on the next business
                                                                    day.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

INVESTOR SERVICES

BT Global  Investors Funds provide a variety of services to help you manage your
account.

INFORMATION SERVICES
STATEMENTS AND REPORTS that your  Investment  Professional or the Transfer Agent
will send to you include the following:

o Confirmation  statements  (after every  transaction  that affects your account
  balance, distribution or your account registration)

o Account statements (quarterly)

o Financial reports (every six months)

To reduce expenses, only one copy of most financial reports will be mailed, even
if you have more than one account in the Fund. Call your Investment Professional
if you need additional copies of financial reports.

TRANSACTION SERVICES
EXCHANGE  PRIVILEGE.  You may sell your Shares and buy Shares of other BT Global
Investors Funds by telephone or in writing.

Note that  exchanges  out of a Fund may be limited to four per calendar year and
that  they  may have tax  consequences  for you.  For  detail  on  policies  and
restrictions   governing  exchanges   including   circumstances  under  which  a
shareholder's exchange privilege may be suspended or revoked, see page ___.


                                       34

<PAGE>



SYSTEMATIC  WITHDRAWAL  PROGRAM lets you set up periodic  redemptions  from your
account.

One easy way to pursue your  financial  goals is to invest money  regularly.  BT
Global  Investors  Funds offer  convenient  services that let you transfer money
into your fund account,  or between fund accounts  automatically.  While regular
investment plans do not guarantee a profit and will not protect you against loss
in a declining market, they can be an excellent way to invest for retirement,  a
home,  educational  expenses,  and  other  long-term  financial  goals.  Certain
restrictions apply for retirement  accounts.  Call your Investment  Professional
for more information.

REGULAR INVESTMENT PLANS
SYSTEMATIC INVESTMENT PROGRAM
TO MOVE MONEY FROM YOUR BANK ACCOUNT TO A BT GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND

MINIMUM     MINIMUM        FREQUENCY               SETTING UP OR CHANGING
INITIAL     SUBSEQUENT

$1,000      $100           Monthly, bimonthly,     For a new account, complete
                           quarterly or semi-      the appropriate section on 
                           annually                the application.
                                                   For existing accounts, call
                                                   your Investment Professional
                                                   for an application.
                                                   To change the amount or
                                                   frequency of your investment,
                                                   contact your Investment
                                                   Professional directly or call
                                                   1-800-422-6577.
                                                   Call at least 10 business
                                                   days prior to your next
                                                   scheduled investment date.

SYSTEMATIC EXCHANGE PROGRAM
TO MOVE  MONEY  FROM  ONE BT  GLOBAL  INVESTORS  FUND TO  ANOTHER  (OR TO THE BT
INVESTMENT MONEY MARKET FUND)

Minimum       Frequency                     Setting up or changing


$100          Monthly, quarterly,           To establish, call your
              semi-annually or              Investment Professional after
              annually                      both accounts are open
 .
                                            To change the amount or frequency of
                                            your investment, contact your
                                            Investment Professional directly or
                                            call 1-800-422-6577.  Call at least
                                            two business days prior to your next
                                            scheduled exchange date.

                                            The account from which the exchanges
                                            are  to be  processed  must  have  a
                                            minimum  balance  of  $10,000.   The
                                            account into which the

                                       35

<PAGE>



                                            exchange  is  being  processed  must
                                            have a minimum of $1,000.


                        SHAREHOLDER AND ACCOUNT POLICIES

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS, AND TAXES

Each Fund distributes  substantially  all of its net income and capital gains to
shareholders each year. Each Fund distributes capital gains annually.  Normally,
income dividends for each Fund are distributed quarterly.

DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS
When you open an account,  specify on your account  application  how you want to
receive distributions. The Trust offers four options:

1.  REINVESTMENT OPTION. Your dividend and capital gain distributions will be
automatically reinvested in additional Shares of the Fund.  If you do not
indicate a choice on your application you will be assigned this option.

2.  INCOME-EARNED OPTION. Your capital gain distributions will be automatically
reinvested in additional Shares of the Fund, but you will be sent a check for
each dividend distribution.

3.  CASH OPTION. You will be sent a check for your dividend and capital gain
distributions.

4.  AUTOMATIC DIVIDENDS PROGRAM. Your dividend and capital gain distributions be
automatically invested in Shares of another BT Global Investors Fund (or the BT
Investment Money Market Fund) as long as the minimums for that account are met.

If you select  distribution  option 2 or 3 and the U.S.  Postal  Service  cannot
deliver your checks,  or if your checks  remain  uncashed for six months,  those
checks will be  reinvested  in your account at the current NAV and your election
may be converted to the Reinvestment  Option. You may change distribution option
at anytime by notifying the Transfer Agent in writing.

FOR RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS,  all distributions are automatically  reinvested.  When
you are over 59 1/2  years  old,  you can  receive  distributions  in  cash.  If
distributions  from a retirement account for any taxable year following the year
in which the participant  reaches age 70 1/2 are less than the "minimum required
distribution"  for  that  taxable  year,  an  excise  tax  equal  to  50% of the
deficiency  may be imposed by the Internal  Revenue  Service  (the  "IRS").  The
administrator,  trustee  or  custodian  of  such a  retirement  account  will be
responsible for reporting distributions from such accounts to the IRS.

When each of the Funds  deducts a  distribution  from its NAV, the  reinvestment
price  is  the  applicable  Fund's  NAV at  the  close  of  business  that  day.
Distribution  checks will be mailed  within seven days, or longer for a December
ex-dividend date.

TAXES

                                       36

<PAGE>



As with any investment, you should consider how an investment in the Funds could
affect you.  Below are some of the Funds' tax  implications.  If your account is
not a tax-deferred retirement account beware of these tax implications.

TAXES ON  DISTRIBUTIONS.  Distributions  from the Funds are  subject  to federal
income tax and may also be subject to state or local  taxes.  If living  outside
the United States,  your distributions from the Funds could also be taxed by the
country in which you reside.

For federal tax purposes,  income and short-term capital gain distributions from
each of the Funds are taxed as dividends;  long-term capital gain  distributions
are taxed as long-term capital gains.

Mutual fund  dividends from U.S.  government  securities are generally free from
state and local income taxes. However, particular states may limit this benefit,
and  some  types  of  securities,   such  as  repurchase   agreements  and  some
agency-backed  securities,  may not qualify for the benefit.  In addition,  some
states may impose  intangible  property  taxes.  You should consult your own tax
adviser for details and up-to-date information on the tax laws in your state.

Distributions  are taxable when they are paid,  whether you take them in cash or
reinvest them. However,  distributions  declared in December and paid in January
are taxable as if they were paid on December 31.

Every  January,  the  Transfer  Agent will send the IRS a statement  showing the
taxable distributions paid to you in the previous year.

TAXES ON TRANSACTIONS.  Your redemptions,  including  exchanges,  are subject to
capital gains tax. A capital gain or loss is the difference  between the cost of
your Shares and the price you receive when you sell them.

Whenever  you sell Shares of a Fund,  the  Transfer  Agent will send you or your
Investment  Professional  a confirmation  statement  showing how many Shares you
sold and at what price. You also receive a consolidated transaction statement at
least  quarterly.  However,  it is up to you or your tax  preparer to  determine
whether this sale resulted in a capital gain and, if so, the amount of tax to be
paid. BE SURE TO KEEP YOUR REGULAR  ACCOUNT  STATEMENTS;  the  information  they
contain will be essential in calculating the amount of your capital gains.

"BUYING A DIVIDEND." If you buy Shares just before a Fund deducts a capital gain
distribution or dividend distribution, as applicable, from its NAV, you will pay
the full price for the  Shares  and then  receive a portion of the price back in
the form of a taxable distribution.

CURRENCY CONSIDERATIONS.  If a Fund's dividends exceed its taxable income in any
year, which is sometimes the result of currency-related losses, all or a portion
of the Fund's  dividends  may be treated as a return of capital to  shareholders
for tax purposes. To minimize the risk of a return of capital, each of the Funds
may adjust its dividends to take currency  fluctuations into account,  which may
cause the dividends to vary. Any return of capital will reduce the cost basis of
your  Shares,  which will result in a higher  reported  capital  gain or a lower
reported  capital loss when you sell your Shares.  The  statement you receive in
January will specify whether any distributions included a return of capital.

                                       37

<PAGE>




Undistributed  net gains from currency  transactions,  if any, will generally be
distributed as a separate dividend in December.

There are tax requirements  that all Funds must follow in order to avoid federal
taxation.  In its  effort to adhere  to these  requirements,  a Fund may have to
limit its investment activity in some types of instruments.

VALUATION DETAILS

THE FUNDS ARE OPEN FOR  BUSINESS  each day the NYSE is open.  Each Fund's NAV is
calculated as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, currently 4:00 p.m.
Eastern time.

A FUND'S NAV is the value of a single Share. The NAV of each Fund is computed by
dividing the value of the Fund's  Assets (i.e.,  the value of its  investment in
the Portfolio and other assets), less all liabilities,  allocable to the Advisor
Class Shares by the total  number of its Shares  outstanding.  Each  Portfolio's
securities  and  other  assets  are  valued  primarily  on the  basis of  market
quotations  or, if  quotations  are not  readily  available,  by  Bankers  Trust
pursuant to  procedures  adopted by the  Portfolio's  Board of  Trustees.  These
procedures  require  Bankers Trust to value such a security at the same value as
an  equivalent  security  which  is  readily  marketable  and,  in  making  such
comparisons, to consider all relevant factors under applicable guidelines of the
SEC.

WHEN YOU SIGN YOUR ACCOUNT  APPLICATION,  you will be asked to certify that your
social  security or taxpayer  identification  number is correct and that you are
not subject to 31% backup  withholding  for failing to report income to the IRS.
If you violate IRS  regulations,  the IRS can require a Fund to withhold  31% of
your taxable distributions and redemptions.

YOU MAY INITIATE MANY TRANSACTIONS BY TELEPHONE: Your Investment Professional or
the Transfer  Agent may only be liable for losses  resulting  from  unauthorized
transactions if they do not follow reasonable  procedures designed to verify the
identity of the caller. Your Investment  Professional or the Transfer Agent will
request  personalized  security codes or other information,  and may also record
calls. You should verify the accuracy of the confirmation statements immediately
after  receipt.  If you do not  want the  ability  to  redeem  and  exchange  by
telephone,   call  your  Investment  Professional  or  the  Transfer  Agent  for
instructions.  Additional  documentation  may  be  required  from  corporations,
associations and certain fiduciaries.

EACH FUND  RESERVES  THE RIGHT TO SUSPEND THE OFFERING OF SHARES for a period of
time.  Each Fund also reserves the right to reject any specific  purchase order,
including certain  purchases by exchange.  Purchase orders may be refused if, in
Bankers Trust's opinion, they would disrupt management of a Fund.

WHEN YOU PLACE AN ORDER TO BUY SHARES, your Shares will be purchased at the next
NAV or offering  price, as applicable,  calculated  after your order is received
and accepted by the Transfer Agent. Note the following:

o         All checks should be made payable to the specific Fund.


                                       38

<PAGE>



o         All of your purchases must be made in U.S.  dollars and checks must be
          drawn on U.S. banks.

o         The Funds do not accept third party checks, except those payable to an
          existing  shareowner  who is a natural  person (not a  corporation  or
          partnership), credit cards or cash.

o         When making a purchase with more than one check,  each check must have
          a value of at least $50.

o         Each Fund  reserves the right to limit the number of checks  processed
          at one time.

o         If your check does not clear,  your purchase will be cancelled and you
          could be liable  for any losses or fees a Fund or the  Transfer  Agent
          has incurred.

o         When  purchase  are made by check or  periodic  automatic  investment,
          redemptions  will not be allowed until the  investment  being redeemed
          has been in the account for 15 business days.

o         Direct Purchases: You begin to earn dividends as of the first business
          day following the day the Fund receives payment.

o         Automated  Order  Purchases:  You  begin to earn  dividends  as of the
          business day your order is received and accepted.

AUTOMATED ORDERS PURCHASE.  Shares of the Funds can be purchased or sold through
Investment  Professionals  utilizing an automated order placement and settlement
system that guarantees payment for orders on a specified date.

TO AVOID THE COLLECTION PERIOD associated with check purchases,  consider buying
Shares by bank wire,  U.S. Postal money order,  U.S.  Treasury check, or Federal
Reserve check.

WHEN YOU PLACE AN ORDER TO SELL SHARES, your Shares will be sold at the next NAV
calculated after your order is received and accepted. Note the following:

o         Normally,  redemption  proceeds  will  be  mailed  to you on the  next
          business day, but if making immediate payment could adversely affect a
          Fund it may take up to seven days to pay you.

o         Shares  of  the  Funds  will  earn  dividends   through  the  date  of
          redemption; however, Shares redeemed on a Friday or prior to a holiday
          will continue to earn dividends until the next business day.

o         Each  Fund may hold  payment  on  redemptions  until it is  reasonably
          satisfied that investments made by check have been collected which can
          take up to seven business days.

o         Redemptions  may be suspended or payment dates postponed when the NYSE
          is closed (other than weekends or holidays),  when trading on the NYSE
          is restricted, or as permitted by the SEC.

                                       39

<PAGE>




THE TRANSFER  AGENT  RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DEDUCT AN ANNUAL  MAINTENANCE  FEE of
$12.00 from accounts with a value of less than $2,500 (including any amount paid
as a sales charge). The fee, which is payable to the Transfer Agent, is designed
to offset in part the relatively higher costs of servicing smaller accounts.

IF YOUR NON-RETIREMENT  ACCOUNT BALANCE FALLS BELOW $1,000, you will be given 30
days' notice to  reestablish  the minimum  balance.  If you do not increase your
balance,  the Transfer  Agent  reserves the right to close your account and send
the  proceeds  to you.  Your  Shares will be redeemed at the NAV on the day your
account is closed.

THE  TRANSFER  AGENT MAY CHARGE A FEE FOR SPECIAL  SERVICES,  such as  providing
historical account documents, that are beyond the normal scope of its services.

EXCHANGE LIMITATIONS

As a  shareholder,  you have the  privilege of  exchanging  Shares of a Fund for
Shares of other BT Global  Investors  Funds (or the BT  Investment  Money Market
Fund) at NAV. However, you should note the following:

o         The Fund you are  exchanging  into must be registered for sale in your
          state.

o         You may only exchange between accounts that are registered in the same
          name, address, and taxpayer identification number.

o         Before exchanging into a Fund, read its Prospectus.

o         Exchanges   between  BT  Global  Investors  Funds  described  in  this
          prospectus  and  BT  Global   Investors   Funds   described  in  other
          prospectuses  are restricted  during the 90 days  following  purchase.
          Exchanges among BT Global Investors Funds described in this prospectus
          are permitted any time after purchase.

o         Exchanges may have tax consequences for you.

o         Because  excessive trading can hurt Fund performance and shareholders,
          each Fund reserves the right to temporarily  or permanently  terminate
          the  exchange  privilege  of any  investor  who  makes  more than four
          exchanges  out of the Fund per calendar  year.  Accounts  under common
          ownership  or  control,  including  accounts  with the  same  taxpayer
          identification  number,  will be counted  together for purposes of the
          four exchange limit.

o         Each  Fund  reserves  the right to refuse  exchange  purchases  by any
          person or group if, in  Bankers  Trust's  judgment,  the Fund would be
          unable  to  invest  the  money  effectively  in  accordance  with  its
          investment objective and policies,  or would otherwise  potentially be
          adversely affected.

o         Your  exchanges  may be  restricted  or refused if a Fund  receives or
          anticipates  simultaneous orders affecting significant portions of the
          Fund's  assets.  In  particular,  a pattern of exchanges that coincide
          with a "market timing" strategy may be disruptive to a Fund.


                                       40

<PAGE>



o         Although the Funds will attempt to give you prior notice whenever they
          are reasonably  able to do so, they may impose these  restrictions  at
          any time.  The Funds  reserve  the right to  terminate  or modify  the
          exchange privilege in the future on 60 days' notice to shareholders.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRUST AND PORTFOLIOS

Each Fund is a mutual fund: an  investment  that pools  shareholders'  money and
invests it toward a specified  goal. Each Fund (with the exception of the Equity
500 Index  Fund) is a  separate  diversified  series of BT Global  Investors,  a
Massachusetts  business trust. The Equity 500 Index Fund is separate diversified
series of BT Pyramid  Mutual Funds.  Each Fund (with the exception of the Equity
500 Index Fund)  offers two classes of Shares of  beneficial  interest,  Advisor
Class Shares and Institutional  Class Shares. Each of U.S. Bond Index Portfolio,
Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Portfolio,  Small Cap Index Portfolio,  and EAFE
Equity  Index  Portfolio  is a  separate  diversified  series  of BT  Investment
Portfolios,  a New York master trust fund.  The Equity 500 Index  Portfolio is a
New York trust.

Each  Portfolio  (other  than the  Equity  500 Index  Portfolio)  is a  separate
subtrust (or "Series") of BT Investment Portfolios. Each Trust and BT Investment
Portfolios  reserves the right to add additional series in the future. The Trust
also reserves the right to issue additional classes of Shares of each Fund.

The Trusts or a Portfolio  may hold special  meetings and mail proxy  materials.
These  meetings may be called to elect or remove  trustees,  change  fundamental
policies,  approve  Portfolio's  investment  advisory  agreement,  or for  other
purposes.  Shareholders  not attending  these meetings are encouraged to vote by
proxy.  Each  Trust's  Transfer  Agent will mail  proxy  materials  in  advance,
including a voting card and information about the proposals to be voted on.

When matters are submitted for shareholder vote,  shareholders of each Fund will
have one vote for each full share held and  proportionate,  fractional votes for
fractional  shares  held.  A  separate  vote of one of the Funds or  classes  is
required on any matter  affecting only that Fund or class on which  shareholders
are entitled to vote.  Shareholders  of a Fund or class are not entitled to vote
on Trust matters that do not affect that Fund or class, respectively, and do not
require a separate  vote of the Fund or class.  All series of each Trust and all
classes  will vote  together on certain  matters,  such as electing  trustees or
approving  independent  public  auditors.  There normally will be no meetings of
shareholders for the purpose of electing  Trustees unless and until such time as
less  than  a  majority  of  Trustees   holding  office  have  been  elected  by
shareholders,   at  which  time  the  Trustees   then  in  office  will  call  a
shareholders'  meeting for the election of Trustees.  Any Trustee may be removed
from office upon the vote of  shareholders  holding at least  two-thirds of that
Trust's  outstanding  shares at a meeting called for that purpose.  The Trustees
are  required to call such a meeting  upon the written  request of  shareholders
holding at least 10% of that Trust's  outstanding  shares.  Each Trust will also
assist  shareholders  in  communicating  with one another as provided for in the
1940 Act.

Each  series  of a Trust  will  vote  separately  on any  matter  involving  the
corresponding  Portfolio.  Shareholders  of all of the  series of a Trust  will,
however, vote together to elect Trustees of that Trust and for certain other

                                       41

<PAGE>



matters.  Under certain  circumstances,  the  shareholders of one or more series
could control the outcome of these votes. The series of BT Investment Portfolios
will vote together or separately on matters in the same manner,  and in the same
circumstances, as do the series of the Trusts. As with the Trusts, the investors
in one or more series of BT Investment  Portfolios  could control the outcome of
these votes.

The Trusts  are each an entity of the type  commonly  known as a  "Massachusetts
business trust." Under Massachusetts law,  shareholders of such a business trust
may, under certain circumstances,  be held personally liable as partners for its
obligations.  However,  the risk of a shareholder  incurring  financial  loss on
account of  shareholder  liability  is limited  to  circumstances  in which both
inadequate  insurance  existed  and the  Trust  itself  was  unable  to meet its
obligations.

The Declaration of Trust of each of BT Investment  Portfolios and the Equity 500
Index  Portfolio  provides  that  each Fund and other  entities  investing  in a
Portfolio (e.g., other investment companies, insurance company separate accounts
and common and commingled  trust funds) will each be liable for all  obligations
of that  Portfolio.  However,  the risk of a Fund  incurring  financial  loss on
account of such liability is limited to  circumstances  in which both inadequate
insurance  existed  and a Portfolio  itself was unable to meet its  obligations.
Accordingly, the Trustees of the Trusts believe that neither the Funds nor their
shareholders will be adversely affected by reason of the Funds' investing in the
Portfolios.  No series of BT Investment  Portfolios has any preference  over any
other series.


                                       42

<PAGE>



APPENDIX

The tables below shows the  performance  of the S&P 500, the Russell  2000,  the
Aggregate  Bond  Index and the EAFE  Index for the ten years  from 1984  through
1994.  Stock prices  fluctuated  widely during the period but were higher at the
end than at the  beginning.  The results  shown  should not be  considered  as a
representation  of the income or capital  gain or loss which may be generated by
the  respective  Index  in the  future.  Nor  should  this  be  considered  as a
representation of the past or future performance of the Fund.

STANDARD & POOR'S 500 COMPOSITE STOCK PRICE INDEX*

                                PRICE
            YEAR END            CHANGES IN          DIVIDEND            TOTAL
YEAR        INDEX VALUE         INDEX FOR YEAR      REINVESTMENT        RETURN
1994        459.27              -1.54%              2.86%                1.36%
1993        466.45               7.06%              3.02%               10.08%
1992        435.69               4.46%              3.16%                7.62%
1991        417.09              26.31%              4.16%               30.47%
1990        330.22              -6.56%              3.46%               -3.10%
1989        353.40              27.25%              4.44%               31.69%
1988        277.72              12.40%              4.21%               16.61%
1987        247.08               2.03%              3.07%                5.10%
1986        242.17               14.62%             3.94%               18.56%
1985        211.28               26.33%             5.24%               31.57%
1984        167.24                1.40%             4.70%                6.10%

* Source:  Standard & Poor's Corporation.  Total returns for the S&P 500 include
  the change in price of S&P 500 stocks and assume reinvestment of all dividends
  paid by S&P 500 stocks.


                                   Appendix-1

<PAGE>



LEHMAN BROTHERS AGGREGATE BOND INDEX

                                 PRICE
            YEAR END             CHANGES IN          DIVIDEND            TOTAL
YEAR        INDEX VALUE          INDEX FOR YEAR      REINVESTMENT        RETURN
1994        474.52                                                       -2.92%
1993        491.78                                                        9.75%
1992        439.21                                                        7.40%
1991        402.05                                                       16.00%
1990        332.79                                                        8.96%
1989        297.20                                                       14.53%
1988        246.81                                                        7.89%
1987        221.46                                                        2.76%
1986        212.84                                                       15.26%
1985        171.41                                                       22.10%
1984        122.28                                                       15.15%

RUSSELL 2000 SMALL STOCK INDEX

                                 PRICE
            YEAR END             CHANGES IN          DIVIDEND            TOTAL
YEAR        INDEX VALUE          INDEX FOR YEAR      REINVESTMENT        RETURN

1994        250.36                                                        -2.43%
1993        258.59                                                        13.36%
1992        221.01                                                         7.77%
1991        189.94                                                        51.19%
1990        132.20                                                       -17.41%
1989        168.31                                                        20.17%
1988        147.36                                                        20.37%
1987        120.42                                                       -10.48%
1986        135.00                                                         3.58%
1985        129.87                                                        30.97%
1984        101.49                                                       -15.83%


                                   Appendix-2

<PAGE>


MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL EAFE INDEX

                                 PRICE
            YEAR END             CHANGES IN          DIVIDEND            TOTAL
YEAR        INDEX VALUE          INDEX FOR YEAR      REINVESTMENT        RETURN

1994        1037.86                                                        8.06%
1993         976.90                                                       32.95%
1992         748.20                                                      -11.86%
1991         868.90                                                       12.48%
1990         791.50                                                      -23.16%
1989        1047.90                                                       10.78%
1988         954.00                                                       28.57%



BT0456I






                                   Appendix-3


<PAGE>

BT0466D
STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
              , 1995

BT GLOBAL INVESTORS -- ADVISORS CLASS SHARES

U.S. BOND INDEX FUND
EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND
SMALL CAP INDEX FUND
EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND
BT INVESTMENT EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND


BT Global  Investors  (the "Trust") is comprised of ten funds.  The funds listed
above (with the  exception  of BT  Investment  Equity 500 Index Fund)  (each,  a
"Fund") are each a series of the Trust and offers two classes of shares  (each a
"Class"  and   collectively   the  "Classes").   This  Statement  of  Additional
Information  describes the Advisor Class Shares.  BT Investment Equity 500 Index
Fund (the  "Equity 500 Index  Fund") is a series of the BT Pyramid  Mutual Funds
(together with the Trust, the "Trusts").

         TABLE OF CONTENTS

         Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices . . .
         Performance Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
         Valuation of Securities; Redemptions and Purchases in Kind . . . .
         Management of the Trusts and the Portfolios  . . . . . . . . . . .
         Organization of the Trusts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
         Taxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
         Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
         Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

As  described  in the  Prospectus,  the Trusts  seek to achieve  the  investment
objectives of each Fund by investing all the investable assets ("Assets") of the
Fund in a  diversified  open-end  management  investment  company  (or a  series
thereof) having the same investment  objectives as such Fund.  These  investment
companies  are,  respectively,  Equity  500 Index  Portfolio  and BT  Investment
Portfolios.   U.S.  Bond  Index  Portfolio,  Equity  500  Equal  Weighted  Index
Portfolio,  Small Cap Index Portfolio and EAFE Equity Index Portfolio are each a
series of BT Investment Portfolios.

Since the investment  characteristics  of the Funds will correspond  directly to
those of the  respective  Portfolio in which the Fund invests all of its Assets,
the  following  is a discussion  of the various  investments  of and  techniques
employed by the Portfolios.

Shares  of  the  Funds  are  sold  by  Signature  Broker-Dealer  Services,  Inc.
("Signature"),  the Trusts'  Distributor,  to clients and  customers  (including
affiliates and  correspondents) of Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers Trust"),  the
Portfolios' Adviser, and to clients and customers of other organizations.

The Trusts' Prospectus for the Funds is dated           , 1995.  The Prospectus
provides the basic information investors should know before investing and may be


<PAGE>



obtained  without  charge by calling the Trust at the  telephone  number  listed
below  or  by  contacting  your  Investment  Professional.   This  Statement  of
Additional  Information,  which is not a  Prospectus,  is  intended  to  provide
additional information regarding the activities and operations of the Trusts and
should be read in  conjunction  with the Funds'  Prospectus.  This  Statement of
Additional Information is not an offer of any Fund for which an investor has not
received a Prospectus. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Statement
of  Additional  Information  have the  meanings  accorded  to them in the Fund's
Prospectus.








                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
             INVESTMENT ADVISER OF EACH PORTFOLIO AND ADMINISTRATOR
                     SIGNATURE BROKER-DEALER SERVICES, INC.
                                  DISTRIBUTOR

    6 St. James Avenue        Boston, Massachusetts 02116    (800) 422-6577

                                       2

<PAGE>



          RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES

                             INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

The investment objective(s) of each Fund is described in that Fund's Prospectus.
There can, of course,  be no assurance that any Fund will achieve its investment
objective(s).

                              INVESTMENT PRACTICES

Each Fund seeks to achieve its  investment  objective  by  investing  all of its
Assets  in the  corresponding  Portfolio.  The  Trusts  may  withdraw  a  Fund's
investment from the corresponding Portfolio at any time if the Board of Trustees
of the respective  Trust determines that it is in the best interests of the Fund
to do so.

Since the investment  characteristics  of each Fund will correspond  directly to
those of the  corresponding  Portfolio,  the  following is a  discussion  of the
various investments of and techniques employed by each Portfolio.

CERTIFICATES  OF DEPOSIT AND BANKERS'  ACCEPTANCES.  Certificates of deposit are
receipts  issued by a  depository  institution  in  exchange  for the deposit of
funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer
of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The certificate usually
can be traded in the secondary  market prior to maturity.  Bankers'  acceptances
typically  arise  from  short-term  credit   arrangements   designed  to  enable
businesses to obtain funds to finance  commercial  transactions.  Generally,  an
acceptance  is a time draft  drawn on a bank by an  exporter  or an  importer to
obtain a stated  amount of funds to pay for specific  merchandise.  The draft is
then "accepted" by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the
face value of the  instrument on its maturity  date.  The acceptance may then be
held  by the  accepting  bank  as an  earning  asset  or it may be  sold  in the
secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity. Although
maturities for  acceptances can be as long as 270 days,  most  acceptances  have
maturities of six months or less.

COMMERCIAL PAPER. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270
days)  unsecured  promissory  notes issued by  corporations  in order to finance
their current operations.  A variable amount master demand note (which is a type
of  commercial  paper)  represents  a  direct  borrowing  arrangement  involving
periodically  fluctuating  rates of interest under a letter agreement  between a
commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender pursuant to which the lender
may determine to invest varying amounts.

For a  description  of  commercial  paper  ratings,  see  the  Appendix  to this
Statement of Additional Information.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES.  Historically, illiquid securities have included securities
subject to  contractual  or legal  restrictions  on resale because they have not
been  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),
securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements

                                       3

<PAGE>



having a maturity  of longer  than seven  days.  Securities  which have not been
registered  under  the  1933  Act  are  referred  to as  private  placements  or
restricted  securities  and are  purchased  directly  from the  issuer or in the
secondary  market.  Mutual funds do not typically  hold a significant  amount of
these  restricted  or other  illiquid  securities  because of the  potential for
delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an
adverse effect on the  marketability  of portfolio  securities and a mutual fund
might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid  securities  promptly
or at  reasonable  prices and might  thereby  experience  difficulty  satisfying
redemptions  within seven days.  A mutual fund might also have to register  such
restricted  securities  in order to  dispose  of them  resulting  in  additional
expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering
of securities.

In recent years, however, a large institutional market has developed for certain
securities  that are not  registered  under the 1933 Act,  including  repurchase
agreements,  commercial  paper,  foreign  securities,  municipal  securities and
corporate  bonds and  notes.  Institutional  investors  depend  on an  efficient
institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or
on an issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment.  The fact that there are
contractual or legal  restrictions on resale of such  investments to the general
public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of their liquidity.

The Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC") has adopted Rule 144A, which
allows a broader  institutional  trading market for securities otherwise subject
to restriction on their resale to the general  public.  Rule 144A  establishes a
"safe harbor" from the  registration  requirements of the 1933 Act of resales of
certain securities to qualified  institutional  buyers. The Adviser  anticipates
that  the  market  for  certain  restricted  securities  such  as  institutional
commercial  paper will  expand  further as a result of this  regulation  and the
development  of automated  systems for the trading,  clearance and settlement of
unregistered  securities  of domestic  and foreign  issuers,  such as the PORTAL
System sponsored by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

The  Adviser  will  monitor  the  liquidity  of  Rule  144A  securities  in each
Portfolio's  portfolio  under  the  supervision  of  the  Portfolio's  Board  of
Trustees.  In reaching  liquidity  decisions,  the Adviser will consider,  among
other things, the following factors:  (i) the frequency of trades and quotes for
the security;  (ii) the number of dealers and other potential purchasers wishing
to purchase or sell the security;  (iii) dealer undertakings to make a market in
the security and (iv) the nature of the security and of the  marketplace  trades
(e.g.,  the time  needed to dispose of the  security,  the method of  soliciting
offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

LENDING OF  PORTFOLIO  SECURITIES.  Each  Portfolio  has the  authority  to lend
portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations.  The
Portfolio  will  not  lend  securities  to  Bankers  Trust,  Signature  or their
affiliates.  By lending its  securities,  a Portfolio can increase its income by
continuing  to receive  interest on the loaned  securities  as well as by either
investing the cash collateral in short-term securities or obtaining yield in the
form of interest paid by the borrower when U.S. Government  obligations are used
as collateral. There may be risks of delay in receiving additional collateral or
risks of delay in recovery of the securities or even loss of rights in the

                                       4

<PAGE>



collateral should the borrower of the securities fail  financially.  A Portfolio
will adhere to the following  conditions whenever its securities are loaned: (i)
the  Portfolio  must receive at least 100 percent cash  collateral or equivalent
securities  from the borrower;  (ii) the borrower must increase this  collateral
whenever the market value of the  securities  including  accrued  interest rises
above the level of the collateral; (iii) the Portfolio must be able to terminate
the loan at any time; (iv) the Portfolio must receive reasonable interest on the
loan, as well as any dividends,  interest or other  distributions  on the loaned
securities,  and any increase in market  value;  (v) the  Portfolio may pay only
reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (vi) voting rights on
the loaned  securities may pass to the borrower;  provided,  however,  that if a
material event adversely  affecting the investment occurs, the Board of Trustees
of the  Portfolio  must  terminate  the loan and  regain  the  right to vote the
securities.

SHORT-TERM INSTRUMENTS.  When a Portfolio experiences large cash inflows through
the sale of securities and desirable equity securities, that are consistent with
the  Portfolio's  investment  objective,  which are  unavailable  in  sufficient
quantities  or  at  attractive   prices,   the  Portfolio  may  hold  short-term
investments for a limited time pending  availability of such equity  securities.
Short-term   instruments  consist  of  foreign  and  domestic:   (i)  short-term
obligations  of  sovereign  governments,   their  agencies,   instrumentalities,
authorities or political  subdivisions;  (ii) other  short-term  debt securities
rated AA or  higher  by S&P or Aa or  higher  by  Moody's  or,  if  unrated,  of
comparable quality in the opinion of Bankers Trust; (iii) commercial paper; (iv)
bank obligations,  including negotiable  certificates of deposit,  time deposits
and  banker's  acceptances;  and (v)  repurchase  agreements.  At the  time  the
Portfolio   invests  in  commercial   paper,   bank  obligations  or  repurchase
agreements,  the issuer of the issuer's parent must have  outstanding debt rated
AA or higher by S&P or Aa or higher by Moody's or outstanding  commercial  paper
or bank  obligations  rated A-1 by S&P or  Prime-1  by  Moody's;  or, if no such
ratings are  available,  the  instrument  must be of  comparable  quality in the
opinion of Bankers Trust. These instruments may be denominated in U.S dollars or
in foreign currencies.

WHEN-ISSUED  AND  DELAYED  DELIVERY  SECURITIES.  Each  Portfolio  may  purchase
securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. For example,  delivery of
and payment for these  securities  can take place a month or more after the date
of the purchase commitment. The purchase price and the interest rate payable, if
any, on the securities are fixed on the purchase  commitment date or at the time
the settlement date is fixed.  The value of such securities is subject to market
fluctuation and no interest accrues to a Portfolio until settlement takes place.
At the time a  Portfolio  makes  the  commitment  to  purchase  securities  on a
when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the  transaction,  reflect
the value each day of such securities in determining its net asset value and, if
applicable,  calculate  the maturity for the purposes of average  maturity  from
that date.  At the time of  settlement a  when-issued  security may be valued at
less than the purchase price. To facilitate  such  acquisitions,  each Portfolio
will  maintain  with the  Custodian a  segregated  account  with liquid  assets,
consisting of cash, U.S. Government securities or other appropriate  securities,
in an amount at least  equal to such  commitments.  On  delivery  dates for such
transactions,  each Portfolio will meet its obligations from maturities or sales
of the  securities  held in the  segregated  account and/or from cash flow. If a
Portfolio

                                       5

<PAGE>



chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued  security  prior to its
acquisition,   it  could,  as  with  the  disposition  of  any  other  portfolio
obligation,  incur a gain or loss due to market  fluctuation.  It is the current
policy of each Portfolio not to enter into when-issued  commitments exceeding in
the aggregate  15% of the market value of the  Portfolio's  total  assets,  less
liabilities other than the obligations created by when-issued commitments.

ADDITIONAL U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS. Each Portfolio may invest in obligations
issued or guaranteed by U.S.  Government  agencies or  instrumentalities.  These
obligations  may or may not be  backed by the "full  faith  and  credit"  of the
United States. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit
of the United States, each Portfolio must look principally to the federal agency
issuing or guaranteeing  the obligation for ultimate  repayment,  and may not be
able to assert a claim  against the United States itself in the event the agency
or  instrumentality  does not meet its  commitments.  Securities  in which  each
Portfolio  may  invest  that are not  backed by the full faith and credit of the
United  States  include,  but are not limited to,  obligations  of the Tennessee
Valley Authority, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and the U.S. Postal
Service,  each of which has the right to borrow  from the U.S.  Treasury to meet
its  obligations,  and  obligations  of the Federal  Farm Credit  System and the
Federal Home Loan Banks,  both of whose obligations may be satisfied only by the
individual  credits of each issuing agency.  Securities  which are backed by the
full faith and credit of the United States include obligations of the Government
National  Mortgage  Association,  the  Farmers  Home  Administration,   and  the
Export-Import Bank.

EQUITY INVESTMENTS. The Portfolios may invest in equity securities listed on any
domestic or foreign securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market
as well as certain  restricted or unlisted  securities.  They may or may not pay
dividends or carry voting rights. Common stock occupies the most junior position
in a company's capital structure.

SWAP  AGREEMENTS.  Swap  agreements  are contracts  entered into by two parties,
primarily institutional  investors, for periods ranging from a few weeks to more
than one year. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the
returns (or  differentials  in rates of return) earned or realized on particular
predetermined  investments or instruments.  The gross returns to be exchanged or
swapped  between the parties are calculated  with respect to a notional  amount,
I.E., the return on or increase in value of a particular  dollar amount invested
at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency,  or in a basket
of securities  representing a particular  index. The notional amount of the swap
agreement is only a fictive  basis on which to calculate the  obligations  which
the  parties  to a  swap  agreement  have  agreed  to  exchange.  A  Portfolio's
obligations  (or rights) under a swap  agreement will generally be equal only to
the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement  based on the relative
values of the positions  held by each party to the agreement (the "net amount").
A Portfolio's  obligations  under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset
against  any  amounts  owing to the  Portfolio)  and any  accrued but unpaid net
amounts  owed to a swap  counterparty  will be covered by the  maintenance  of a
segregated account consisting of cash, U.S. Government securities, or high grade
debt  obligations,   to  avoid  any  potential  leveraging  of  the  Portfolio's
portfolio.

                                       6

<PAGE>




The use of swap  agreements  will be  successful in  furthering  its  investment
objective  will depend on the  Adviser's  ability to correctly  predict  whether
certain types of investments  are likely to produce  greater  returns than other
investments.  Swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid  because they are
two party  contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days.
Moreover,  a  Portfolio  bears  the risk of loss of the  amount  expected  to be
received  under a swap  agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a
swap agreement  counterparty.  A Portfolio will enter into swap  agreements only
with  counterparties  that would be eligible  for  consideration  as  repurchase
agreement  counterparties under the Portfolio's repurchase agreement guidelines.
Certain  restrictions imposed on the Portfolios by the Internal Revenue Code may
limit the  Portfolios'  ability to use swap  agreements.  The swaps  market is a
relatively  new  market  and  is  largely  unregulated.   It  is  possible  that
developments in the swaps market,  including  potential  government  regulation,
could  adversely  affect  a  Portfolio's  ability  to  terminate  existing  swap
agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

Certain  swap  agreements  are  exempt  from most  provisions  of the  Commodity
Exchange  Act (the  "CEA")  and,  therefore,  are not  regulated  as  futures or
commodity option transactions under the CEA, pursuant to regulations approved by
the Commodity  Futures Trading  Commission (the "CFTC")  effective  February 22,
1993. To qualify for this  exemption,  a swap  agreement must be entered into by
eligible participants,  which includes the following, provided the participant's
total  assets  exceed  established  levels:  a bank or  trust  company,  savings
association or credit union,  insurance  company,  investment company subject to
regulation  under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as amended  (the "1940
Act"), commodity pool, corporation, partnership,  proprietorship,  organization,
trust  or  other   entity,   employee   benefit   plan,   governmental   entity,
broker-dealer, futures commission merchant, natural person, or regulated foreign
person. To be eligible,  natural persons and most other entities must have total
assets  exceeding $10 million;  commodity pools and employee  benefit plans must
have asset exceeding $5 million. In addition,  an eligible swap transaction must
meet three  conditions.  First, the swap agreement may not be part of a fungible
class of agreements that are  standardized as to their material  economic terms.
Second,  the  creditworthiness  of parties with actual or potential  obligations
under the swap  agreement must be a material  consideration  in entering into or
determining the terms of the swap agreement,  including pricing,  cost or credit
enhancement terms.  Third, swap agreements may not be entered into and traded on
or through a multilateral transaction execution facility.

This  exemption  is not  exclusive,  and  participants  may  continue to rely on
existing  exclusions for swaps, such as the Policy Statement issued in July 1989
which  recognized  a "safe  harbor" for swap  transactions  from  regulation  as
futures or commodity option  transactions under the CEA or its regulations.  The
Policy  Statement  applies to swap  transactions  settled in cash that: (i) have
individually  tailored  terms;  (ii) lack exchange style offset and the use of a
clearing organization or margin system; (iii) are undertaken in conjunction with
a line of business; and (iv) are not marketed to the public.

REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS.  The Portfolios may borrow funds for temporary or
emergency purposes, such as meeting larger than anticipated redemption requests,
and not for leverage, by among other things, agreeing to sell portfolio

                                       7

<PAGE>



securities to financial  institutions  such as banks and  broker-dealers  and to
repurchase  them at a  mutually  agreed  date and price (a  "reverse  repurchase
agreement").  At the time a Portfolio enters into a reverse repurchase agreement
it  will  place  in  a  segregated   custodial  account  cash,  U.S.  Government
Obligations  or  high-grade  debt  obligations  having  a  value  equal  to  the
repurchase  price,  including accrued interest.  Reverse  repurchase  agreements
involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a Portfolio may
decline  below the  repurchase  price of those  securities.  Reverse  repurchase
agreements are considered to be borrowings by a Portfolio.

WARRANTS.  Warrants  entitle the holder to buy common stock from the issuer at a
specific  price (the  strike  price) for a specific  period of time.  The strike
price of warrants  sometimes is much lower than the current  market price of the
underlying  securities,  yet warrants are subject to similar price fluctuations.
As a result,  warrants  may be more  volatile  investments  than the  underlying
securities.

Warrants do not entitle the holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to
the  underlying  securities and do not represent any rights in the assets of the
issuing company. Also, the value of the warrant does not necessarily change with
the value of the underlying  securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it
is not exercised prior to the expiration date.

CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES.  Convertible  securities  may  be a  debt  security  or
preferred stock which may be converted into common stock or carries the right to
purchase common stock. Convertible securities entitle the holder to exchange the
securities for a specified number of shares of common stock, usually of the same
company, at specified prices within a certain period of time.

The terms of any  convertible  security  determine  its  ranking in a  company's
capital  structure.  In the case of  subordinated  convertible  debentures,  the
holders'  claims on assets and earnings are  subordinated to the claims of other
creditors, and are senior to the claims of preferred and common shareholders. In
the case of  convertible  preferred  stock,  the  holders'  claims on assets and
earnings are  subordinated  to the claims of all creditors and are senior to the
claims of common shareholders.

GINNIE MAE CERTIFICATES.  Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality
of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The
National Housing Act of 1934, as amended (the "Housing Act"),  authorizes Ginnie
Mae to  guarantee  the  timely  payment  of the  principal  of and  interest  on
certificates that are based on and backed by a pool of mortgage loans insured by
the Federal  Housing  Administration  under the  Housing  Act, or Title V of the
Housing Act of 1949 ("FHA  Loans"),  or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans
Affairs  under  the  Servicemen's  Readjustment  Act of 1944,  as  amended  ("VA
Loans"),  or by pools of other eligible mortgage loans. The Housing Act provides
that the full faith and credit of the U.S.  Government is pledged to the payment
of all amounts that may be required to be paid under any GNMA guaranty. In order
to meet its obligations under such guaranty,  Ginnie Mae is authorized to borrow
from the U.S. Treasury with no limitations as to amount.


                                       8    

<PAGE>



The Ginnie Mae  Certificates  in which the U.S. Bond Index Portfolio will invest
will  represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following  types
of mortgage loans: (i) fixed-rate level payment mortgage loans;  (ii) fixed-rate
graduated  payment  mortgage  loans;  (iii)  fixed-rate  growing equity mortgage
loans;  (iv) fixed-rate  mortgage loans secured by manufactured  (mobile) homes;
(v) mortgage loans on multifamily  residential  properties  under  construction;
(vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed-rate mortgage
loans as to which  escrowed  funds are used to  reduce  the  borrower's  monthly
payments  during  the early  years of the  mortgage  loans  ("buydown"  mortgage
loans);  (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on
periodic  changes in interest  rates or in other  payment  terms of the mortgage
loans; and (ix)  mortgage-backed  serial notes. All of these mortgage loans will
be FHA Loans or VA Loans  and,  except as  otherwise  specified  above,  will be
fully-amortizing  loans  secured by first liens on one- to  four-family  housing
units.

FANNIE MAE CERTIFICATES. Fannie Mae is a federally chartered and privately owned
corporation   organized  and  existing  under  the  Federal  National   Mortgage
Association  Charter Act of 1938. The  obligations of FNMA are not backed by the
full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

Each Fannie Mae  Certificate  will  represent a pro rata interest in one or more
pools of FHA Loans,  VA Loans or  conventional  mortgage  loans (I.E.,  mortgage
loans that are not  insured or  guaranteed  by any  governmental  agency) of the
following types:  (i) fixed-rate  level payment mortgage loans;  (ii) fixed-rate
growing equity mortgage  loans;  (iii)  fixed-rate  graduated  payment  mortgage
loans;  (iv) variable rate mortgage  loans;  (v) other  adjustable rate mortgage
loans; and (vi) fixed-rate and adjustable  mortgage loans secured by multifamily
projects.

FREDDIE MAC  CERTIFICATES.  Freddie Mac is a  corporate  instrumentality  of the
United States  created  pursuant to the  Emergency  Home Finance Act of 1970, as
amended (the "FHLMC Act"). The obligations of Freddie Mac are obligations solely
of  Freddie  Mac and are not  backed by the full  faith  and  credit of the U.S.
Government.

Freddie Mac  Certificates  represent a pro rata  interest in a group of mortgage
loans (a "Freddie Mac Certificate group") purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage
loans  underlying  the Freddie Mac  Certificates  will consist of  fixed-rate or
adjustable  rate mortgage  loans with original  terms to maturity of between ten
and thirty years,  substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one-
to four-family  residential  properties or multifamily  projects.  Each mortgage
loan must meet the  applicable  standards  set forth in the FHLMC Act. A Freddie
Mac Certificate group may include whole loans,  participating interests in whole
loans and  undivided  interests  in whole  loans and  participations  comprising
another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

ADJUSTABLE RATE MORTGAGES - INTEREST RATE INDICES.  Adjustable rate mortgages in
which the U.S. Bond Index Portfolio  invests may be adjusted on the basis of one
of several  indices.  The One Year Treasury Index is the figure derived from the
average weekly quoted yield on U.S. Treasury  Securities  adjusted to a constant
maturity of one year.  The Cost of Funds  Index  reflects  the monthly  weighted
average cost of funds of savings and loan  associations  and savings banks whose
home offices are located in Arizona, California and Nevada (the "FHLB Eleventh

                                       9

<PAGE>



District")  that are member  institutions  of the Federal  Home Loan Bank of San
Francisco (the "FHLB of San Francisco"),  as computed from statistics  tabulated
and published by the FHLB of San Francisco.  The FHLB of San Francisco  normally
announces the Cost of Funds Index on the last working day of the month following
the month in which the cost of funds was incurred.

A number of factors  affect the  performance  of the Cost of Funds Index and may
cause the Cost of Funds Index to move in a manner  different  from indices based
upon specific  interest rates,  such as the One Year Treasury Index.  Because of
the various  origination  dates and maturities of the  liabilities of members of
the FHLB Eleventh  District  upon which the Cost of Funds Index is based,  among
other  things,  at any time the Cost of Funds  Index may not reflect the average
prevailing market interest rates on new liabilities of similar maturities. There
can be no assurance  that the Cost of Funds Index will  necessarily  move in the
same direction or at the same rate as prevailing  interest rates since as longer
term deposits or borrowings mature and are renewed at market interest rates, the
Cost of Funds Index will rise or fall  depending upon the  differential  between
the  prior and the new  rates on such  deposits  and  borrowings.  In  addition,
dislocations in the thrift industry in recent years have caused and may continue
to cause  the cost of  funds  of  thrift  institutions  to  change  for  reasons
unrelated to changes in general interest rate levels. Furthermore,  any movement
in the Cost of Funds  Index as  compared to other  indices  based upon  specific
interest  rates  may be  affected  by  changes  instituted  by the  FHLB  of San
Francisco in the method used to calculate the Cost of Funds Index. To the extent
that the Cost of Funds  Index may  reflect  interest  changes on a more  delayed
basis than other indices, in a period of rising interest rates, any increase may
produce a higher yield later than would be produced by such other  indices,  and
in a period of  declining  interest  rates,  the Cost of Funds  Index may remain
higher than other  market  interest  rates which may result in a higher level of
principal prepayments on mortgage loans which adjust in accordance with the Cost
of Funds  Index  than  mortgage  loans  which  adjust in  accordance  with other
indices.

LIBOR,  the London  interbank  offered  rate, is the interest rate that the most
creditworthy international banks dealing in U.S. dollar-denominated deposits and
loans  charge  each  other for  large  dollar-denominated  loans.  LIBOR is also
usually the base rate for large  dollar-denominated  loans in the  international
market.  LIBOR is  generally  quoted for loans having rate  adjustments  at one,
three, six or twelve month intervals.

ASSET-BACKED  SECURITIES.  The  asset-backed  securities  in which the U.S. Bond
Index  Portfolio  may invest are limited to those which are readily  marketable,
dollar-denominated  and rated BBB or higher  by  Standard  & Poor's  Corporation
("S&P")  or Baa or higher  by  Moody's  Investors  Services,  Inc.  ("Moody's").
Asset-backed  securities  present  certain  risks  that  are  not  presented  by
mortgage-backed securities.  Primarily, these securities do not have the benefit
of the same type of security  interest in the  related  collateral.  Credit card
receivables  are  generally  unsecured  and  the  debtors  are  entitled  to the
protection of a number of state and federal  consumer credit laws, many of which
give such  debtors  the right to avoid  payment of certain  amounts  owed on the
credit  cards,  thereby  reducing  the balance due.  Most issuers of  automobile
receivables  permit  the  servicers  to  retain  possession  of  the  underlying
obligations.  If the servicer were to sell these  obligations  to another party,
there is a risk that the

                                       10

<PAGE>



purchaser  would  acquire an  interest  superior  to that of the  holders of the
related  automobile  receivables.  In  addition,  because of the large number of
vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical  requirements  under state
laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile  receivables  may not have a
proper  security  interest in all of the obligations  backing such  receivables.
Therefore,  there is the possibility  that recoveries on repossessed  collateral
may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.

MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES AND ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES--TYPES OF CREDIT SUPPORT.
The mortgage-backed securities in which the U.S. Bond Index Portfolio may invest
are  limited  to  those  relating  to  residential  mortgages.   Mortgage-backed
securities  and  asset-backed  securities  are often  backed by a pool of assets
representing  the  obligations of a number of different  parties.  To lessen the
effect of  failure by  obligors  on  underlying  assets to make  payments,  such
securities  may contain  elements of credit  support.  Such credit support falls
into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses
resulting  from  ultimate  default  by an  obligor  on  the  underlying  assets.
Liquidity  protection  refers to the  provision  of  advances,  generally by the
entity  administering  the pool of assets,  to ensure that the  pass-through  of
payments  due on the  underlying  pool  occurs in a timely  fashion.  Protection
against  losses  resulting  from  ultimate  default  enhances the  likelihood of
ultimate  payment of the  obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the
pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees,  insurance policies or
letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties,  through
various means of  structuring  the  transaction or through a combination of such
approaches.  The U.S. Bond Index  Portfolio will not pay any additional fees for
such credit  support,  although the existence of credit support may increase the
price of a security.

The ratings of mortgage-backed  securities and asset-backed securities for which
third-party  credit  enhancement  provides  liquidity  protection  or protection
against  losses  from  default  are  generally   dependent  upon  the  continued
creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement.  The ratings of such
securities  could be subject to reduction in the event of  deterioration  in the
creditworthiness  of the credit  enhancement  provider  even in cases  where the
delinquency  and loss experience on the underlying pool of assets is better than
expected.

Examples of credit  support  arising  out of the  structure  of the  transaction
include "senior-subordinated  securities" (multiple class securities with one or
more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof
and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are
borne  first by the  holders of the  subordinated  class),  creation of "reserve
funds"  (where  cash or  investments,  sometimes  funded  from a portion  of the
payments on the underlying  assets,  are held in reserve  against future losses)
and "over-collateralization"  (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal
amount of, the  underlying  assets exceed those  required to make payment of the
securities  and pay any servicing or other fees).  The degree of credit  support
provided  for each  issue is  generally  based on  historical  information  with
respect  to the level of credit  risk  associated  with the  underlying  assets.
Delinquency

                                       11

<PAGE>



or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely affect the return
on an investment in such a security.

STRIPPED  MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.  The cash  flows and  yields on IO and PO
classes are  extremely  sensitive to the rate of principal  payments  (including
prepayments) on the related underlying  mortgage assets. For example, a rapid or
slow rate of principal  payments may have a material adverse effect on the yield
to maturity  of IOs or POs,  respectively.  If the  underlying  mortgage  assets
experience  greater than anticipated  prepayments of principal,  an investor may
fail to  recoup  fully  its  initial  investment  in an IO class  of a  stripped
mortgage-backed  security, even if the IO class is rated AAA or Aaa. Conversely,
if the underlying mortgage assets experience slower than anticipated prepayments
of principal,  the yield on a PO class will be affected more severely than would
be the case with a traditional mortgage-backed security.

FOREIGN  SECURITIES:  SPECIAL  CONSIDERATIONS  CONCERNING  HONG KONG,  MALAYSIA,
SINGAPORE AND JAPAN.  Many Asian countries may be subject to a greater degree of
social, political and economic instability than is the case in the United States
and  European  countries.  Such  instability  may result from (i)  authoritarian
governments or military  involvement in political and economic  decision-making;
(ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic and
social  conditions;  (iii) internal  insurgencies;  (iv) hostile  relations with
neighboring countries; and (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection.

The  economies  of  most of the  Asian  countries  are  heavily  dependent  upon
international  trade and are accordingly  affected by protective  trade barriers
and the economic conditions of their trading partners,  principally,  the United
States,  Japan,  China and the European  Community.  The enactment by the United
States or other principal trading partners of protectionist  trade  legislation,
reduction of foreign  investment in the local economies and general  declines in
the  international  securities  markets could have a significant  adverse effect
upon the securities markets of the Asian countries.

Hong Kong's impending return to Chinese dominion in 1997 has not initially had a
positive effect on its economic growth which was vigorous in the 1980s. However,
authorities in Beijing have agreed to maintain a capitalist  system for 50 years
that, along with Hong Kong's economic growth,  continued to further strong stock
market  returns.  In preparation  for 1997,  Hong Kong has to develop trade with
China,  where it is the largest  foreign  investor,  while also  maintaining its
longstanding   export   relationship   with  the  United  States.   Spending  on
infrastructure improvements is a significant priority of the colonial government
while the private sector  continues to diversify abroad based on its position as
an established international trade center in the Far East.

The Hong Kong stock market is undergoing a period of growth and change which may
result in trading volatility and difficulties in the settlement and recording of
transactions, and in interpreting and applying the relevant law and regulations.

The Malaysian  economy  continued to perform well,  growing at an average annual
rate of 9% from 1987 through  1991.  This placed  Malaysia as one of the fastest
growing economies in the Asian-Pacific  region.  Malaysia has become the world's
third-largest producer of semiconductor devices (after the US and Japan) and the

                                       12

<PAGE>



world's  largest  exporter of  semiconductor  devices.  More  remarkable  is the
country's ability to achieve rapid economic growth with relative price stability
(2%  inflation  over the past five  years) as the  government  followed  prudent
fiscal/monetary  policies.  Malaysia's  high export  dependence  level leaves it
vulnerable  to a recession  in the  Organization  for Economic  Cooperation  and
Development countries or a fall in world commodity prices.

Singapore  has  an  open   entrepreneurial   economy  with  strong  service  and
manufacturing sectors and excellent international trading links derived from its
entrepot  history.  During the 1970's and early  1980's,  the  economy  expanded
rapidly,  achieving an average annual growth rate of 9%. Per capita GDP is among
the  highest in Asia.  Singapore  holds a position as a major oil  refining  and
services center.

Investing in Japanese securities may involve the risks associated with investing
in foreign securities generally.  In addition,  because it invests in Japan, the
EAFE  Equity  Index  Portfolio  will be  subject  to the  general  economic  and
political conditions in Japan.

Share prices of companies listed on Japanese stock exchanges and on the Japanese
OTC  market  reached  historical  peaks  (which  were later  referred  to as the
"bubble") as well as historically  high trading volumes in 1989 and 1990.  Since
then, stock prices in both markets  decreased  significantly,  with listed stock
prices  reaching  their lowest levels in the third quarter of 1992 and OTC stock
prices  reaching their lowest levels in the fourth  quarter of 1992.  During the
period from January 1, 1989 through  December 31, 1994, the highest Nikkei stock
average and Nikkei OTC average were  38,915.87 and 4,149.20,  respectively,  and
the lowest for each were 14,309.41 and 1,099.32,  respectively.  There can be no
assurance that additional market corrections will not occur.

The common  stocks of many  Japanese  companies  continue to trade at high price
earnings  ratios in comparison  with those in the United States,  even after the
recent market  decline.  Differences in accounting  methods make it difficult to
compare the  earnings of Japanese  companies  with those of  companies  in other
countries, especially the United States.

Since the EAFE Equity Index Portfolio invests in securities  denominated in yen,
changes in exchange  rates  between the U.S.  dollar and the yen affect the U.S.
dollar value of the EAFE Equity Index Portfolio's  assets. Such rate of exchange
is  determined by forces of supply and demand on the foreign  exchange  markets.
These forces are in turn affected by the  international  balance of payments and
other economic,  political and financial  conditions,  government  intervention,
speculation and other factors.

Japanese  securities  held by the EAFE Equity Index Portfolio are not registered
with the SEC nor are the issuers thereof subject to its reporting  requirements.
There may be less  publicly  available  information  about  issuers of  Japanese
securities  than about U.S.  companies  and such  issuers  may not be subject to
accounting,   auditing  and  financial   reporting  standards  and  requirements
comparable to those to which U.S. companies are subject.


                                       13

<PAGE>



Although  the  Japanese  economy  has  grown  substantially  over the past  four
decades, recently the rate of growth had slowed substantially. During 1991, 1992
and  1993,  the  Japanese  economy  grew  at  rates  of  4.3%,  1.1%  and  0.1%,
respectively, as measured by real gross domestic product.

Japan's  success in  exporting  its  products  has  generated  a sizeable  trade
surplus.  Such trade surplus has caused tensions at times between Japan and some
of its trading partners. In particular,  Japan's trade relations with the United
States have recently been the subject of discussion and negotiation  between the
two nations.  The United States has imposed certain measures designed to address
trade issues in specific industries.  These measures and similar measures in the
future may adversely affect the performance of the EAFE Equity Index Portfolio.

Japan's  economy has typically  exhibited low inflation and low interest  rates.
There  can be no  assurance  that low  inflation  and low  interest  rates  will
continue,  and it is likely  that a reversal  of such  factors  would  adversely
affect  the  Japanese  economy.  Moreover,  the  Japanese  economy  may  differ,
favorably or  unfavorably,  from the U.S.  economy in such respects as growth of
gross national  product,  rate of inflation,  capital  reinvestment,  resources,
self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

Japan has a parliamentary form of government. In 1993 a coalition government was
formed  which,  for the first time  since  1955,  did not  include  the  Liberal
Democratic Party. Since mid-1993,  there have been several changes in leadership
in Japan.  What, if any,  effect the current  political  situation  will have on
prospective  regulatory  reforms of the  economy in Japan  cannot be  predicted.
Recent and future developments in Japan and neighboring Asian countries may lead
to  changes  in  policy  that  might  adversely  affect  the EAFE  Equity  Index
Portfolio.

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS

GENERAL.  The successful use of such instruments  draws upon the Adviser's skill
and  experience  with  respect to such  instruments  and usually  depends on the
Adviser's ability to forecast interest rate and currency exchange rate movements
correctly.  Should  interest or exchange rates move in an unexpected  manner,  a
Portfolio  may not achieve the  anticipated  benefits  of futures  contracts  or
options on futures  contracts or may realize  losses and thus will be in a worse
position than if such strategies had not been used. In addition, the correlation
between  movements  in the price of  futures  contracts  or  options  on futures
contracts and movements in the price of the securities and currencies  hedged or
used for cover will not be perfect and could produce unanticipated losses.

Successful  use of the  futures  contract  and  related  options  are subject to
special  risk  considerations.  A liquid  secondary  market  for any  futures or
options  contract  may not be  available  when a futures or options  position is
sought to be closed. In addition,  there may be an imperfect correlation between
movements in the  securities  or currency in the  Portfolio.  Successful  use of
futures or options  contracts is further dependent on Bankers Trust's ability to
correctly predict movements in the securities or foreign currency markets and no
assurance can be given that its  judgement  will be correct.  Successful  use of
options  on   securities   or  stock   indices  are  subject  to  similar   risk
considerations.  In addition,  by writing  covered call  options,  the Portfolio
gives up the

                                       14

<PAGE>



opportunity, while the option is in effect, to profit from any price increase in
the underlying securities above the options exercise price.

FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  Each Portfolio may enter into contracts for the purchase or
sale for future  delivery of fixed-income  securities,  foreign  currencies,  or
contracts  based on financial  indices  including  any index of U.S.  Government
securities,  foreign  government  securities or corporate debt securities.  U.S.
futures  contracts  have been designed by exchanges  which have been  designated
"contracts  markets"  by the  CFTC,  and  must be  executed  through  a  futures
commission  merchant,  or  brokerage  firm,  which is a member  of the  relevant
contract market.  Futures contracts trade on a number of exchange markets,  and,
through their clearing corporations,  the exchanges guarantee performance of the
contracts as between the clearing  members of the exchange.  Each  Portfolio may
enter into futures  contracts which are based on debt securities that are backed
by the full  faith and credit of the U.S.  Government,  such as  long-term  U.S.
Treasury  Bonds,  Treasury  Notes,  GNMA modified  pass-through  mortgage-backed
securities and three-month U.S.  Treasury Bills. A Portfolio may also enter into
futures  contracts  which are based on bonds  issued by entities  other than the
U.S. Government.

At the same time a futures  contract is purchased or sold,  the  Portfolio  must
allocate cash or  securities as a deposit  payment  ("initial  deposit").  It is
expected  that the  initial  deposit  would be  approximately  1 1/2% to 5% of a
contract's face value. Daily thereafter,  the futures contract is valued and the
payment of  "variation  margin" may be  required,  since each day the  Portfolio
would  provide or receive  cash that  reflects  any  decline or  increase in the
contract's value.

At the time of delivery of securities  pursuant to such a contract,  adjustments
are  made to  recognize  differences  in value  arising  from  the  delivery  of
securities  with a different  interest rate from that specified in the contract.
In some (but not many) cases,  securities  called for by a futures  contract may
not have been issued when the contract was written.

Although  futures  contracts  by their  terms  call for the actual  delivery  or
acquisition of securities, in most cases the contractual obligation is fulfilled
before the date of the contract  without  having to make or take delivery of the
securities. The offsetting of a contractual obligation is accomplished by buying
(or selling, as the case may be) on a commodities  exchange an identical futures
contract  calling for delivery in the same month.  Such a transaction,  which is
effected through a member of an exchange, cancels the obligation to make or take
delivery of the  securities.  Since all  transactions  in the futures market are
made, offset or fulfilled  through a clearinghouse  associated with the exchange
on which the contracts are traded,  the Portfolio will incur brokerage fees when
it purchases or sells futures contracts.

The purpose of the acquisition or sale of a futures  contract,  in the case of a
Portfolio  which  holds or  intends to acquire  fixed-income  securities,  is to
attempt to protect  the  Portfolio  from  fluctuations  in  interest  or foreign
exchange rates without  actually  buying or selling  fixed-income  securities or
foreign  currencies.  For example,  if interest rates were expected to increase,
the  Portfolio  might  enter  into  futures  contracts  for  the  sale  of  debt
securities.

                                       15

<PAGE>



Such a sale would have much the same  effect as selling an  equivalent  value of
the debt securities owned by the Portfolio.  If interest rates did increase, the
value of the debt security in the Portfolio would decline,  but the value of the
futures  contracts to the Portfolio  would  increase at  approximately  the same
rate,  thereby  keeping the net asset value of the Portfolio  from  declining as
much as it otherwise would have. The Portfolio could accomplish  similar results
by selling debt  securities  and investing in bonds with short  maturities  when
interest  rates are expected to increase.  However,  since the futures market is
more liquid than the cash market,  the use of futures contracts as an investment
technique  allows the Portfolio to maintain a defensive  position without having
to sell its portfolio securities.

Similarly,  when  it is  expected  that  interest  rates  may  decline,  futures
contracts may be purchased to attempt to hedge against anticipated  purchases of
debt securities at higher prices. Since the fluctuations in the value of futures
contracts should be similar to those of debt securities,  a Portfolio could take
advantage  of the  anticipated  rise in the  value  of debt  securities  without
actually buying them until the market had stabilized.  At that time, the futures
contracts  could be liquidated and the Portfolio  could then buy debt securities
on the cash market.  To the extent a Portfolio enters into futures contracts for
this purpose, the assets in the segregated asset account maintained to cover the
Portfolio's  obligations with respect to such futures  contracts will consist of
cash, cash equivalents or high quality liquid debt securities from its portfolio
in an amount equal to the  difference  between the  fluctuating  market value of
such futures  contracts  and the  aggregate  value of the initial and  variation
margin payments made by the Portfolio with respect to such futures contracts.

The  ordinary  spreads  between  prices in the cash and futures  market,  due to
differences in the nature of those markets,  are subject to distortions.  First,
all  participants  in the  futures  market are  subject to initial  deposit  and
variation margin  requirements.  Rather than meeting additional variation margin
requirements,   investors  may  close  futures  contracts   through   offsetting
transactions  which could distort the normal  relationship  between the cash and
futures  markets.  Second,  the  liquidity  of the  futures  market  depends  on
participants entering into offsetting  transactions rather than making or taking
delivery. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery,  liquidity
in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing  distortion.  Third, from
the point of view of speculators, the margin deposit requirements in the futures
market are less  onerous  than margin  requirements  in the  securities  market.
Therefore,  increased  participation  by  speculators  in the futures market may
cause  temporary  price  distortions.  Due to the  possibility of distortion,  a
correct  forecast of general  interest  rate trends by the Adviser may still not
result in a successful transaction.

In addition,  futures contracts entail risks. Although the Adviser believes that
use of such contracts will benefit the Portfolios,  if the Adviser's  investment
judgment  about  the  general  direction  of  interest  rates  is  incorrect,  a
Portfolio's  overall performance would be poorer than if it had not entered into
any  such  contract.  For  example,  if  a  Portfolio  has  hedged  against  the
possibility  of an increase in interest rates which would  adversely  affect the
price of debt  securities  held in its  portfolio  and interest  rates  decrease
instead, the Portfolio will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased

                                       16

<PAGE>



value of its debt securities which it has hedged because it will have offsetting
losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if a Portfolio
has insufficient cash, it may have to sell debt securities from its portfolio to
meet daily variation margin  requirements.  Such sales of bonds may be, but will
not  necessarily  be, at increased  prices which  reflect the rising  market.  A
Portfolio may have to sell  securities at a time when it may be  disadvantageous
to do so.

OPTIONS ON FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  Each Portfolio may purchase and write options on
futures  contracts  for  hedging  purposes.  The  purchase of a call option on a
futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on
an  individual  security.  Depending  on the  pricing of the option  compared to
either the price of the futures  contract upon which it is based or the price of
the underlying debt  securities,  it may or may not be less risky than ownership
of the futures contract or underlying debt  securities.  As with the purchase of
futures contracts, when a Portfolio is not fully invested it may purchase a call
option on a futures  contract to hedge against a market advance due to declining
interest rates.

The writing of a call option on a futures  contract  constitutes a partial hedge
against declining prices of the underlying security or foreign currency which is
deliverable  upon  exercise of the  futures  contract.  If the futures  price at
expiration of the option is below the exercise  price,  a Portfolio  will retain
the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any
decline  that may have  occurred  in the  Portfolio's  portfolio  holdings.  The
writing  of a put  option  on a futures  contract  constitutes  a partial  hedge
against  increasing prices of the underlying  security or foreign currency which
is deliverable  upon exercise of the futures  contract.  If the futures price at
expiration of the option is higher than the exercise  price,  the Portfolio will
retain the full  amount of the option  premium  which  provides a partial  hedge
against any increase in the price of securities  which the Portfolio  intends to
purchase.  If a put or call option the Portfolio  has written is exercised,  the
Portfolio  will incur a loss which will be reduced by the amount of the  premium
it receives. Depending on the degree of correlation between changes in the value
of its portfolio  securities and changes in the value of its futures  positions,
the  Portfolio's  losses from existing  options on futures may to some extent be
reduced or increased by changes in the value of portfolio securities.

The purchase of a put option on a futures  contract is similar in some  respects
to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities.  For example,
a  Portfolio  may  purchase  a put  option  on a futures  contract  to hedge its
portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates.

The amount of risk a Portfolio  assumes when it purchases an option on a futures
contract is the premium paid for the option plus related  transaction  costs. In
addition to the  correlation  risks discussed  above,  the purchase of an option
also  entails  the risk  that  changes  in the value of the  underlying  futures
contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased.

The Board of Trustees of each Portfolio has adopted the requirement that futures
contracts  and options on futures  contracts be used only as a hedge and not for
speculation. In addition to this requirement, the Board of Trustees of each

                                       17

<PAGE>



Portfolio has also adopted a restriction  that the Portfolio will not enter into
any futures contracts or options on futures contracts if immediately  thereafter
the amount of margin deposits on all the futures  contracts of the Portfolio and
premiums paid on outstanding options on futures contracts owned by the Portfolio
(other than those entered into for bona fide hedging  purposes)  would exceed 5%
of the market value of the total assets of the Portfolio.

OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES.  The EAFE Equity Index Portfolio may purchase and
write options on foreign  currencies for hedging purposes in a manner similar to
that in which futures  contracts on foreign  currencies,  or forward  contracts,
will be  utilized.  For  example,  a decline  in the  dollar  value of a foreign
currency in which portfolio  securities are  denominated  will reduce the dollar
value of such  securities,  even if their value in the foreign  currency remains
constant. In order to protect against such diminutions in the value of portfolio
securities,  the Portfolio may purchase put options on the foreign currency.  If
the value of the currency  does decline,  the  Portfolio  will have the right to
sell such  currency for a fixed amount in dollars and will  thereby  offset,  in
whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio which otherwise would have
resulted.

Conversely,  where a rise in the dollar value of a currency in which  securities
to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the cost of such
securities,  the EAFE Equity Index Portfolio may purchase call options  thereon.
The purchase of such options could offset,  at least  partially,  the effects of
the  adverse  movements  in  exchange  rates.  As in the case of other  types of
options,  however,  the benefit to the  Portfolio  deriving  from  purchases  of
foreign  currency  options  will be  reduced by the  amount of the  premium  and
related  transaction  costs. In addition,  where currency  exchange rates do not
move in the direction or to the extent anticipated,  the Portfolio could sustain
losses on  transactions  in foreign  currency  options which would require it to
forego a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in such rates.

The EAFE Equity Index Portfolio may write options on foreign  currencies for the
same types of hedging purposes.  For example,  where the Portfolio anticipates a
decline in the dollar value of foreign  currency  denominated  securities due to
adverse  fluctuations  in exchange  rates it could,  instead of purchasing a put
option,  write a call option on the relevant  currency.  If the expected decline
occurs,  the options will most likely not be  exercised,  and the  diminution in
value of  portfolio  securities  will be  offset by the  amount  of the  premium
received.

Similarly,  instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against an  anticipated
increase in the dollar cost of securities to be acquired,  the EAFE Equity Index
Portfolio could write a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move
in the manner  projected,  will expire  unexercised  and allow the  Portfolio to
hedge such  increased  cost up to the amount of the  premium.  As in the case of
other types of options,  however,  the writing of a foreign currency option will
constitute  only a partial  hedge up to the amount of the  premium,  and only if
rates move in the expected direction.  If this does not occur, the option may be
exercised and the Portfolio would be required to purchase or sell the underlying
currency at a loss which may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through
the writing of options on foreign currencies, the Portfolio also may be required

                                       18

<PAGE>



to forego all or a portion  of the  benefits  which  might  otherwise  have been
obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates.

The EAFE Equity Index Portfolio intends to write covered call options on foreign
currencies.  A call option  written on a foreign  currency by the  Portfolio  is
"covered" if the Portfolio owns the underlying  foreign  currency covered by the
call or has an absolute and  immediate  right to acquire  that foreign  currency
without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held
in a segregated  account by its Custodian)  upon conversion or exchange of other
foreign  currency  held in its  portfolio.  A call option is also covered if the
Portfolio  has a call on the same  foreign  currency  and in the same  principal
amount  as the call  written  where the  exercise  price of the call held (a) is
equal to or less than the  exercise  price of the call written or (b) is greater
than the exercise  price of the call written if the  difference is maintained by
the Portfolio in cash, U.S. Government  securities and other high quality liquid
debt securities in a segregated account with its custodian.

The EAFE Equity  Index  Portfolio  also intends to write call options on foreign
currencies that are not covered for cross-hedging  purposes.  A call option on a
foreign  currency is for  cross-hedging  purposes if it is not  covered,  but is
designed  to  provide a hedge  against a decline in the U.S.  dollar  value of a
security  which  the  Portfolio  owns or has the right to  acquire  and which is
denominated  in the currency  underlying  the option due to an adverse change in
the exchange  rate.  In such  circumstances,  the Portfolio  collateralizes  the
option by maintaining in a segregated  account with its custodian,  cash or U.S.
Government  securities or other high quality liquid debt securities in an amount
not less than the  value of the  underlying  foreign  currency  in U.S.  dollars
marked to market daily.

ADDITIONAL RISKS OF OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS,  FORWARD CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS
ON FOREIGN  CURRENCIES.  Unlike  transactions  entered  into by a  Portfolio  in
futures  contracts,  options on foreign currencies and forward contracts are not
traded on  contract  markets  regulated  by the CFTC or (with the  exception  of
certain foreign currency options) by the SEC. To the contrary,  such instruments
are traded through  financial  institutions  acting as  market-makers,  although
foreign  currency  options  are  also  traded  on  certain  national  securities
exchanges such as the Philadelphia  Stock Exchange and the Chicago Board Options
Exchange,  subject to SEC  regulation.  Similarly,  options on currencies may be
traded over-the-counter. In an over-the-counter trading environment, many of the
protections  afforded  to  exchange  participants  will  not be  available.  For
example,  there  are no daily  price  fluctuation  limits,  and  adverse  market
movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time.
Although  the  purchaser  of an option  cannot  lose more than the amount of the
premium  plus  related  transaction  costs,  this entire  amount  could be lost.
Moreover, the option writer and a trader of forward contracts could lose amounts
substantially  in excess of their  initial  investments,  due to the  margin and
collateral requirements associated with such positions.

Options on foreign currencies traded on national securities exchanges are within
the jurisdiction of the SEC, as are other  securities  traded on such exchanges.
As a result, many of the protections  provided to traders on organized exchanges
will be available with respect to such transactions. In particular, all foreign

                                       19

<PAGE>



currency option  positions  entered into on a national  securities  exchange are
cleared and guaranteed by the Options Clearing Corporation (the "OCC"),  thereby
reducing the risk of counterparty default. Further, a liquid secondary market in
options traded on a national  securities  exchange may be more readily available
than in the  over-the-counter  market,  potentially  permitting  a Portfolio  to
liquidate  open  positions  at a profit prior to exercise or  expiration,  or to
limit losses in the event of adverse market movements.

The purchase and sale of exchange-traded  foreign currency options,  however, is
subject to the risks of the  availability of a liquid secondary market described
above, as well as the risks  regarding  adverse market  movements,  margining of
options  written,   the  nature  of  the  foreign   currency  market,   possible
intervention by governmental  authorities and the effects of other political and
economic  events.  In addition,  exchange-traded  options on foreign  currencies
involve certain risks not presented by the over-the-counter market. For example,
exercise and  settlement  of such options must be made  exclusively  through the
OCC, which has established banking relationships in applicable foreign countries
for this  purpose.  As a result,  the OCC may,  if it  determines  that  foreign
governmental  restrictions  or taxes would  prevent the  orderly  settlement  of
foreign currency option  exercises,  or would result in undue burdens on the OCC
or its clearing  member,  impose special  procedures on exercise and settlement,
such as technical  changes in the mechanics of delivery of currency,  the fixing
of dollar settlement prices or prohibitions on exercise.

As in the case of forward  contracts,  certain options on foreign currencies are
traded  over-the-counter and involve liquidity and credit risks which may not be
present in the case of exchange-traded  currency options. A Portfolio's  ability
to   terminate   over-the-counter   options  will  be  more  limited  than  with
exchange-traded  options. It is also possible that broker-dealers  participating
in  over-the-counter  options  transactions will not fulfill their  obligations.
Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes  its  position,  each  Portfolio
will treat purchased  over-the-counter  options and assets used to cover written
over-the-counter options as illiquid securities. With respect to options written
with  primary  dealers in U.S.  Government  securities  pursuant to an agreement
requiring  a closing  purchase  transaction  at a formula  price,  the amount of
illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to the repurchase formula.

In addition, futures contracts,  options on futures contracts, forward contracts
and  options on foreign  currencies  may be traded on  foreign  exchanges.  Such
transactions are subject to the risk of governmental  actions  affecting trading
in or the  prices  of  foreign  currencies  or  securities.  The  value  of such
positions  also  could be  adversely  affected  by:  (i) other  complex  foreign
political  and economic  factors;  (ii) lesser  availability  than in the United
States  of  data on  which  to  make  trading  decisions;  (iii)  delays  in the
Portfolio's  ability to act upon economic  events  occurring in foreign  markets
during nonbusiness hours in the United States;  (iv) the imposition of different
exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the
United States; and (v) lesser trading volume.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES.  Each Portfolio may write (sell) covered call and put
options to a limited extent on its portfolio securities ("covered options") in
an attempt to increase income.  However, the Portfolio may forgo the benefits of

                                       20

<PAGE>



appreciation  on  securities  sold or may pay  more  than  the  market  price on
securities acquired pursuant to call and put options written by the Portfolio.

When a Portfolio  writes a covered  call option,  it gives the  purchaser of the
option the right to buy the  underlying  security at the price  specified in the
option (the  "exercise  price") by exercising  the option at any time during the
option  period.  If the option expires  unexercised,  the Portfolio will realize
income in an amount equal to the premium received for writing the option. If the
option is exercised,  a decision  over which the  Portfolio has no control,  the
Portfolio must sell the underlying security to the option holder at the exercise
price. By writing a covered call option, the Portfolio forgoes,  in exchange for
the premium less the  commission  ("net  premium"),  the  opportunity  to profit
during the option period from an increase in the market value of the  underlying
security above the exercise price.

When a  Portfolio  writes a covered put option,  it gives the  purchaser  of the
option  the  right to sell  the  underlying  security  to the  Portfolio  at the
specified  exercise  price at any time during the option  period.  If the option
expires  unexercised,  the  Portfolio  will realize  income in the amount of the
premium  received  for  writing the option.  If the put option is  exercised,  a
decision over which the Portfolio  has no control,  the Portfolio  must purchase
the underlying security from the option holder at the exercise price. By writing
a covered put option,  the Portfolio,  in exchange for the net premium received,
accepts  the risk of a decline in the market  value of the  underlying  security
below the exercise  price.  The Portfolio will only write put options  involving
securities for which a  determination  is made at the time the option is written
that the Portfolio wishes to acquire the securities at the exercise price.

A Portfolio may  terminate its  obligation as the writer of a call or put option
by purchasing an option with the same exercise price and expiration  date as the
option  previously  written.  This  transaction  is called a  "closing  purchase
transaction." The Portfolio will realize a profit or loss for a closing purchase
transaction  if the amount paid to  purchase  an option is less or more,  as the
case may be,  than the amount  received  from the sale  thereof.  To close out a
position as a purchaser of an option,  the  Portfolio,  may make a "closing sale
transaction" which involves  liquidating the Portfolio's position by selling the
option  previously  purchased.  Where  the  Portfolio  cannot  effect a  closing
purchase transaction,  it may be forced to incur brokerage commissions or dealer
spreads in selling securities it receives or it may be forced to hold underlying
securities until an option is exercised or expires.

When a Portfolio  writes an option,  an amount equal to the net premium received
by the  Portfolio  is  included  in the  liability  section  of the  Portfolio's
Statement  of Assets and  Liabilities  as a deferred  credit.  The amount of the
deferred  credit  will be  subsequently  marked to market to reflect the current
market value of the option written.  The current market value of a traded option
is the last sale  price or,  in the  absence  of a sale,  the mean  between  the
closing bid and asked price.  If an option expires on its stipulated  expiration
date  or if the  Portfolio  enters  into a  closing  purchase  transaction,  the
Portfolio  will  realize  a gain  (or  loss if the  cost of a  closing  purchase
transaction  exceeds the  premium  received  when the option was sold),  and the
deferred  credit related to such option will be eliminated.  If a call option is
exercised, the Portfolio

                                       21

<PAGE>



will  realize a gain or loss from the sale of the  underlying  security  and the
proceeds of the sale will be increased by the premium originally  received.  The
writing  of covered  call  options  may be deemed to  involve  the pledge of the
securities  against which the option is being written.  Securities against which
call options are written will be  segregated  on the books of the  custodian for
the Portfolio.

A Portfolio may purchase call and put options on any  securities in which it may
invest.  The Portfolio would normally  purchase a call option in anticipation of
an  increase  in the market  value of such  securities.  The  purchase of a call
option  would  entitle the  Portfolio,  in exchange  for the  premium  paid,  to
purchase a security at a specified price during the option period. The Portfolio
would ordinarily have a gain if the value of the securities  increased above the
exercise  price  sufficiently  to cover the premium and would have a loss if the
value of the  securities  remained  at or below the  exercise  price  during the
option period.

A Portfolio would normally  purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in
the  market  value  of  securities  in  its  portfolio  ("protective  puts")  or
securities of the type in which it is permitted to invest. The purchase of a put
option would entitle the Portfolio,  in exchange for the premium paid, to sell a
security,  which  may or may  not be  held in the  Portfolio's  portfolio,  at a
specified  price during the option  period.  The purchase of protective  puts is
designed  merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of the
Portfolio's  portfolio  securities.  Put options  also may be  purchased  by the
Portfolio  for the  purpose of  affirmatively  benefiting  from a decline in the
price of  securities  which the  Portfolio  does not own.  The  Portfolio  would
ordinarily  recognize a gain if the value of the securities  decreased below the
exercise price  sufficiently  to cover the premium and would recognize a loss if
the value of the securities  remained at or above the exercise price.  Gains and
losses on the  purchase of  protective  put  options  would tend to be offset by
countervailing changes in the value of underlying portfolio securities.

Each  Portfolio has adopted  certain other  nonfundamental  policies  concerning
option  transactions  which are discussed below.  The Portfolio's  activities in
options may also be restricted by the  requirements of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  for  qualification as a regulated  investment
company.

The hours of trading  for  options on  securities  may not  conform to the hours
during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option
markets  close  before the markets for the  underlying  securities,  significant
price and rate  movements can take place in the  underlying  securities  markets
that cannot be reflected in the option markets.  It is impossible to predict the
volume of trading that may exist in such options,  and there can be no assurance
that viable exchange markets will develop or continue.

A  Portfolio  may  engage  in   over-the-counter   options   transactions   with
broker-dealers who make markets in these options. At present,  approximately ten
broker-dealers,  including  several  of the  largest  primary  dealers  in  U.S.
Government   securities,   make  these   markets.   The  ability  to   terminate
over-the-counter option positions is more limited than with exchange-traded

                                       22

<PAGE>



option  positions  because the  predominant  market is the issuing broker rather
than an exchange, and may involve the risk that broker-dealers  participating in
such transactions will not fulfill their  obligations.  To reduce this risk, the
Portfolio  will purchase such options only from  broker-dealers  who are primary
government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
and who agree to (and are  expected  to be capable  of)  entering  into  closing
transactions,  although  there can be no guarantee  that any such option will be
liquidated at a favorable  price prior to  expiration.  The Adviser will monitor
the creditworthiness of dealers with whom the Portfolio enters into such options
transactions under the general supervision of the Portfolios' Trustees.

OPTIONS ON  SECURITIES  INDICES.  In  addition  to options on  securities,  each
Portfolio  may also purchase and write (sell) call and put options on securities
indices.  Such  options  give the holder the right to receive a cash  settlement
during the term of the option  based upon the  difference  between the  exercise
price and the value of the index.  Such  options  will be used for the  purposes
described above under "Options on Securities."

EAFE Equity  Index  Portfolio  may,  to the extent  allowed by Federal and state
securities laws, invest in securities  indices instead of investing  directly in
individual foreign securities.

Options on securities  indices  entail risks in addition to the risks of options
on  securities.  The absence of a liquid  secondary  market to close out options
positions on securities indices is more likely to occur,  although the Portfolio
generally will only purchase or write such an option if the Adviser believes the
option can be closed out.

Use of options on securities  indices also entails the risk that trading in such
options  may be  interrupted  if trading in certain  securities  included in the
index is  interrupted.  The Portfolio  will not purchase such options unless the
Adviser  believes  the market is  sufficiently  developed  such that the risk of
trading in such  options  is no  greater  than the risk of trading in options on
securities.

Price  movements in a Portfolio's  portfolio may not  correlate  precisely  with
movements in the level of an index and, therefore, the use of options on indices
cannot serve as a complete hedge.  Because options on securities indices require
settlement in cash, the Adviser may be forced to liquidate portfolio  securities
to meet settlement obligations.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS. Because each Portfolio may buys and
sells  securities  denominated  in  currencies  other  than the U.S.  dollar and
receives interest, dividends and sale proceeds in currencies other than the U.S.
dollar,  each  Portfolio  from  time to time may  enter  into  foreign  currency
exchange transactions to convert to and from different foreign currencies and to
convert  foreign  currencies  to and from the U.S.  dollar.  A Portfolio  either
enters into these  transactions  on a spot  (I.E.,  cash) basis at the spot rate
prevailing in the foreign currency  exchange market or uses forward contracts to
purchase or sell foreign currencies.


                                       23

<PAGE>



A forward foreign currency  exchange contract is an obligation by a Portfolio to
purchase or sell a specific  currency at a future  date,  which may be any fixed
number of days from the date of the contract.  Forward foreign currency exchange
contracts  establish an exchange  rate at a future  date.  These  contracts  are
transferable in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders
(usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward foreign currency
exchange  contract  generally has no deposit  requirement and is traded at a net
price  without  commission.  Each  Portfolio  maintains  with  its  custodian  a
segregated  account of high grade  liquid  assets in an amount at least equal to
its obligations under each forward foreign currency exchange  contract.  Neither
spot  transactions nor forward foreign  currency  exchange  contracts  eliminate
fluctuations in the prices of the Portfolio's  securities or in foreign exchange
rates, or prevent loss if the prices of these securities should decline.

Each  Portfolio  may enter into  foreign  currency  hedging  transactions  in an
attempt to protect  against changes in foreign  currency  exchange rates between
the trade and settlement dates of specific securities transactions or changes in
foreign currency exchange rates that would adversely affect a portfolio position
or an anticipated  investment position.  Since consideration of the prospect for
currency parities will be incorporated into Bankers Trust's long-term investment
decisions,  a Portfolio will not routinely enter into foreign  currency  hedging
transactions  with  respect to security  transactions;  however,  Bankers  Trust
believes  that it is  important  to have the  flexibility  to enter into foreign
currency hedging  transactions when it determines that the transactions would be
in the Portfolio's best interest.  Although these  transactions tend to minimize
the risk of loss due to a decline  in the value of the hedged  currency,  at the
same time they tend to limit any  potential  gain that might be realized  should
the value of the hedged currency  increase.  The precise matching of the forward
contract amounts and the value of the securities  involved will not generally be
possible because the future value of such securities in foreign  currencies will
change as a  consequence  of market  movements  in the value of such  securities
between the date the forward  contract is entered  into and the date it matures.
The  projection of currency  market  movements is extremely  difficult,  and the
successful execution of a hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

While these  contracts are not presently  regulated by the CFTC, the CFTC may in
the future assert  authority to regulate  forward  contracts.  In such event the
Portfolio's  ability to utilize forward contracts in the manner set forth in the
Prospectus  may be restricted.  Forward  contracts may reduce the potential gain
from a positive change in the  relationship  between the U.S. dollar and foreign
currencies.  Unanticipated  changes  in  currency  prices  may  result in poorer
overall  performance  for the  Portfolio  than if it had not  entered  into such
contracts.  The use of foreign  currency  forward  contracts  may not  eliminate
fluctuations in the underlying U.S. dollar  equivalent value of the prices of or
rates  of  return  on  a  Portfolio's  foreign  currency  denominated  portfolio
securities  and the use of such  techniques  will subject a Portfolio to certain
risks.

The matching of the  increase in value of a forward  contract and the decline in
the U.S. dollar equivalent value of the foreign currency  denominated asset that
is the  subject of the hedge  generally  will not be  precise.  In  addition,  a
Portfolio  may not  always  be able  to  enter  into  foreign  currency  forward
contracts

                                       24

<PAGE>



at  attractive  prices and this will limit the  Portfolio's  ability to use such
contract to hedge or cross-hedge its assets.  Also, with regard to a Portfolio's
use of  cross-hedges,  there can be no assurance  that  historical  correlations
between the movement of certain foreign  currencies  relative to the U.S. dollar
will continue. Thus, at any time poor correlation may exist between movements in
the  exchange  rates  of  the  foreign   currencies   underlying  a  Portfolio's
cross-hedges  and the movements in the exchange rates of the foreign  currencies
in which the Portfolio's  assets that are the subject of such  cross-hedges  are
denominated.

RATING SERVICES

The ratings of rating services represent their opinions as to the quality of the
securities that they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized,  however,  that
ratings are relative and subjective  and are not absolute  standards of quality.
Although  these  ratings are an initial  criterion  for  selection  of portfolio
investments,  Bankers Trust also makes its own  evaluation of these  securities,
subject to review by the Board of Trustees.  After  purchase by a Portfolio,  an
obligation  may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum
required for purchase by the  Portfolio.  Neither  event would require a Fund to
eliminate the  obligation  from its  portfolio,  but Bankers Trust will consider
such an event in its determination of whether a Fund should continue to hold the
obligation.  A  description  of the  ratings  used  herein  and  in  the  Funds'
Prospectus is set forth in the Appendix herein.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The following  investment  restrictions are "fundamental  policies" of each Fund
and  each  Portfolio  and may not be  changed  with  respect  to the Fund or the
Portfolio  without  the  approval  of a  "majority  of  the  outstanding  voting
securities" of the Fund or the Portfolio,  as the case may be.  "Majority of the
outstanding voting securities" under the 1940 Act, and as used in this Statement
of Additional  Information and the Prospectus,  means,  with respect to the Fund
(or the  Portfolio),  the  lesser of (i) 67% or more of the  outstanding  voting
securities of the Fund (or of the total  beneficial  interests of the Portfolio)
present at a meeting,  if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting
securities of the Fund or of the total  beneficial  interests of the  Portfolio)
are  present or  represented  by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the  outstanding
voting  securities  of the Fund (or of the  total  beneficial  interests  of the
Portfolio). Whenever the Trust is requested to vote on a fundamental policy of a
Portfolio,   the  Trust  will  hold  a  meeting  of  the  corresponding   Fund's
shareholders  and will cast its vote as instructed by that Fund's  shareholders.
Fund  shareholders  who do not vote will not  affect  the  Trust's  votes at the
Portfolio  meeting.  The  percentage  of the  Trust's  votes  representing  Fund
shareholders  not voting will be voted by the  Trustees of the Trust in the same
proportion as the Fund shareholders who do, in fact, vote.

As a matter of  fundamental  policy,  no Portfolio (or Fund) may (except that no
investment  restriction of a Fund shall prevent a Fund from investing all of its
Assets in an open-end  investment company with substantially the same investment
objectives):


                                       25

<PAGE>



         (1) borrow  money or mortgage or  hypothecate  assets of the  Portfolio
(Fund),  except that in an amount not to exceed 1/3 of the current  value of the
Portfolio's  (Fund's)  assets,  it may borrow  money as a temporary  measure for
extraordinary or emergency purposes and enter into reverse repurchase agreements
or  dollar  roll  transactions,  and  except  that it may  pledge,  mortgage  or
hypothecate  not more than 1/3 of such assets to secure such  borrowings  (it is
intended  that  money  would be  borrowed  only from  banks  and only  either to
accommodate requests for the withdrawal of beneficial  interests  (redemption of
shares) while  effecting an orderly  liquidation  of portfolio  securities or to
maintain  liquidity  in the event of an  unanticipated  failure  to  complete  a
portfolio  security   transaction  or  other  similar   situations)  or  reverse
repurchase  agreements,  provided that collateral  arrangements  with respect to
options and futures, including deposits of initial deposit and variation margin,
are not  considered  a pledge of assets for  purposes  of this  restriction  and
except  that  assets may be pledged to secure  letters of credit  solely for the
purpose  of  participating  in a  captive  insurance  company  sponsored  by the
Investment Company Institute;  for additional related  restrictions,  see clause
(i) under the caption  "State and Federal  Restrictions"  below (as an operating
policy, the Portfolios may not engage in dollar roll transactions);

         (2) underwrite securities issued by other persons except insofar as the
Portfolios  (Trust or the Funds) may technically be deemed an underwriter  under
the 1933 Act in selling a portfolio security;

         (3) make loans to other persons except:  (a) through the lending of the
Portfolio's  (Fund's) portfolio  securities and provided that any such loans not
exceed 30% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at market value); (b)
through  the  use  of  repurchase  agreements  or  the  purchase  of  short-term
obligations;  or (c) by  purchasing a portion of an issue of debt  securities of
types  distributed  publicly  or  privately  (under  current  regulations,   the
Portfolio's  (Fund's)  fundamental  policy with respect to 20% risk weighing for
financial  institutions prevent the Portfolio (Fund) from engaging in securities
lending);

         (4)  purchase  or  sell  real  estate  (including  limited  partnership
interests but excluding securities secured by real estate or interests therein),
interests  in oil, gas or mineral  leases,  commodities  or commodity  contracts
(except futures and option contracts) in the ordinary course of business (except
that the  Portfolio  (Trust)  may hold and sell,  for the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)
portfolio,  real  estate  acquired  as a  result  of  the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)
ownership of securities);

         (5) concentrate its investments in any particular  industry  (excluding
U.S. Government securities), but if it is deemed appropriate for the achievement
of a Portfolio's (Fund's) investment objective(s), up to 25% of its total assets
may be invested in any one industry; and

         (6) issue any senior security (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act)
if such  issuance is  specifically  prohibited  by the 1940 Act or the rules and
regulations promulgated  thereunder,  provided that collateral arrangements with
respect to options  and  futures,  including  deposits  of initial  deposit  and
variation margin, are not considered to be the issuance of a senior security for
purposes of this restriction.

                                       26

<PAGE>




STATE AND  FEDERAL  RESTRICTIONS.  In order to  comply  with  certain  state and
Federal  statutes and policies each  Portfolio (or the Trust,  on behalf of each
Fund) will not as a matter of operating  policy (except that no operating policy
shall prevent a Fund from investing all of its Assets in an open-end  investment
company with substantially the same investment objectives):

           (i)             borrow money (including through reverse repurchase or
                           forward roll  transactions) for any purpose in excess
                           of 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken
                           at cost), except that the Portfolio (Fund) may borrow
                           for temporary or emergency  purposes up to 1/3 of its
                           total assets;

          (ii)             pledge,  mortgage or  hypothecate  for any purpose in
                           excess  of  10%  of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)  total
                           assets  (taken  at  market   value),   provided  that
                           collateral  arrangements  with respect to options and
                           futures,  including  deposits of initial  deposit and
                           variation margin, and reverse  repurchase  agreements
                           are not considered a pledge of assets for purposes of
                           this restriction;

         (iii)             purchase any security or evidence of interest therein
                           on margin,  except that such short-term credit as may
                           be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales
                           of  securities   may  be  obtained  and  except  that
                           deposits of initial deposit and variation  margin may
                           be made in connection  with the purchase,  ownership,
                           holding or sale of futures;

          (iv)             sell  securities it does not own such that the dollar
                           amount of such  short  sales at any one time  exceeds
                           25% of the net equity of the  Portfolio  (Fund),  and
                           the value of  securities  of any one  issuer in which
                           the  Portfolio  (Fund) is short exceeds the lesser of
                           2.0% of the  value of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)  net
                           assets or 2.0% of the  securities of any class of any
                           U.S.  issuer  and,  provided  that short sales may be
                           made only in those  securities which are fully listed
                           on  a  national  securities  exchange  or  a  foreign
                           exchange (This provision does not include the sale of
                           securities of the Portfolio (Fund)  contemporaneously
                           owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent
                           in kind and amount to those sold,  i.e.,  short sales
                           against  the box.) (the  Portfolios  (Funds)  have no
                           current intention to engage in short selling);

          (v)              invest  for the  purpose  of  exercising  control  or
                           management;

          (vi)             purchase  securities issued by any investment company
                           except  by  purchase  in the  open  market  where  no
                           commission  or profit to a sponsor or dealer  results
                           from such purchase other than the customary  broker's
                           commission,  or except when such purchase, though not
                           made in the open market,  is part of a plan of merger
                           or consolidation;  provided, however, that securities
                           of any  investment  company will not be purchased for
                           the  Portfolio  (Fund) if such  purchase  at the time
                           thereof  would  cause:  (a)  more  than  10%  of  the
                           Portfolio's  (Fund's)  total  assets  (taken  at  the
                           greater of cost or market  value) to be  invested  in
                           the securities of such issuers;

                                       27

<PAGE>



                           (b) more than 5% of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)  total
                           assets (taken at the greater of cost or market value)
                           to be invested in any one investment  company; or (c)
                           more than 3% of the outstanding  voting securities of
                           any such issuer to be held for the Portfolio  (Fund);
                           provided further that, except in the case of a merger
                           or  consolidation,  the  Portfolio  (Fund)  shall not
                           purchase any  securities  of any open-end  investment
                           company  unless the  Portfolio  (Fund) (1) waives the
                           investment   advisory  fee  with  respect  to  assets
                           invested in other open-end  investment  companies and
                           (2)  incurs no sales  charge in  connection  with the
                           investment;

          (vii)            invest  more  than  10% of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)
                           total assets  (taken at the greater of cost or market
                           value) in securities (excluding Rule 144A securities)
                           that are restricted as to resale under the 1933 Act;

          (viii)           invest  more  than  15% of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)
                           total assets  (taken at the greater of cost or market
                           value)  in  (a)  securities   (including   Rule  144A
                           securities)  that are  restricted  as to resale under
                           the 1933 Act, and (b)  securities  that are issued by
                           issuers which (including  predecessors)  have been in
                           operation  less than  three  years  (other  than U.S.
                           Government  securities),  provided,  however, that no
                           more than 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets
                           are invested in  securities  issued by issuers  which
                           (including  predecessors) have been in operation less
                           than three years;

          (ix)             with respect to 75% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total
                           assets,  purchase  securities  of any  issuer if such
                           purchase  at  the  time   thereof   would  cause  the
                           Portfolio  (Fund)  to hold more than 10% of any class
                           of securities of such issuer,  for which purposes all
                           indebtedness  of an  issuer  shall be deemed a single
                           class and all  preferred  stock of an issuer shall be
                           deemed a single class,  except that futures or option
                           contracts shall not be subject to this restriction;

          (x)              with  respect to 75% of its assets,  invest more than
                           5% of its total assets in the  securities  (excluding
                           U.S. Government securities) of any one issuer;

          (xi)             invest in securities issued by an issuer any of whose
                           officers,  directors, trustees or security holders is
                           an officer or Trustee of the Portfolio (Trust), or is
                           an officer or  partner of the  Adviser,  if after the
                           purchase  of the  securities  of such  issuer for the
                           Portfolio  (Fund)  one or more of such  persons  owns
                           beneficially  more  than 1/2 of 1% of the  shares  or
                           securities,  or both,  all taken at market value,  of
                           such issuer, and such persons owning more than 1/2 of
                           1%  of  such  shares  or   securities   together  own
                           beneficially   more   than  5%  of  such   shares  or
                           securities, or both, all taken at market value;

          (xii)            invest in warrants  (other than warrants  acquired by
                           the Portfolio (Fund) as part of a unit or attached to
                           securities at the time of

                                       28

<PAGE>



                           purchase) if, as a result, the investments (valued at
                           the lower of cost or market)  would  exceed 5% of the
                           value of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's) net assets or if,
                           as a result, more than 2% of the Portfolio's (Fund's)
                           net assets  would be invested in warrants  not listed
                           on  a  recognized  United  States  or  foreign  stock
                           exchange, to the extent permitted by applicable state
                           securities laws;

          (xiii)           write puts and calls on securities unless each of the
                           following   conditions  are  met:  (a)  the  security
                           underlying  the put or call is within the  Investment
                           Practices of the  Portfolio  (Fund) and the option is
                           issued by the Options  Clearing  Corporation,  except
                           for put and call options issued by non-U.S.  entities
                           or  listed  on  non-U.S.  securities  or  commodities
                           exchanges; (b) the aggregate value of the obligations
                           underlying  the  puts  determined  as of the date the
                           options   are  sold   shall  not  exceed  5%  of  the
                           Portfolio's  (Fund's) net assets;  (c) the securities
                           subject to the  exercise  of the call  written by the
                           Portfolio  (Fund)  must  be  owned  by the  Portfolio
                           (Fund) at the time the call is sold and must continue
                           to be owned by the  Portfolio  (Fund)  until the call
                           has been  exercised,  has  lapsed,  or the  Portfolio
                           (Fund)  has  purchased  a  closing  call,   and  such
                           purchase has been  confirmed,  thereby  extinguishing
                           the  Portfolio's   (Fund's)   obligation  to  deliver
                           securities  pursuant to the call it has sold; and (d)
                           at the time a put is written,  the  Portfolio  (Fund)
                           establishes  a segregated  account with its custodian
                           consisting  of cash  or  short-term  U.S.  Government
                           securities equal in value to the amount the Portfolio
                           (Fund) will be obligated to pay upon  exercise of the
                           put (this account must be maintained until the put is
                           exercised,  has expired,  or the Portfolio (Fund) has
                           purchased a closing  put,  which is a put of the same
                           series as the one previously written); and

          (xiv)            buy and sell  puts and  calls  on  securities,  stock
                           index futures or options on stock index  futures,  or
                           financial  futures or options  on  financial  futures
                           unless such options are written by other persons and:
                           (a) the options or futures  are  offered  through the
                           facilities of a national  securities  association  or
                           are listed on a national  securities  or  commodities
                           exchange,  except for put and call options  issued by
                           non-U.S. entities or listed on non-U.S. securities or
                           commodities  exchanges;  (b) the  aggregate  premiums
                           paid on all such  options  which are held at any time
                           do not exceed 20% of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's) total
                           net assets;  and (c) the  aggregate  margin  deposits
                           required on all such futures or options  thereon held
                           at any  time  do  not  exceed  5% of the  Portfolio's
                           (Fund's) total assets.

There will be no violation of any investment  restriction if that restriction is
complied with at the time the relevant action is taken  notwithstanding  a later
change  in  market  value  of an  investment,  in net or  total  assets,  in the
securities rating of the investment, or any other later change.


                                       29

<PAGE>



Each Fund will  comply with the state  securities  laws and  regulations  of all
states in which it is registered.  Each Portfolio will comply with the permitted
investments and investment limitations in the securities laws and regulations of
all states in which the corresponding  Fund, or any other registered  investment
company investing in the Portfolio, is registered.


                                       30

<PAGE>



                PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS

The Adviser is  responsible  for decisions to buy and sell  securities,  futures
contracts and options on such  securities  and futures for each  Portfolio,  the
selection  of  brokers,  dealers  and  futures  commission  merchants  to effect
transactions   and  the   negotiation   of   brokerage   commissions,   if  any.
Broker-dealers  may receive  brokerage  commissions  on portfolio  transactions,
including options,  futures and options on futures transactions and the purchase
and sale of underlying  securities  upon the exercise of options.  Orders may be
directed to any broker-dealer or futures commission  merchant,  including to the
extent and in the manner  permitted  by  applicable  law,  Bankers  Trust or its
subsidiaries or affiliates.  Purchases and sales of certain portfolio securities
on behalf of a Portfolio are frequently placed by the Adviser with the issuer or
a primary or secondary market-maker for these securities on a net basis, without
any brokerage  commission  being paid by the Portfolio.  Trading does,  however,
involve  transaction  costs.  Transactions with dealers serving as market-makers
reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices.  Transaction costs may also
include fees paid to third parties for information as to potential purchasers or
sellers of securities.  Purchases of underwritten  issues may be made which will
include an underwriting fee paid to the underwriter.

The  Adviser  seeks to  evaluate  the overall  reasonableness  of the  brokerage
commissions  paid (to the extent  applicable) in placing orders for the purchase
and sale of  securities  for a Portfolio  taking into  account  such  factors as
price,  commission  (negotiable  in the  case of  national  securities  exchange
transactions), if any, size of order, difficulty of execution and skill required
of the executing  broker-dealer  through familiarity with commissions charged on
comparable  transactions,  as  well  as by  comparing  commissions  paid  by the
Portfolio  to reported  commissions  paid by others.  The  Adviser  reviews on a
routine basis commission  rates,  execution and settlement  services  performed,
making internal and external comparisons.

The Adviser is  authorized,  consistent  with  Section  28(e) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  when placing  portfolio  transactions  for a
Portfolio with a broker to pay a brokerage commission (to the extent applicable)
in excess of that which another broker might have charged for effecting the same
transaction  on  account  of the  receipt  of  research,  market or  statistical
information.  The term "research,  market or statistical  information"  includes
advice  as to the  value  of  securities;  the  advisability  of  investing  in,
purchasing or selling  securities;  the availability of securities or purchasers
or sellers  of  securities;  and  furnishing  analyses  and  reports  concerning
issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy
and the performance of accounts.

Consistent  with the policy  stated  above,  the Rules of Fair  Practice  of the
National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. and such other policies as the
Trustees of the  Portfolio  may  determine,  the Adviser may  consider  sales of
shares of the Trust and of other investment  company clients of Bankers Trust as
a factor in the selection of broker-dealers  to execute portfolio  transactions.
Bankers Trust will make such  allocations if commissions are comparable to those
charged by nonaffiliated, qualified broker-dealers for similar services.

                                       31

<PAGE>




Higher  commissions may be paid to firms that provide  research  services to the
extent  permitted by law.  Bankers  Trust may use this research  information  in
managing the Portfolio's assets, as well as the assets of other clients.

Except for  implementing  the policies  stated  above,  there is no intention to
place  portfolio  transactions  with  particular  brokers  or  dealers or groups
thereof. In effecting  transactions in over-the-counter  securities,  orders are
placed with the principal  market-makers  for the security  being traded unless,
after  exercising  care,  it appears that more  favorable  results are available
otherwise.

Although certain research,  market and statistical  information from brokers and
dealers can be useful to a Portfolio  and to the  Adviser,  it is the opinion of
the management of the Portfolios that such information is only  supplementary to
the Adviser's own research effort, since the information must still be analyzed,
weighed and reviewed by the Adviser's  staff.  Such information may be useful to
the Adviser in providing services to clients other than the Portfolios,  and not
all such  information is used by the Adviser in connection  with the Portfolios.
Conversely,  such  information  provided  to the  Adviser by brokers and dealers
through whom other clients of the Adviser effect securities  transactions may be
useful to the Adviser in providing services to the Portfolios.

In certain  instances there may be securities which are suitable for a Portfolio
as well as for one or more of the Adviser's other clients.  Investment decisions
for a  Portfolio  and for the  Adviser's  other  clients are made with a view to
achieving  their  respective  investment  objectives.  It  may  develop  that  a
particular  security  is bought or sold for only one client even though it might
be held by, or  bought  or sold  for,  other  clients.  Likewise,  a  particular
security  may be bought for one or more  clients  when one or more  clients  are
selling that same security.  Some simultaneous  transactions are inevitable when
several clients  receive  investment  advice from the same  investment  adviser,
particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of
more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the
purchase  or sale of the same  security,  the  securities  are  allocated  among
clients in a manner  believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized  that in
some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of
the security as far as a Portfolio is  concerned.  However,  it is believed that
the ability of a Portfolio to  participate in volume  transactions  will produce
better executions for the Portfolio.

For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993,  Equity 500 Index Portfolio paid
brokerage commissions in the amount of $97,069 and $63,408, respectively.

                            PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

                        STANDARD PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

From  time to  time,  quotations  of a Fund's  performance  may be  included  in
advertisements,  sales  literature or  shareholder  reports.  These  performance
figures are calculated in the following manner:


                                       32

<PAGE>



         YIELD:  Yields for a Fund used in advertising  are computed by dividing
         the Fund's interest and dividend income for a given 30-day or one-month
         period,  net of expenses,  by the average number of shares  entitled to
         receive  distributions  during the period,  dividing this figure by the
         Fund's  net  asset  value  per  share  at the  end of the  period,  and
         annualizing  the result  (assuming  compounding  of income) in order to
         arrive at an annual  percentage rate.  Income is calculated for purpose
         of yield quotations in accordance with standardized  methods applicable
         to all stock and bond mutual funds.  Dividends from equity  investments
         are treated as if they were  accrued on a daily  basis,  solely for the
         purpose of yield calculations.  In general,  interest income is reduced
         with  respect  to bonds  trading  at a premium  over their par value by
         subtracting a portion of the premium from income on a daily basis,  and
         is increased  with  respect to bonds  trading at a discount by adding a
         portion  of the  discount  to daily  income.  Capital  gains and losses
         generally are excluded from the calculation.

         Income  calculated  for the  purposes  of  calculating  a Fund's  yield
         differs  from  income  as  determined  for other  accounting  purposes.
         Because of the different  accounting  methods used,  and because of the
         compounding assumed in yield calculations,  the yield quoted for a Fund
         may  differ  from the rate of  distributions  of the Fund paid over the
         same  period or the rate of income  reported  in the  Fund's  financial
         statements.

         TOTAL RETURN:  A Fund's  average  annual total return is calculated for
         certain periods by determining the average annual  compounded  rates of
         return  over those  periods  that would cause an  investment  of $1,000
         (made at the  maximum  public  offering  price  with all  distributions
         reinvested)  to reach  the value of that  investment  at the end of the
         periods. A Fund may also calculate total return figures which represent
         aggregate performance over a period or year-by-year performance.

         PERFORMANCE  RESULTS:  Any total return  quotation  provided for a Fund
         should not be considered as  representative  of the  performance of the
         Fund in the future since the net asset value and public  offering price
         of shares of the Fund will vary based not only on the type, quality and
         maturities of the securities held in the corresponding  Portfolio,  but
         also on changes in the current value of such  securities and on changes
         in the  expenses  of the Fund and the  corresponding  Portfolio.  These
         factors and possible differences in the methods used to calculate total
         return should be considered  when  comparing the total return of a Fund
         to total  returns  published  for other  investment  companies or other
         investment  vehicles.  Total return  reflects the  performance  of both
         principal and income.

                         COMPARISON OF FUND PERFORMANCE

Comparison of the quoted  nonstandardized  performance of various investments is
valid only if  performance  is  calculated  in the same manner.  Since there are
different  methods of calculating  performance,  investors  should  consider the
effect of the methods used to calculate performance when comparing performance

                                       33

<PAGE>



of a Fund with performance quoted with respect to other investment  companies or
types of investments.

In connection  with  communicating  its  performance  to current or  prospective
shareholders,  a Fund also may compare these figures to the performance of other
mutual  funds  tracked by mutual fund rating  services or to  unmanaged  indices
which  may  assume  reinvestment  of  dividends  but  generally  do not  reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs.

Evaluations of a Fund's performance made by independent sources may also be used
in  advertisements  concerning  the  Fund.  Sources  for  a  Fund's  performance
information could include the following:

ASIAN WALL STREET  JOURNAL,  a weekly Asian  newspaper  that often  reviews U.S.
mutual funds investing internationally.

BARRON'S, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc.  business and financial weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

BUSINESS  WEEK,  a  national  business  weekly  that  periodically  reports  the
performance rankings and ratings of a variety of mutual funds investing abroad.

CHANGING  TIMES,  THE  KIPLINGER   MAGAZINE,   a  monthly  investment   advisory
publication  that  periodically   features  the  performance  of  a  variety  of
securities.

CONSUMER  DIGEST, a monthly  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Money
Watch" section featuring financial news.

FINANCIAL TIMES,  Europe's business newspaper,  which features from time to time
articles on international or country-specific funds.

FINANCIAL WORLD, a general  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Market
Watch" department reporting on activities in the mutual fund industry.

FORBES,  a national  business  publication  that from time to time  reports  the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

FORTUNE, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

GLOBAL  INVESTOR,   a  European   publication  that  periodically   reviews  the
performance of U.S. mutual funds investing internationally.

INVESTOR'S  DAILY,  a daily  newspaper  that  features  financial,  economic and
business news.

LIPPER ANALYTICAL  SERVICES,  INC.'S MUTUAL FUND PERFORMANCE  ANALYSIS, a weekly
publication of industry-wide mutual fund averages by type of fund.

MONEY,  a monthly  magazine that from time to time features both specific  funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.


                                       34

<PAGE>



MORNINGSTAR INC., a publisher of financial information and mutual fund research.


NEW YORK TIMES,  a  nationally  distributed  newspaper  which  regularly  covers
financial news.

PERSONAL  INVESTING  NEWS,  a monthly  news  publication  that often  reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

PERSONAL  INVESTOR,  a monthly investment  advisory  publication that includes a
"Mutual Funds Outlook" section  reporting on mutual fund  performance  measures,
yields, indices and portfolio holdings.

SUCCESS,  a monthly magazine  targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
business, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

U.S. NEWS AND WORLD REPORT, a national business weekly that periodically reports
mutual fund performance data.

VALUE LINE, a biweekly  publication  that reports on the largest  15,000  mutual
funds.

WALL STREET JOURNAL, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc.  newspaper which regularly
covers financial news.

WEISENBERGER  INVESTMENT COMPANIES SERVICES, an annual compendium of information
about mutual funds and other investment companies, including comparative data on
funds' backgrounds,  management policies, salient features,  management results,
income and dividend records, and price ranges.

WORKING  WOMEN,  a monthly  publication  that  features a  "Financial  Workshop"
section reporting on the mutual fund/financial industry.

           VALUATION OF SECURITIES; REDEMPTIONS AND PURCHASES IN KIND

Equity and debt securities  (other than short-term debt obligations  maturing in
60 days or less),  including  listed  securities  and securities for which price
quotations  are  available,  will  normally  be  valued  on the  basis of market
valuations furnished by a pricing service. Short-term debt obligations and money
market  securities  maturing  in 60 days or less are valued at  amortized  cost,
which approximates market.

Securities  for which market  quotations are not available are valued by Bankers
Trust pursuant to procedures  adopted by each Portfolio's Board of Trustees.  It
is generally agreed that securities for which market  quotations are not readily
available  should  not be  valued  at the  same  value  as  that  carried  by an
equivalent security which is readily marketable.

The  problems  inherent  in  making a good  faith  determination  of  value  are
recognized in the codification effected by SEC Financial Reporting Release No. 1
("FRR 1" (formerly  Accounting  Series  Release No. 113)) which  concludes  that
there

                                       35

<PAGE>



is "no automatic formula" for calculating the value of restricted securities. It
recommends  that the best method  simply is to  consider  all  relevant  factors
before  making any  calculation.  According to FRR 1 such factors  would include
consideration of the:

                  type of security involved,  financial statements, cost at date
                  of purchase,  size of holding,  discount  from market value of
                  unrestricted  securities  of the  same  class  at the  time of
                  purchase, special reports prepared by analysts, information as
                  to any  transactions  or offers with respect to the  security,
                  existence of merger  proposals or tender offers  affecting the
                  security,  price  and  extent  of public  trading  in  similar
                  securities  of the issuer or comparable  companies,  and other
                  relevant matters.

To the extent that a Portfolio  purchases  securities which are restricted as to
resale or for which current market quotations are not available,  the Adviser of
the  Portfolio  will value such  securities  based upon all relevant  factors as
outlined in FRR 1.

The Trust,  on behalf of each Fund,  and each  Portfolio  reserve the right,  if
conditions exist which make cash payments undesirable,  to honor any request for
redemption or repurchase  order by making payment in whole or in part in readily
marketable securities chosen by the Trust, or the Portfolio, as the case may be,
and valued as they are for purposes of computing  the Fund's or the  Portfolio's
net asset value,  as the case may be (a redemption in kind).  If payment is made
to a Fund  shareholder  in  securities,  an investor,  including  the Fund,  the
shareholder may incur  transaction  expenses in converting these securities into
cash.  The  Trust,  on behalf of each Fund,  and each  Portfolio  have  elected,
however,  to be  governed  by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act as a result of which
each  Fund and each  Portfolio  are  obligated  to redeem  shares or  beneficial
interests,  as the case may be,  with  respect  to any one  investor  during any
90-day  period,  solely in cash up to the  lesser of  $250,000  or 1% of the net
asset value of the Fund or the  Portfolio,  as the case may be, at the beginning
of the period.

Each Portfolio has agreed to make a redemption in kind to the corresponding Fund
whenever the Fund wishes to make a redemption in kind and therefore shareholders
of the Fund that receive  redemptions in kind will receive portfolio  securities
of the  corresponding  Portfolio  and in no case  will they  receive a  security
issued by the Portfolio.  The Portfolio has advised the Trust that the Portfolio
will not redeem in kind except in  circumstances  in which the Fund is permitted
to redeem in kind or unless requested by the Fund.

Each investor in a Portfolio,  including the  corresponding  Fund, may add to or
reduce its investment in the Portfolio on each day the Portfolio  determines its
net  asset  value.  At the close of each such  business  day,  the value of each
investor's   beneficial   interest  in  the  Portfolio  will  be  determined  by
multiplying  the net asset value of the Portfolio by the  percentage,  effective
for that day, which represents that investor's share of the aggregate beneficial
interests  in the  Portfolio.  Any  additions  or  withdrawals  which  are to be
effected  as of the close of  business  on that day will then be  effected.  The
investor's percentage

                                       36

<PAGE>



of the aggregate  beneficial  interests in the Portfolio will then be recomputed
as the percentage  equal to the fraction (i) the numerator of which is the value
of such  investor's  investment  in the Portfolio as of the close of business on
such day plus or minus,  as the case may be, the amount of net  additions  to or
withdrawals from the investor's  investment in the Portfolio  effected as of the
close  of  business  on such  day,  and  (ii)  the  denominator  of which is the
aggregate  net asset value of the  Portfolio as of the close of business on such
day plus or  minus,  as the case  may be,  the  amount  of net  additions  to or
withdrawals from the aggregate  investments in the Portfolio by all investors in
the Portfolio.  The  percentage so determined  will then be applied to determine
the value of the  investor's  interest in the Portfolio as the close of business
on the following business day.

Each Fund may, at its own option,  accept securities in payment for shares.  The
securities  delivered  in payment for shares are valued by the method  described
under "Net Asset Value" as of the day the Fund receives the securities.  This is
a taxable transaction to the shareholder.  Securities may be accepted in payment
for shares  only if they are,  in the  judgment  of Bankers  Trust,  appropriate
investments  for the Fund's  corresponding  Portfolio.  In addition,  securities
accepted in payment  for shares  must:  (i) meet the  investment  objective  and
policies of the acquiring Fund's  corresponding  Portfolio;  (ii) be acquired by
the applicable  Fund for investment and not for resale (other than for resale to
the Fund's  corresponding  Portfolio);  (iii) be liquid securities which are not
restricted  as to transfer  either by law or  liquidity  of market;  and (iv) if
stock, have a value which is readily  ascertainable as evidenced by a listing on
a  stock  exchange,  over-the-counter  market  or by  readily  available  market
quotations  from a dealer in such  securities.  Each Fund  reserves the right to
accept or reject at its own option any and all securities offered in payment for
its shares.

                   MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIOS

Each Board of Trustees is composed of persons  experienced in financial  matters
who  meet  throughout  the  year to  oversee  the  activities  of the  Funds  or
Portfolios  they  represent.   In  addition,  the  Trustees  review  contractual
arrangements  with companies that provide services to the  Funds/Portfolios  and
review the Funds' performance.

The  Trustees  and  officers of the Trusts and  Portfolios  and their  principal
occupations  during the past five years are set forth  below.  Their  titles may
have varied  during that  period.  Asterisks  indicate  those  Trustees  who are
"interested persons" (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust. Unless otherwise
indicated,  the  address of each  Trustee  and  officer is 6 St.  James  Avenue,
Boston, Massachusetts.

                      TRUSTEES OF THE BT GLOBAL INVESTORS

HARRY VAN BENSCHOTEN -- Trustee; retired (since 1987); Corporate Vice President,
Newmont Mining  Corporation (prior to 1987). His address is 105 Seminary Street,
New Canaan, Connecticut 06840.


                                       37

<PAGE>



PHILIP W. COOLIDGE* -- President and Trustee;  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
and President,  Signature  Financial Group, Inc. ("SFG") (since December,  1988)
and Signature (since April, 1989).

MARTIN J. GRUBER --  Trustee;  Chairman  of the  Finance  Department  and Nomura
Professor of Finance,  Leonard N. Stern School of Business,  New York University
(since 1964).

BRUCE E.  LANGTON  --  Trustee;  Retired;  Director,  Adela  Investment  Co. and
University Patents, Inc.; formerly Assistant Treasurer of IBM Corporation (until
1986). His address is 99 Jordan Lane, Stamford, Connecticut 06903.

                      TRUSTEES OF BT PYRAMID MUTUAL FUNDS

HARRY VAN BENSCHOTEN -- Trustee; retired (since 1987); Corporate Vice President,
Newmont Mining  Corporation (prior to 1987). His address is 105 Seminary Street,
New Canaan, Connecticut 06840.

MARTIN J. GRUBER --  Trustee;  Chairman  of the  Finance  Department  and Nomura
Professor of Finance,  Leonard N. Stern School of Business,  New York University
(since 1964).

KELVIN J.  LANCASTER -- Trustee;  Professor,  Department of Economics,  Columbia
University. His address is 35 Claremont Avenue, New York, New York 10027.

PHILIP W. COOLIDGE* -- President and Trustee;  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
and President, SFG (since December, 1988) and Signature (since April, 1989).

                           TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIOS

PHILIP  SAUNDERS,  JR.  --  Trustee;   Principal,   Philip  Saunders  Associates
(Consulting);  former Director of Financial Industry Consulting, Wolf & Company;
President, John Hancock Home Mortgage Corporation;  and Senior Vice President of
Treasury and Financial  Services,  John Hancock Mutual Life  Insurance  Company,
Inc. His address is 445 Glen Road, Weston, Massachusetts 02193.

CHARLES P.  BIGGAR -- Trustee;  Retired;  Director of  Chase/NBW  Bank  Advisory
Board; Director,  Batemen,  Eichler, Hill Richards Inc.; formerly Vice President
of International  Business  Machines and President of the National  Services and
the Field  Engineering  Divisions of IBM. His address is 12 Hitching  Post Lane,
Chappaqua, New York 10514.

S. LELAND DILL -- Trustee;  Retired;  Director, Coutts & Co. Group, Coutts & Co.
(U.S.A.) International;  Director,  Zweig Series Trust; formerly Partner of KPMG
Peat Marwick;  Director,  Vinters International Company Inc.; General Partner of
Pemco (an investment company registered under the 1940 Act). His address is 5070
North Ocean Drive, Singer Island, Florida 33404.

RICHARD J.  HERRING --  Trustee;  Professor,  Finance  Department,  The  Wharton
School,  University  of  Pennsylvania.   His  address  is  The  Wharton  School,
University of

                                       38

<PAGE>



Pennsylvania   Finance   Department,    3303   Steinberg   Hall/Dietrich   Hall,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104.

PHILIP W. COOLIDGE* -- President and Trustee;  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
and President, SFG (since December, 1988) and Signature (since April, 1989).

                     OFFICERS OF THE TRUSTS AND PORTFOLIOS

Unless  otherwise  specified,  each officer listed below holds the same position
with each Trust and each Portfolio.

JOHN R. ELDER - Treasurer;  Vice President,  SFG (since April, 1995); Treasurer,
Phoenix  Family of Mutual Funds (prior to April,  1995);  Audit  Manager,  Price
Waterhouse (prior to 1983).

DAVID G. DANIELSON -- Assistant  Treasurer;  Assistant Manager,  SFG (since May,
1991);  Graduate  Student,  Northeastern  University (from April, 1990 to March,
1991);  Tax  Accountant & Systems  Analyst,  Putnam  Companies  (prior to March,
1990).

JAMES S.  LELKO,  JR. --  Assistant  Treasurer;  Assistant  Manager,  SFG (since
January 1993);  Senior Tax Compliance  Accountant,  Putnam Investments (prior to
December 1992).

BARBARA M.  O'DETTE --  Assistant  Treasurer;  Assistant  Treasurer,  SFG (since
December,  1988) and Signature (since April, 1989);  Administrative  Controller,
Massachusetts Financial Services Company (prior to December, 1988).

DANIEL E. SHEA -- Assistant  Treasurer;  Assistant Manager,  SFG (since November
1993);  Supervisor and Senior Technical  Advisor,  Putnam  Investments (prior to
November 1993).

THOMAS M. LENZ -- Secretary;  Vice President and Associate General Counsel,  SFG
(since November,  1989); Assistant Secretary,  Signature (since February, 1991);
Attorney, Ropes & Gray (prior to November, 1989).

LINDA T. GIBSON -- Assistant  Secretary;  Legal Counsel and Assistant Secretary,
SFG (since May, 1992);  Assistant  Secretary,  Signature (since October,  1992);
student, Boston University School of Law (September, 1989 to May, 1992); Product
Manager, SFG (January, 1989 to September, 1989).

MOLLY S. MUGLER -- Assistant  Secretary;  Legal Counsel and Assistant Secretary,
SFG (since December, 1988); Assistant Secretary, Signature (since April, 1989).

ANDRES E. SALDANA -- Assistant  Secretary;  Legal Counsel,  SFG (since November,
1992); Assistant Secretary, Signature (since September, 1993); Attorney, Ropes &
Gray  (September,  1990  to  November,  1992);  law  student,  Yale  Law  School
(September, 1987 to May, 1990).

Messrs. Coolidge,  Danielson,  Elder, Lelko, Lenz, Saldana and Shea and
Mss. Gibson, Mugler and O'Dette also hold similar positions for other investment

                                       39

<PAGE>



companies for which Signature or an affiliate serves as the principal
underwriter.

No person  who is an  officer  or  director  of  Bankers  Trust is an officer or
Trustee of the Trusts or the  Portfolios.  No  director,  officer or employee of
Signature or any of its affiliates will receive any compensation from the Trusts
or the  Portfolios  for  serving  as an  officer or Trustee of the Trusts or the
Portfolios. Each Portfolio and International Equity, Capital Appreciation,  Cash
Management,  Treasury  Money,  Tax  Free  Money,  NY Tax  Free  Money,  Utility,
Short/Intermediate  U.S.  Government  Securities,  Intermediate  Tax Free, Asset
Management and BT Investment  Portfolios  (together  with the Trusts,  the "Fund
Complex")  collectively  pay each  Trustee  who is not a  director,  officer  or
employee of the Adviser,  the  Distributor,  the  Administrator  or any of their
affiliates  an  annual  fee of  $10,000,  respectively,  per  annum  plus  $500,
respectively,   per  meeting   attended  and  reimburses  them  for  travel  and
out-of-pocket expenses.

For the year ended  December 31, 1994,  the BT Investment  Equity 500 Index Fund
accrued Trustees fees equal to $2,059. For the year ended December 31, 1994, the
Equity 500 Index Portfolio accrued Trustees fees of $2,059.

Bankers Trust reimbursed the BT Investment  Equity 500 Index Fund and Equity 500
Index Portfolio for a portion of its their Trustees fees for the period above.
See "Investment Adviser" and "Administrator" below.

As of [ ], 1995,  the  Trustees  and  officers of the Trusts and the  Portfolios
owned in the  aggregate  less than 1% of the  shares  of any Fund or Trust  (all
series taken together).

                               INVESTMENT ADVISER

Under the terms of each Portfolio's  investment  advisory agreement with Bankers
Trust (the "Advisory Agreement"), Bankers Trust manages the Portfolio subject to
the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees of the Portfolio. Bankers
Trust will: (i) act in strict  conformity with each  Portfolio's  Declaration of
Trust,  the 1940 Act and the  Investment  Advisers Act of 1940,  as the same may
from time to time be amended;  (ii) manage each Portfolio in accordance with the
Portfolio's  investment  objectives,   restrictions  and  policies;  (iii)  make
investment decisions for each Portfolio; and (iv) place purchase and sale orders
for securities and other financial instruments on behalf of each Portfolio.

Bankers Trust bears all expenses in connection  with the performance of services
under each Advisory Agreement.  The Trust and each Portfolio bears certain other
expenses incurred in its operation,  including: taxes, interest,  brokerage fees
and commissions,  if any; fees of Trustees of the Trust or the Portfolio who are
not officers, directors or employees of Bankers Trust, Signature or any of their
affiliates;  SEC  fees  and  state  Blue  Sky  qualification  fees;  charges  of
custodians  and transfer  and  dividend  disbursing  agents;  certain  insurance
premiums; outside auditing and legal expenses; costs of maintenance of corporate
existence;   costs  attributable  to  investor  services,   including,   without
limitation,  telephone and personnel  expenses;  costs of preparing and printing
prospectuses  and statements of additional  information for regulatory  purposes
and for distribution to

                                       40

<PAGE>



existing   shareholders;   costs  of  shareholders'   reports  and  meetings  of
shareholders,  officers  and  Trustees  of the Trust or the  Portfolio;  and any
extraordinary expenses.

For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993,  Bankers Trust accrued  $428,346
and $74,893,  respectively,  in compensation  for investment  advisory  services
provided to the Equity 500 Index  Portfolio.  During the same  periods,  Bankers
Trust reimbursed $249,230 and $72,112,  respectively,  to the Portfolio to cover
expenses.

Bankers Trust may have deposit,  loan and other commercial banking relationships
with the  issuers  of  obligations  which  may be  purchased  on  behalf  of the
Portfolios, including outstanding loans to such issuers which could be repaid in
whole or in part with the proceeds of securities so purchased.  Such  affiliates
deal,  trade and invest for their own accounts in such obligations and are among
the leading  dealers of various  types of such  obligations.  Bankers  Trust has
informed the Portfolios  that, in making its investment  decisions,  it does not
obtain or use material inside information in its possession or in the possession
of  any  of  its  affiliates.  In  making  investment  recommendations  for  the
Portfolios, Bankers Trust will not inquire or take into consideration whether an
issuer of securities  proposed for purchase or sale by a Portfolio is a customer
of Bankers Trust,  its parent or its  subsidiaries or affiliates and, in dealing
with its customers,  Bankers Trust, its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates will
not inquire or take into consideration  whether securities of such customers are
held by any fund managed by Bankers Trust or any such affiliate.

The Advisor Class  Shares'  prospectus  contains  disclosure as to the amount of
Bankers  Trust's  investment  advisory and  administration  and  services  fees,
including  waivers  thereof.  Bankers  Trust may not  recoup  any of its  waived
investment advisory or administration and services fees. Such waivers by Bankers
Trust shall stay in effect for at least 12 months.

ADMINISTRATOR

Under the administration and services agreements,  Bankers Trust is obligated on
a  continuous  basis to provide  such  administrative  services  as the Board of
Trustees of the Trusts and the  Portfolios  reasonably  deem  necessary  for the
proper  administration  of the Trusts or the  Portfolios.  Bankers  Trust  will:
generally  assist in all  aspects  of each  class of shares of each  Funds'  and
Portfolios'  operations;  supply and maintain office facilities (which may be in
Bankers  Trust's own offices),  statistical  and research data,  data processing
services,   clerical,   accounting,   bookkeeping  and  recordkeeping   services
(including  without  limitation the maintenance of such books and records as are
required  under the 1940 Act and the rules  thereunder,  except as maintained by
other agents),  internal auditing,  executive and administrative  services,  and
stationery and office  supplies;  prepare  reports to shareholders or investors;
prepare and file tax returns;  supply financial  information and supporting data
for reports to and filings with the SEC and various state Blue Sky  authorities;
supply supporting  documentation for meetings of the Board of Trustees;  provide
monitoring  reports and assistance  regarding  compliance  with  Declarations of
Trust,  by-laws,  investment  objectives and policies and with Federal and state
securities laws; arrange for appropriate insurance coverage; calculate net asset

                                       41

<PAGE>



values,  net  income  and  realized  capital  gains  or  losses;  and  negotiate
arrangements  with,  and supervise and  coordinate the activities of, agents and
others to supply services.

Pursuant to a sub-administration agreement (the "Sub-Administration Agreement"),
Signature  performs  such  sub-administration  duties  for  the  Trusts  and the
Portfolios  as from  time to time  may be  agreed  upon  by  Bankers  Trust  and
Signature. The Sub-Administration Agreement provides that Signature will receive
such  compensation  as from time to time may be  agreed  upon by  Signature  and
Bankers Trust. All such compensation will be paid by Bankers Trust.

For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993,  Bankers Trust accrued  $447,359
and $4,277,  respectively in compensation for  administrative and other services
provided  to BT  Investment  Equity 500 Index  Fund.  During  the same  periods,
Bankers Trust reimbursed  $341,939 and $24,566,  respectively,  to BT Investment
Equity 500 Index Fund to cover expenses.

For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993,  Bankers Trust received $214,173
and $37,446, respectively, in compensation for administrative and other services
provided to the Equity 500 Index Portfolio.

Bankers  Trust has agreed that if in any fiscal year the  aggregate  expenses of
any Fund and its respective  Portfolio  (including fees pursuant to the Advisory
Agreement,  but excluding  interest,  taxes,  brokerage and, if permitted by the
relevant  state  securities  commissions,  extraordinary  expenses)  exceed  the
expense  limitation  of any  state  having  jurisdiction  over a Fund or  Class,
Bankers  Trust will  reimburse  that Fund for the  excess  expense to the extent
required  by  state  law.  As of  the  date  of  this  Statement  of  Additional
Information,  the most restrictive annual expense  limitation  applicable to any
Fund or Class is 2.50% of the  Fund's or Class'  first $30  million  of  average
annual net assets,  2.00% of the next $70  million of average  annual net assets
and 1.50% of the remaining average annual net assets.

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

Bankers Trust,  280 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10017,  serves as Custodian
for the  Trusts  and for  the  Portfolios  pursuant  to the  administration  and
services  agreements.  As  Custodian,  it holds the Funds' and each  Portfolio's
assets.  Bankers  Trust also serves as transfer  agent of the Trusts and of each
Portfolio  pursuant to the  respective  administration  and services  agreement.
Under its transfer agency agreement with the Trusts, Bankers Trust maintains the
shareholder  account  records  for each  Class of shares of each  Fund,  handles
certain  communications  between  shareholders  and the  Trusts and causes to be
distributed any dividends and distributions payable by the Trusts. Bankers Trust
may be reimbursed by the Funds or the Portfolios for its out-of-pocket expenses.
Bankers Trust will comply with the self-custodian provisions of Rule 17f-2 under
the 1940 Act.

USE OF NAME

The Trusts and Bankers Trust have agreed that each Trust may use "BT" as part of
its name for so long as Bankers Trust serves as investment adviser to the

                                       42

<PAGE>



Portfolios.  The Trusts have acknowledged that the term "BT" is used by and is a
property  right  of  certain  subsidiaries  of  Bankers  Trust  and  that  those
subsidiaries  and/or  Bankers  Trust may at any time  permit  others to use that
term.

Each Trust may be required,  on 60 days' notice from Bankers  Trust at any time,
to abandon use of the acronym  "BT" as part of its name.  If this were to occur,
the Trustees  would  select an  appropriate  new name for each Trust,  but there
would  be no  other  material  effect  on  the  Trusts,  their  shareholders  or
activities.

BANKING REGULATORY MATTERS

Bankers Trust has been advised by its counsel that in its opinion  Bankers Trust
may  perform  the  services  for the  Portfolios  contemplated  by the  Advisory
Agreements and other  activities  for the Funds and the Portfolios  described in
the Prospectuses and this Statement of Additional  Information without violation
of the  Glass-Steagall  Act or other  applicable  banking  laws or  regulations.
However,  counsel has pointed out that future changes in either Federal or state
statutes and regulations concerning the permissible activities of banks or trust
companies,   as  well  as  future  judicial  or   administrative   decisions  or
interpretations  of present and future statutes and  regulations,  might prevent
Bankers Trust from  continuing to perform those  services for the Trusts and the
Portfolios.  State  laws on this issue may differ  from the  interpretations  of
relevant  Federal law and banks and  financial  institutions  may be required to
register as dealers  pursuant  to state  securities  law.  If the  circumstances
described  above  should  change,  the  Boards  of  Trustees  would  review  the
relationships  with Bankers Trust and consider  taking all actions  necessary in
the circumstances.

COUNSEL AND INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

Willkie Farr & Gallagher,  One Citicorp Center,  153 East 53rd Street, New York,
New York 10022-4669, serves as Counsel to the Trusts and each Portfolio. Coopers
& Lybrand L.L.P., 1100 Main Street,  Suite 900, Kansas City, Missouri 64105 acts
as Independent Accountants of the Trusts and each Portfolio.

                           ORGANIZATION OF THE TRUSTS

Shares of each Trust do not have  cumulative  voting  rights,  which  means that
holders of more than 50% of the shares  voting for the  election of Trustees can
elect all Trustees.  Shares are transferable but have no preemptive,  conversion
or subscription rights. Shareholders generally vote by Fund, except with respect
to the election of Trustees and the ratification of the selection of independent
accountants.

Massachusetts law provides that shareholders  could under certain  circumstances
be held  personally  liable for the  obligations  of each Trust.  However,  each
Trust's  Declaration  of  Trust  disclaims  shareholder  liability  for  acts or
obligations of the respective  Trust and requires that notice of this disclaimer
be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by
a Trust or a Trustee. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification from
each Trust's property for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held

                                       43

<PAGE>



personally  liable  for the  obligations  of each  Trust.  Thus,  the  risk of a
shareholder's  incurring  financial loss on account of shareholder  liability is
limited to  circumstances in which each Trust itself would be unable to meet its
obligations,  a possibility that a Trust believes is remote. Upon payment of any
liability  incurred by a Trust,  the  shareholder  paying the liability  will be
entitled to reimbursement  from the general assets of the respective  Trust. The
Trustees  intend to conduct  the  operations  of each Trust in a manner so as to
avoid,  as  far  as  possible,   ultimate  liability  of  the  shareholders  for
liabilities of that Trust.

                                    TAXATION

                             TAXATION OF THE FUNDS

The Trusts intend to qualify  annually and to elect each Fund to be treated as a
regulated investment company under the Code.

To qualify as a  regulated  investment  company,  each Fund  must,  among  other
things:  (a) derive in each  taxable  year at least 90% of its gross income from
dividends,  interest,  payments with respect to securities  loans and gains from
the sale or other  disposition  of stock,  securities  or foreign  currencies or
other  income  derived  with respect to its business of investing in such stock,
securities or currencies;  (b) derive less than 30% of its gross income from the
sale or other  disposition of certain assets  (namely,  in the case of the Fund,
(i) stock or securities;  (ii) options,  futures,  and forward  contracts (other
than those on  foreign  currencies);  and (iii)  foreign  currencies  (including
options, futures, and forward contracts on such currencies) not directly related
to the Fund's principal business of investing in stock or securities (or options
and futures with respect to stocks or  securities))  held less than three months
(the 30%  Limitation");  (c)  diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each
quarter of the taxable year,  (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund's
assets is  represented  by cash and cash  items  (including  receivables),  U.S.
Government  securities,  the securities of other regulated  investment companies
and other  securities,  with such other securities of any one issuer limited for
the purposes of this  calculation  to an amount not greater than 5% of the value
of the Fund's total assets and not greater  than 10% of the  outstanding  voting
securities  of such  issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its total
assets  is  invested  in the  securities  of any one  issuer  (other  than  U.S.
Government   securities  or  the  securities  of  other   regulated   investment
companies);  and (d) distribute at least 90% of its investment  company  taxable
income  (which  includes,  among  other  items,  dividends,   interest  and  net
short-term  capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) and its net
tax-exempt interest income, if any, each taxable year.

As a regulated investment company, each Fund will not be subject to U.S. Federal
income tax on its investment  company  taxable income and net capital gains (the
excess of net long-term  capital gains over net short-term  capital losses),  if
any, that it distributes to shareholders.  The Fund intends to distribute to its
shareholders,  at least annually,  substantially  all of its investment  company
taxable income and net capital gains.  Amounts not distributed on a timely basis
in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a

                                       44

<PAGE>



nondeductible  4% excise tax. To prevent  imposition of the excise tax, the Fund
must distribute  during each calendar year an amount equal to the sum of: (i) at
least 98% of its ordinary  income (not taking into account any capital  gains or
losses) for the calendar year;  (ii) at least 98% of its capital gains in excess
of its capital losses (adjusted for certain  ordinary  losses,  as prescribed by
the Code) for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year; and
(iii) any  ordinary  income and capital  gains for  previous  years that was not
distributed  during  those  years.  A  distribution  will be  treated as paid on
December  31 of the  current  calendar  year if it is  declared  by the  Fund in
October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the
Fund during January of the following  calendar year. Such  distributions will be
taxable to  shareholders  in the calendar  year in which the  distributions  are
declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.
To  prevent  application  of the  excise  tax,  the  Fund  intends  to make  its
distributions in accordance with the calendar year distribution requirement.

Each Fund shareholder will also receive, if appropriate, various written notices
after the close of the Fund's prior taxable year as to the Federal income status
of his dividends and distributions  which were received from the Fund during the
Fund's prior taxable year.  Shareholders should consult their tax advisers as to
any state and local taxes that may apply to these  dividends and  distributions.
The dollar  amount of dividends  excluded from Federal  income  taxation and the
dollar  amount  subject  to such  income  taxation,  if any,  will vary for each
shareholder   depending  upon  the  size  and  duration  of  each  shareholder's
investment in the Fund. To the extent that the Fund earns taxable net investment
income,  the Fund intends to designate as taxable  dividends the same percentage
of each  dividend as its taxable net  investment  income  bears to its total net
investment income earned.  Therefore, the percentage of each dividend designated
as taxable, if any, may vary.

FOREIGN  SECURITIES.  Tax conventions  between certain  countries and the United
States may reduce or eliminate  such taxes.  It is  impossible  to determine the
effective  rate of foreign  tax in advance  since the amount of the EAFE  Equity
Index Portfolio's assets to be invested in various countries will vary.

If the EAFE Equity Index Portfolio is liable for foreign taxes, and if more than
50% of the value of the  Portfolio's  total  assets at the close of its  taxable
year consists of stocks or securities  of foreign  corporations,  it may make an
election  pursuant to which certain foreign taxes paid by it would be treated as
having  been  paid  directly  by  shareholders  of  the  entities,  such  as the
corresponding  Fund,  which have  invested  in the  Portfolio.  Pursuant to such
election, the amount of foreign taxes paid will be included in the income of the
corresponding Fund's shareholders, and such Fund shareholders (except tax-exempt
shareholders)  may,  subject to certain  limitations,  claim  either a credit or
deduction for the taxes.  Each such Fund  shareholder will be notified after the
close of the Portfolio's  taxable year whether the foreign taxes paid will "pass
through"  for that year and, if so, such  notification  will  designate  (a) the
shareholder's portion of the foreign taxes paid to each such country and (b) the
portion which represents income derived from sources within each such country.

The amount of foreign  taxes for which a  shareholder  may claim a credit in any
year will generally be subject to a separate limitation for "passive income,"

                                       45

<PAGE>



which  includes,  among other items of income,  dividends,  interest and certain
foreign  currency gains.  Because capital gains realized by the Portfolio on the
sale of foreign  securities will be treated as U.S.source  income, the available
credit of foreign  taxes paid with  respect to such gains may be  restricted  by
this limitation.

                                 DISTRIBUTIONS

Dividends  paid out of the Fund's  investment  company  taxable  income  will be
taxable to a U.S.  shareholder as ordinary income.  Distributions of net capital
gains,  if any,  designated  as capital gain  dividends are taxable as long-term
capital  gains,  regardless  of how long  the  shareholder  has held the  Fund's
shares, and are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction.  Shareholders
receiving  distributions  in the form of  additional  shares,  rather than cash,
generally will have a cost basis in each such share equal to the net asset value
of a share of the Fund on the reinvestment  date.  Shareholders will be notified
annually as to the U.S. Federal tax status of distributions.

                           TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS

The Portfolios are not subject to Federal income taxation. Instead, the Fund and
other  investors  investing in a Portfolio must take into account,  in computing
their  Federal  income tax  liability,  their share of the  Portfolio's  income,
gains, losses,  deductions,  credits and tax preference items, without regard to
whether they have received any cash distributions from the Portfolio.

Distributions received by a Fund from the corresponding Portfolio generally will
not  result in the Fund  recognizing  any gain or loss for  Federal  income  tax
purposes,  except that:  (i) gain will be recognized to the extent that any cash
distributed  exceeds the Fund's basis in its interest in the Portfolio  prior to
the  distribution;  (ii) income or gain may be realized if the  distribution  is
made in liquidation of the Fund's entire  interest in the Portfolio and includes
a  disproportionate  share of any unrealized  receivables held by the Portfolio;
and (iii) loss may be recognized if the  distribution  is made in liquidation of
the Fund's entire  interest in the Portfolio and consists  solely of cash and/or
unrealized  receivables.  A Fund's  basis in its  interest in the  corresponding
Portfolio  generally will equal the amount of cash and the basis of any property
which the Fund invests in the Portfolio, increased by the Fund's share of income
from the Portfolio,  and decreased by the amount of any cash  distributions  and
the basis of any property distributed from the Portfolio.

                                 SALE OF SHARES

Any gain or loss realized by a shareholder upon the sale or other disposition of
shares of a Class of the Fund,  or upon  receipt of a  distribution  in complete
liquidation  of a Fund,  generally  will be a capital gain or loss which will be
long-term or  short-term,  generally  depending upon the  shareholder's  holding
period  for  the  shares.  Any  loss  realized  on a sale  or  exchange  will be
disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced  (including  shares
acquired  pursuant to a dividend  reinvestment  plan) within a period of 61 days
beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after disposition of the shares. In

                                       46

<PAGE>



such a case,  the basis of the shares  acquired  will be adjusted to reflect the
disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on a disposition of a Class'
shares  held by the  shareholder  for six  months or less will be  treated  as a
long-term  capital loss to the extent of any  distributions of net capital gains
received by the shareholder with respect to such shares.

                           FOREIGN WITHHOLDING TAXES

Income  received by a Portfolio  from sources  within  foreign  countries may be
subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries.

                               BACKUP WITHHOLDING

A Fund may be required to withhold U.S. Federal income tax at the rate of 31% of
all taxable  distributions  payable to shareholders who fail to provide the Fund
with  their  correct  taxpayer   identification   number  or  to  make  required
certifications,  or who have been notified by the Internal  Revenue Service that
they are subject to backup withholding. Corporate shareholders and certain other
shareholders  specified  in the Code  generally  are  exempt  from  such  backup
withholding.  Backup  withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld
may be credited against the shareholder's U.S. Federal income tax liability.

                              FOREIGN SHAREHOLDERS

The tax consequences to a foreign  shareholder of an investment in a Fund may be
different  from those  described  herein.  Foreign  shareholders  are advised to
consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular  tax  consequences
to them of an investment in a Fund.

                                 OTHER TAXATION

Each Trust is organized as a  Massachusetts  business  trust and,  under current
law,  neither the Trusts nor any Fund is liable for any income or franchise  tax
in the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  provided  that the Fund  continues  to
qualify as a regulated  investment  company under  Subchapter M of the Code. The
investment by each Fund in the  corresponding  Portfolio does not cause the Fund
to be liable for any income or franchise tax in the State of New York.

BT  Investment  Portfolios  and Equity 500 Index  Portfolio  are each a New York
master trust fund.  Each Portfolio is not subject to any income or franchise tax
in the State of New York or the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

Fund  shareholders  may be  subject  to state  and  local  taxes  on their  Fund
distributions.  Shareholders  are advised to consult their own tax advisers with
respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.


                                       47

<PAGE>



                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Statement of Assets and  Liabilities  and report of Independent  Accountants
for each Fund and Portfolio,  except the BT Investment Equity 500 Index Fund and
Equity 500 Index Portfolio, are attached hereto.

The following  financial  statements for the BT Investment Equity 500 Index Fund
and Equity 500 Index  Portfolio are  incorporated  herein by reference  from its
current reports to shareholders  filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 30(b) of
the 1940 Act and Rule  30b2-1  thereunder.  A copy of each such  report  will be
provided,  without charge, to each person receiving this Statement of Additional
Information.

         BT INVESTMENT EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND
                  Statement  of  Assets  and  Liabilities,   December  31,  1994
                  Statement of Operations  for the Year Ended  December 31, 1994
                  Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the Years Ended
                    December 31, 1994 and 1993
                  Financial  Highlights:  Selected Ratios and Supplemental  Data
                    for Each of the Periods Indicated
                  Notes to Financial Statements
                  Report of Independent Accountants

         EQUITY 500 INDEX PORTFOLIO
                  Statement  of  Assets  and  Liabilities,   December  31,  1994
                  Statement of Operations  for the Year Ended  December 31, 1994
                  Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the Years Ended
                    December 31, 1994 and 1993
                  Financial  Highlights:  Selected Ratios and Supplemental  Data
                    for Each of the Periods Indicated
                  Schedule of Portfolio Investments, December 31, 1994
                  Notes to Financial Statements
                  Report of Independent Accountants

         EQUITY 500 INDEX PORTFOLIO
                  Statement of Assets and Liabilities, June 30, 1995 (Unaudited)
                  Statement of Operations, for the Six Months Ended
                    June 30, 1995 (Unaudited)
                  Statement of  Changes  in Net Assets for the Six Months  Ended
                    June 30, 1995  (Unaudited)  and for the Year Ended  December
                    31, 1994
                  Financial  Highlights:  Selected Ratios and Supplemental  Data
                    for Each of the Periods Indicated (Unaudited)
                  Schedule of Portfolio Investments, June 30, 1995 (Unaudited)
                  Notes to Financial Statements (Unaudited)

         BT INVESTMENT EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND
                  Statement of Assets and Liabilities, June 30, 1995 (Unaudited)
                  Statement of Operations, for the Six Months Ended
                    June 30, 1995 (Unaudited)
                  Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the Six Months Ended

                                       48

<PAGE>


                    June 30, 1995  (Unaudited)  and for the Year Ended  December
                    31, 1994
                    Financial Highlights:  Selected Ratios and Supplemental Data
                    for Each of the Periods Indicated (Unaudited)
                    Notes to Financial Statements (Unaudited)


                                       49

<PAGE>



BT0466D

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                              U.S. BOND INDEX FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($      /     SHARES OUTSTANDING)  . . . . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                   ======

NOTES:

(1)      BT Global Investors,  a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
         organized on July 24, 1995 and has been  inactive  since that date with
         respect  to U.S.  Bond  Index  Fund (the  "Fund")  except  for  matters
         relating to the organization of the Trust, the Fund's establishment and
         designation as a series of the Trust,  and the  registration  under the
         Securities  Act of 1933 of the  Fund's  shares of  beneficial  interest
         ("Shares") and the sale of [ ] Shares ("Initial Shares") of the Fund to
         SFG Investors II Limited Partnership ("SFG Investors").  The Trust will
         invest all of the Fund's investable assets in U.S. Bond Index Portfolio
         (the "Portfolio"),  a series of BT Investment Portfolios, an investment
         company  registered  under  the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  as
         amended. The Fund is one of ten series of the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund and the  Portfolio,  determined by the proportion of the number of
         the  Initial  Shares of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the Initial
         Shares of the Fund then outstanding after taking into account any prior
         redemptions  of the  Initial  Shares  of the Fund.  The  amount of such
         reduction  in excess of the  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund shall be contributed by the Fund to the Portfolio.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                     

<PAGE>



BT0466D

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                      EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($      /     SHARES OUTSTANDING)  . . . . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                   ======

NOTES:

(1)      BT Global Investors,  a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
         organized on July 24, 1995 and has been  inactive  since that date with
         respect to Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Fund (the "Fund") except for
         matters   relating  to  the  organization  of  the  Trust,  the  Fund's
         establishment  and  designation  as a  series  of the  Trust,  and  the
         registration  under the  Securities Act of 1933 of the Fund's shares of
         beneficial  interest  ("Shares")  and the sale of [ ] Shares  ("Initial
         Shares")  of the Fund to SFG  Investors  II Limited  Partnership  ("SFG
         Investors").  The Trust will invest all of the Fund's investable assets
         in Equity 500 Equal Weighted Portfolio (the  "Portfolio"),  a series of
         BT Investment  Portfolios,  an investment  company registered under the
         Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as  amended.  The Fund is one of ten
         series of the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund and the  Portfolio,  determined by the proportion of the number of
         the  Initial  Shares of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the Initial
         Shares of the Fund then outstanding after taking into account any prior
         redemptions  of the  Initial  Shares  of the Fund.  The  amount of such
         reduction  in excess of the  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund shall be contributed by the Fund to the Portfolio.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                       
<PAGE>



BT0466D

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                              SMALL CAP INDEX FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($     /     SHARES OUTSTANDING)  . . . . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                  ======

NOTES:

(1)      BT Global Investors,  a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
         organized on July 24, 1995 and has been  inactive  since that date with
         respect  to Small  Cap Index  Fund  (the  "Fund")  except  for  matters
         relating to the organization of the Trust, the Fund's establishment and
         designation as a series of the Trust,  and the  registration  under the
         Securities  Act of 1933 of the  Fund's  shares of  beneficial  interest
         ("Shares") and the sale of [ ] Shares ("Initial Shares") of the Fund to
         SFG Investors II Limited Partnership ("SFG Investors").  The Trust will
         invest all of the Fund's investable assets in Small Cap Index Portfolio
         (the "Portfolio"),  a series of BT Investment Portfolios, an investment
         company  registered  under  the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  as
         amended. The Fund is one of ten series of the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund and the  Portfolio,  determined by the proportion of the number of
         the  Initial  Shares of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the Initial
         Shares of the Fund then outstanding after taking into account any prior
         redemptions  of the  Initial  Shares  of the Fund.  The  amount of such
         reduction  in excess of the  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund shall be contributed by the Fund to the Portfolio.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



BT0466D

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                             EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($      /     SHARES OUTSTANDING)  . . . . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                   ======

NOTES:

(1)      BT Global Investors,  a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
         organized on July 24, 1995 and has been  inactive  since that date with
         respect to EAFE  Equity  Index  Fund (the  "Fund")  except for  matters
         relating to the organization of the Trust, the Fund's establishment and
         designation as a series of the Trust,  and the  registration  under the
         Securities  Act of 1933 of the  Fund's  shares of  beneficial  interest
         ("Shares") and the sale of [ ] Shares ("Initial Shares") of the Fund to
         SFG Investors II Limited Partnership ("SFG Investors").  The Trust will
         invest  all of the  Fund's  investable  assets  in  EAFE  Equity  Index
         Portfolio (the "Portfolio"),  a series of BT Investment Portfolios,  an
         investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
         as amended. The Fund is one of ten series of the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund and the  Portfolio,  determined by the proportion of the number of
         the  Initial  Shares of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the Initial
         Shares of the Fund then outstanding after taking into account any prior
         redemptions  of the  Initial  Shares  of the Fund.  The  amount of such
         reduction  in excess of the  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund shall be contributed by the Fund to the Portfolio.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



BT0466D
                          BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS --
                           U.S. BOND INDEX PORTFOLIO
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NOTES:

(1)      BT  Investment  Portfolios,  a New York master trust,  (the  "Portfolio
         Trust") was  organized  on March 27, 1993 and has been  inactive  since
         that date with respect to U.S. Bond Index  Portfolio (the  "Portfolio")
         except  for  matters  relating  to the  Portfolio's  establishment  and
         designation  as a subtrust or series of the  Portfolio  Trust,  and the
         sale of a beneficial  interest  therein at the purchase price of $[] to
         BT Global  Investors -- U.S. Bond Index Fund (the "Fund") (the "Initial
         Interests").  The  Portfolio is one of fifteen  series of the Portfolio
         Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses of the Portfolio are being  deferred and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the commencement of investment  operations of the Portfolio.
         Any amount  received  by the  Portfolio  from the Fund as a result of a
         redemption by SFG Investors II Limited  Partnership  will be applied so
         as to reduce  the  amount of  unamortized  organization  expenses.  The
         amount paid by the Portfolio  Trust on any withdrawal by the Fund of an
         Initial  Interest in the Portfolio  will be reduced by a portion of any
         unamortized  organization expenses of the Portfolio,  determined by the
         proportion  of the  amount of the  Initial  Interest  withdrawn  to the
         aggregate   amount  of  the   Initial   Interests   in  the   Portfolio
         then-outstanding after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any
         of the Initial Interests in the Portfolio.

(3)      At 4:00 p.m., New York time, on each business day of the Portfolio, the
         value of an investor's beneficial interest in the Portfolio is equal to
         the  product  of (i) the  aggregate  net asset  value of the  Portfolio
         multiplied by (ii) the percentage representing that investor's share of
         the aggregate  beneficial interests in the Portfolio effective for that
         day.

(4)      The Portfolio Trust has entered into an Investment  Advisory  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust Company and an Administration and Services Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration,  custody and transfer  agency services to the Portfolio
         Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



BT0466D
                          BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS --
                   EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX PORTFOLIO
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NOTES:

(1)      BT  Investment  Portfolios,  a New York master trust,  (the  "Portfolio
         Trust") was  organized  on March 27, 1993 and has been  inactive  since
         that date with  respect to Equity 500 Equal  Weighted  Index  Portfolio
         (the  "Portfolio")  except  for  matters  relating  to the  Portfolio's
         establishment  and designation as a subtrust or series of the Portfolio
         Trust,  and the sale of a beneficial  interest  therein at the purchase
         price of $[] to BT Global  Investors -- Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index
         Fund (the "Fund") (the  "Initial  Interests").  The Portfolio is one of
         fifteen series of the Portfolio Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses of the Portfolio are being  deferred and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the commencement of investment  operations of the Portfolio.
         Any amount  received  by the  Portfolio  from the Fund as a result of a
         redemption by SFG Investors II Limited  Partnership  will be applied so
         as to reduce  the  amount of  unamortized  organization  expenses.  The
         amount paid by the Portfolio  Trust on any withdrawal by the Fund of an
         Initial  Interest in the Portfolio  will be reduced by a portion of any
         unamortized  organization expenses of the Portfolio,  determined by the
         proportion  of the  amount of the  Initial  Interest  withdrawn  to the
         aggregate   amount  of  the   Initial   Interests   in  the   Portfolio
         then-outstanding after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any
         of the Initial Interests in the Portfolio.

(3)      At 4:00 p.m., New York time, on each business day of the Portfolio, the
         value of an investor's beneficial interest in the Portfolio is equal to
         the  product  of (i) the  aggregate  net asset  value of the  Portfolio
         multiplied by (ii) the percentage representing that investor's share of
         the aggregate  beneficial interests in the Portfolio effective for that
         day.

(4)      The Portfolio Trust has entered into an Investment  Advisory  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust Company and an Administration and Services Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration,  custody and transfer  agency services to the Portfolio
         Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



BT0466D
                          BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS --
                           SMALL CAP INDEX PORTFOLIO
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NOTES:

(1)      BT  Investment  Portfolios,  a New York master trust,  (the  "Portfolio
         Trust") was  organized  on March 27, 1993 and has been  inactive  since
         that date with respect to Small Cap Index  Portfolio (the  "Portfolio")
         except  for  matters  relating  to the  Portfolio's  establishment  and
         designation  as a subtrust or series of the  Portfolio  Trust,  and the
         sale of a beneficial  interest  therein at the purchase price of $[] to
         BT Global  Investors -- Small Cap Index Fund (the "Fund") (the "Initial
         Interests").  The  Portfolio is one of fifteen  series of the Portfolio
         Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses of the Portfolio are being  deferred and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the commencement of investment  operations of the Portfolio.
         Any amount  received  by the  Portfolio  from the Fund as a result of a
         redemption by SFG Investors II Limited  Partnership  will be applied so
         as to reduce  the  amount of  unamortized  organization  expenses.  The
         amount paid by the Portfolio  Trust on any withdrawal by the Fund of an
         Initial  Interest in the Portfolio  will be reduced by a portion of any
         unamortized  organization expenses of the Portfolio,  determined by the
         proportion  of the  amount of the  Initial  Interest  withdrawn  to the
         aggregate   amount  of  the   Initial   Interests   in  the   Portfolio
         then-outstanding after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any
         of the Initial Interests in the Portfolio.

(3)      At 4:00 p.m., New York time, on each business day of the Portfolio, the
         value of an investor's beneficial interest in the Portfolio is equal to
         the  product  of (i) the  aggregate  net asset  value of the  Portfolio
         multiplied by (ii) the percentage representing that investor's share of
         the aggregate  beneficial interests in the Portfolio effective for that
         day.

(4)      The Portfolio Trust has entered into an Investment  Advisory  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust Company and an Administration and Services Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration,  custody and transfer  agency services to the Portfolio
         Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



BT0466D
                          BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS --
                          EAFE EQUITY INDEX PORTFOLIO
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NOTES:

(1)      BT  Investment  Portfolios,  a New York master trust,  (the  "Portfolio
         Trust") was  organized  on March 27, 1993 and has been  inactive  since
         that date with respect to EAFE Equity Index Portfolio (the "Portfolio")
         except  for  matters  relating  to the  Portfolio's  establishment  and
         designation  as a subtrust or series of the  Portfolio  Trust,  and the
         sale of a beneficial  interest  therein at the purchase price of $[] to
         BT Global Investors --EAFE Equity Index Fund (the "Fund") (the "Initial
         Interests").  The  Portfolio is one of fifteen  series of the Portfolio
         Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses of the Portfolio are being  deferred and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the commencement of investment  operations of the Portfolio.
         Any amount  received  by the  Portfolio  from the Fund as a result of a
         redemption by SFG Investors II Limited  Partnership  will be applied so
         as to reduce  the  amount of  unamortized  organization  expenses.  The
         amount paid by the Portfolio  Trust on any withdrawal by the Fund of an
         Initial  Interest in the Portfolio  will be reduced by a portion of any
         unamortized  organization expenses of the Portfolio,  determined by the
         proportion  of the  amount of the  Initial  Interest  withdrawn  to the
         aggregate   amount  of  the   Initial   Interests   in  the   Portfolio
         then-outstanding after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any
         of the Initial Interests in the Portfolio.

(3)      At 4:00 p.m., New York time, on each business day of the Portfolio, the
         value of an investor's beneficial interest in the Portfolio is equal to
         the  product  of (i) the  aggregate  net asset  value of the  Portfolio
         multiplied by (ii) the percentage representing that investor's share of
         the aggregate  beneficial interests in the Portfolio effective for that
         day.

(4)      The Portfolio Trust has entered into an Investment  Advisory  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust Company and an Administration and Services Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration,  custody and transfer  agency services to the Portfolio
         Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



APPENDIX

DESCRIPTION OF MOODY'S CORPORATE BOND RATINGS:

AAA - Bonds  rated Aaa are  judged  to be of the best  quality.  They  carry the
smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt edge."
Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally  stable margin
and  principal is secure.  While the various  protective  elements are likely to
change,  such  changes  as can be  visualized  are most  unlikely  to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

AA - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards.  Together
with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally  known as high-grade  bonds.
They are rated lower than the best bonds because  margins of protection  may not
be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of
greater  amplitude  or  there  may be  other  elements  present  which  make the
long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A - Bonds rated A possess many  favorable  investment  attributes  and are to be
considered  as  upper-medium-grade  obligations.   Factors  giving  security  to
principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which
suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

BAA - Bonds rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations,  i.e. they are
neither highly  protected nor poorly  secured.  Interest  payments and principal
security appear adequate for the present but certain protective  elements may be
lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great length of time.
Such,  bonds  lack  outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in  fact  have
speculative characteristics as well.

BA - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements. Their future cannot
be considered as well  assured.  Often the  protection of interest and principal
payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both (good
and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of position  characterizes  bonds in
this class.

B - Bonds  rated B generally  lack  characteristics  of a desirable  investment.
Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of
the contract over any long period of time may be small.

CAA - Bonds  rated Caa are of poor  standing.  Such  issues may be in default or
there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

CA - Bonds  rated Ca  represent  obligations  which  are  speculative  in a high
degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked short-comings.

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest-rated class of bonds and issued so rated can be
regarded  as  having  extremely  poor  prospects  of  ever  attaining  any  real
investment standing.

Moody's  applies  numerical  modifiers,  1, 2,  and 3, in  each  generic  rating
classification  from Aa through B in its corporate  bond system.  The modifier 1
indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating

                                       A-1

<PAGE>



category;  the  modifier 2  indicates a mid-range  ranking;  and the  modifier 3
indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

DESCRIPTION OF S&P'S CORPORATE BOND RATINGS:

AAA -  Debt  rated  AAA  has  the  highest  rating  assigned  by  S&P  to a debt
obligation. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

AA - Debt  rated  AA has a very  strong  capacity  to  pay  interest  and  repay
principal and differs from the higher-rated issues only in small degree.

A - Debt rated A has a strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and repay  principal,
although it is somewhat more  susceptible  to the adverse  effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions.

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate  capacity to pay interest
and  repay  principal.   Whereas  it  normally  exhibits   adequate   protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt
in this category than in higher-rated categories.

BB - Debt  rate BB has  less  near-term  vulnerability  to  default  than  other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to
adverse  business,  financial,  or  economic  conditions  which  could  lead  to
inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

B - Debt rated B has a greater  vulnerability  to default but  currently has the
capacity to meet interest payments and principal  repayments.  Adverse business,
financial,  or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to
pay interest and repay  principal.  The B rating  category is also used for debt
subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BB- rating.

CCC - Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable  vulnerability to default, and
is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet
timely  payment of interest and repayment of principal.  In the event of adverse
business,  financial,  or  economic  conditions,  it is not  likely  to have the
capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

CC - Debt rated CC is  typically  applied to debt  subordinated  to senior  debt
which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

C -The rating C is typically  applied to debt  subordinated to senior debt which
is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt  rating.  The C rating may be used to
cover a situation  where a  bankruptcy  petition has been filed but debt service
payments are continued.

CI - The rating CI is  reserved  for income  bonds on which no interest is being
paid.

D - Debt  rated D is in  payment  default.  The D rating  category  is used when
interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the
applicable grace period has not expired, unless S&P believes that such payments

                                       A-2

<PAGE>



will be made during such grace  period.  The D rating will also be used upon the
filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.


                                       A-3

<PAGE>


BT0466D

DISTRIBUTOR
Signature Broker-Dealer Services, Inc.     BT GLOBAL INVESTORS
6 St. James Avenue
Boston, MA  02116                          U.S. BOND INDEX FUND
(617) 423-0800                             EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND
                                           SMALL CAP INDEX FUND
                                           EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND
INVESTMENT ADVISER OF EACH PORTFOLIO       BT INVESTMENT EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND

Bankers Trust Company
280 Park Avenue
New York, NY  10017


TRANSFER AGENT

Bankers Trust Company
280 Park Avenue
New York, NY  10017


CUSTODIAN

Bankers Trust Company                      STATEMENT OF
280 Park Avenue                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
New York, NY  10015                                  , 1995


INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
1100 Main Street, Suite 900
Kansas City, MO  64105


LEGAL COUNSEL

Willkie Farr & Gallagher
One Citicorp Center
153 East 53rd Street
New York, NY  10022-4669


                                       
<PAGE>

BT0472B
                                                            BT GLOBAL INVESTORS
                                       PROSPECTUS - INSTITIUTIONAL CLASS SHARES
                                                                         , 1995


                                                           U.S. BOND INDEX FUND
                                           EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND
                                                           SMALL CAP INDEX FUND
                                                         EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND
                                            INSTITUTIONAL EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND


BT Global Investors (the "Trust") is an open-end,  management investment company
(mutual fund) which currently  consists of ten funds.  With the exception of the
Institutional  Equity 500 Index Fund, each of the diversified funds listed above
(each,  a "Fund") is a separate  series of the Trust and each offers two classes
of shares.  The shares offered by this  prospectus are the  Institutional  Class
Shares (the "Shares").  The Institutional Equity 500 Index Fund (the "Equity 500
Index  Fund") is a series of BT  Institutional  Funds,  an  open-end  management
investment  company (together with the Trust, the "Trusts").  Each Fund seeks to
replicate  as closely as possible  the  performance  of a selected  market index
before the  deduction of the  expenses,  allocable to the Shares of the Fund and
the corresponding  Portfolio (the "Expenses").  There is no assurance,  however,
that each Fund will achieve its stated objective.

UNLIKE OTHER OPEN-END MANAGEMENT  INVESTMENT COMPANIES (MUTUAL FUNDS), EACH FUND
SEEKS TO ACHIEVE ITS  INVESTMENT  OBJECTIVE BY INVESTING  ALL OF ITS  INVESTABLE
ASSETS ("ASSETS") IN THE  CORRESPONDING  PORTFOLIO WHICH IS A SEPARATE FUND WITH
AN  IDENTICAL  INVESTMENT   OBJECTIVE.   SEE  'SPECIAL  INFORMATION   CONCERNING
MASTER-FEEDER Fund Structure' on page __.

Bankers  Trust  Company  ("Bankers  Trust")  is  the  investment   adviser  (the
"Adviser") of each Portfolio.

Please read this  Prospectus  before  investing,  and keep it on file for future
reference.  It contains important  information,  including how each Fund invests
and the services available to shareholders.

To learn more about each Fund and its  investments,  investors can obtain a copy
of the Funds'  Statement of Additional  Information  (the "SAI"),  dated , 1995,
which  contains  each  Portfolio's  most recent  financial  report and portfolio
listing. The SAI has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC") and is  incorporated  herein by  reference  (legally  forms a part of the
Prospectus).  For a free copy of this document, contact the Trust at 6 St. James
Avenue, Boston, MA 02116, or an Investment Professional.

MUTUAL FUND SHARES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR OBLIGATIONS OF, OR GUARANTEED BY, BANKERS
TRUST OR ANY  DEPOSITORY  INSTITUTION.  SHARES ARE NOT INSURED BY THE FDIC,  THE
FEDERAL RESERVE BOARD OR ANY OTHER AGENCY,  AND ARE SUBJECT TO INVESTMENT  RISK,
INCLUDING THE POSSIBLE LOSS OF PRINCIPAL.

                                       

<PAGE>





LIKE SHARES OF ALL MUTUAL  FUNDS,  THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN  APPROVED OR
DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES
COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE
SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                                       2

<PAGE>



CONTENTS

THE FUNDS                           --      WHO MAY WANT TO INVEST
                                    --      INVESTMENT PRINCIPLES AND RISKS Each
                                            Fund's overall approach to
                                            investing.
                                    --      EXPENSE SUMMARY Each Fund's annual
                                            operating expenses.
                                    --      FUND FINANCIAL  HIGHLIGHTS  Selected
                                            data for a share outstanding,  total
                                            investment return, ratios to average
                                            net  assets  and other  supplemental
                                            data for the Fund.
THE FUNDS IN DETAIL                 --      INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES
                                    --      RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN SECURITIES
                                            AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES
                                    --      SPECIAL INFORMATION CONCERNING
                                            MASTER-FEEDER FUND STRUCTURE
                                    --      SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES
                                    --      PERFORMANCE How each Fund has done
                                            over time.
                                    --      MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUSTS AND THE
                                            PORTFOLIOS
YOUR ACCOUNT                        --      TYPES OF ACCOUNTS Different ways to
                                            setup your account, including tax-
                                            sheltered retirement plans.
                                    --      HOW TO BUY SHARES Opening an account
                                            and making additional investments.
                                    --      HOW TO SELL SHARES Taking money out
                                            and closing your account.
                                    --      INVESTOR SERVICES To help you manage
                                            your account.
SHAREHOLDER AND
ACCOUNT POLICIES                    --      DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS AND TAXES
                                    --      VALUATION DETAILS Share price
                                            calculations and the timing of
                                            purchases and redemptions.
                                    --      EXCHANGE LIMITATIONS
                                    --      ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE
                                            TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIOS
                                    --      APPENDIX Performance information
                                            relating to the various indices.

                                       3

<PAGE>



                                   THE FUNDS

The Trusts seek to achieve the  investment  objective  of each Fund by investing
all the Assets of the Fund in the corresponding Portfolio.

The U.S.  BOND INDEX  FUND seeks to  replicate  as closely as  possible  (before
deduction  of  Expenses)  the  investment  performance  of the  Lehman  Brothers
Aggregate Bond Index (the "Aggregate Bond Index"), a broad market weighted index
which  encompasses U.S.  Treasury and agency  securities,  corporate  investment
grade bonds,  international  (dollar-denominated)  investment  grade bonds,  and
mortgage-backed  securities.  The U.S. Bond Index Fund invests all of its Assets
in the U.S. Bond Index Portfolio.

The  EQUITY 500 EQUAL  WEIGHTED  INDEX  FUND  seeks to  replicate  as closely as
possible the total return of the Standard & Poor's 500 Equal Weighted Index (the
"S&P 500 Equal Weighted  Index").  The S&P 500 Equal Weighted Index is comprised
of all stocks that make up the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index
with each security  having the same weight.  The S&P 500 Equal Weighted Index is
re-balanced to these equal weights at the end of each calendar month. The Equity
500 Equal  Weighted Index Fund invests all of its Assets in the Equity 500 Equal
Weighted Index Portfolio.

The SMALL CAP INDEX FUND seeks to  replicate  as  closely  as  possible  (before
deduction  of  Expenses)  the total return of the Russell 2000 Small Stock Index
(the "Russell 2000"), an index consisting of 2,000  small-capitalization  common
stocks.  The Small Cap Index  Fund  invests  all of its  Assets in the Small Cap
Index Portfolio.

The EAFE EQUITY  INDEX FUND seeks to  replicate  as closely as possible  (before
deduction  of  Expenses)  the  total  return  of  the  Morgan  Stanley   Capital
International Europe,  Australia,  Far East (EAFE) Index with net dividends (the
"EAFE Index"), a  capitalization-weighted  index containing  approximately 1,100
equity  securities  of companies  located  outside the United  States.  The EAFE
Equity  Index Fund invests all of its Assets in the  International  Equity Index
Portfolio.

The  EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND seeks to  replicate  as closely as  possible  (before
deduction of Expenses)  the total return of the Standard & Poor's 500  Composite
Stock  Price Index (the "S&P 500"),  an index  emphasizing  large-capitalization
stocks.  The Equity 500 Index Fund  invests  all of its Assets in the Equity 500
Index Portfolio.

WHO MAY WANT TO INVEST

Shares  of each  Fund are  offered  through  this  Prospectus  to  institutional
investors.

The  Portfolios  are not managed  according to  traditional  methods of "active"
investment management,  which involve the buying and selling of securities based
upon economic,  financial and market analysis and investment judgment.  Instead,
the Portfolios, utilizing a "passive" or "indexing" investment approach and

                                       4

<PAGE>



attempt to duplicate the  investment  performance  of their  respective  indices
through statistical procedures.

The U.S. BOND INDEX  PORTFOLIO  represents  all major sectors of the  investment
grade  fixed-income  securities  markets.  The  U.S.  Bond  Index  Fund may be a
suitable  investment  vehicle for those investors seeking ownership in the "bond
market" as a whole,  without regard to particular  sectors.  The U.S. Bond Index
Fund is also  suitable for those  investors  with common stock  holdings who are
seeking a complementary  fixed-income investment to create a more balanced asset
mix.

The EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED,  SMALL CAP INDEX,  INTERNATIONAL EQUITY INDEX AND
EQUITY 500 INDEX FUNDS may be appropriate  for investors who are willing to ride
out domestic and/or foreign stock market  fluctuations in pursuit of potentially
higher long-term returns.  Each  corresponding  Portfolio invests for growth and
does not pursue income.  Over time, stocks,  although more volatile,  have shown
greater growth  potential  than other types of securities.  In the shorter term,
however, stock prices can fluctuate dramatically in response to market factors.

THE EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND may be  appropriate  for investors who want to pursue
their  investment  goals in markets  outside of the United States.  By including
international  investments  in their  portfolio,  investors can achieve an extra
level of diversification and also participate in opportunities around the world.
However, there are additional risks involved with international  investing.  The
performance of international  funds depends upon currency values,  the political
and regulatory  environment,  and overall  economic  factors in the countries in
which a Portfolio invests.

The Trust is intended to be a long-term investment vehicle and is not designated
to provide investors with a means of speculating on short-term market movements.
Investors who engage in excessive  account  activity  generate  additional costs
which are  borne by all the  Trust's  shareholders.  In order to  minimize  such
costs,  the Trust has adopted the  following  policies.  The Trust  reserves the
right to reject any purchase request (including exchange purchases from other BT
Global  Investors  portfolios)  that is  reasonably  deemed to be  disruptive to
efficient portfolio  management,  either because of the timing of the investment
or  previous  excessive  trading by the  investor.  Additionally,  the Trust has
adopted  exchange  privilege  limitations as described in the section  "Exchange
Limitations."  Finally,  the Trust reserves the right to suspend the offering of
its shares.

Each Fund is not in itself a balanced investment plan. Investors should consider
your  investment  objective  and  tolerance  for risk when making an  investment
decision.  When investors sell their Fund Shares, they may be worth more or less
than what they paid for them.

INVESTMENT PRINCIPLES AND RISKS

The value of each  Portfolio's  investments  varies based on many  factors.  The
value of bonds  fluctuates  based on changes  in  domestic  or foreign  interest
rates, the credit quality of the issuer,  market conditions,  and other economic
and

                                       5

<PAGE>



political news. In general,  bond prices rise when interest rates fall, and vice
versa.  This  effect is usually  more  pronounced  for  longer-term  securities.
Lower-quality securities offer higher yields, but also carry more risk.

Stock values fluctuate, sometimes dramatically, in response to the activities of
individual  companies  and general  market and economic  conditions.  Over time,
however,  stocks have shown greater  long-term growth potential than other types
of securities.

Because many foreign investments are denominated in foreign currencies,  changes
in the value of these currencies can significantly  affect the EAFE Equity Index
Fund's share price.  General  economic  factors in the various world markets can
also impact the value of an investor's  investment.  When an investor sell their
Fund  Shares,  they may be worth more or less than what they paid for them.  See
"Risk  Factors  and  Certain  Securities  and  Investment  Practices"  for  more
information.

EXPENSE SUMMARY

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES are paid out of the assets of each Portfolio and Fund.
Each Portfolio pays an investment  advisory fee and an  administrative  services
fee to Bankers Trust. Each Fund incurs expenses such as maintaining  shareholder
records and furnishing shareholder statements.  Each Fund must provide financial
reports.

The following  table provides:  (i) a summary of expenses  relating to purchases
and sales of the Shares of each Fund and the annual  operating  expenses  of the
Fund  and  expenses  of the  corresponding  Portfolio,  in the  aggregate,  as a
percentage  of  average  daily net  assets  of each  Fund;  and (ii) an  example
illustrating  the dollar cost of such  expenses on a $1,000  investment  in each
Fund.  THE  TRUSTEES  OF THE TRUST  BELIEVE  THAT THE  EXPENSES OF EACH FUND AND
EXPENSES OF THE CORRESPONDING PORTFOLIO, IN THE AGGREGATE,  WILL BE LESS THAN OR
APPROXIMATELY  EQUAL TO THE  EXPENSES  WHICH THE FUND  WOULD  INCUR IF THE TRUST
RETAINED THE SERVICES OF AN INVESTMENT  ADVISER AND THE ASSETS OF EACH FUND WERE
INVESTED  DIRECTLY  IN THE TYPE OF  SECURITIES  BEING HELD BY THE  CORRESPONDING
PORTFOLIO.

SHAREHOLDER TRANSACTION EXPENSES


Maximum Sales Charge on Purchases
(as a percentage of offering price)                                       None*

Maximum Sales Charge on Reinvested
Distributions                                                             None

Redemption Fee                                                            None*

Exchange Fee                                                              None

Shareholder  transaction  expenses are charges paid when  investors  buy,  sell,
exchange,  or hold Shares of a Fund. See "Transaction  Details," on page __, for
an explanation of how and when these charges apply.

                                       6

<PAGE>




* A  TRANSACTION  FEE OF 0.25%  IS  DEDUCTED  FROM  PURCHASES,  REDEMPTIONS  AND
EXCHANGES  INTO AND OUT OF THE SMALL CAP INDEX  FUND AND THE EAFE  EQUITY  INDEX
FUND.  THESE  TRANSACTION FEES ARE PAID TO THE RESPECTIVE FUNDS AND ARE DEDUCTED
AUTOMATICALLY FROM THE AMOUNT INVESTED,  EXCHANGED OR REDEEMED.  THE FEE APPLIES
TO ALL  REDEMPTIONS  AND AN INITIAL  INVESTMENT IN EITHER OF THESE FUNDS AND ALL
SUBSEQUENT  PURCHASES  (INCLUDING  PURCHASES  MADE BY EXCHANGE  FROM  ANOTHER BT
GLOBAL  INVESTORS  FUND),  BUT  NOT  TO  REINVESTED  DIVIDEND  OR  CAPITAL  GAIN
DISTRIBUTIONS.

THE  PURPOSE  OF THE 0.25%  TRANSACTION  FEE IS TO  ALLOCATE  TRANSACTION  COSTS
ASSOCIATED WITH PURCHASES,  REDEMPTIONS AND EXCHANGES TO INVESTORS  MAKING THOSE
PURCHASES, REDEMPTIONS AND EXCHANGES, THUS INSULATING EXISTING SHAREHOLDERS FROM
THOSE  TRANSACTION  COSTS.  THESE COSTS INCLUDE:  (1) BROKERAGE  COSTS;  (2) THE
EFFECT OF THE  "BID-ASK"  SPREAD IN SMALL AND  MEDIUM  SIZED  COMPANY  STOCK AND
INTERNATIONAL MARKETS; AND (3) TAXES IN SOME COUNTRIES. SINCE THE INVESTORS, NOT
THE FUND, BEARS THESE COSTS, THE FUND IS EXPECTED TO BE ABLE TRACK ITS BENCHMARK
INDEX MORE CLOSELY.

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES

U.S. BOND INDEX FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.10%
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.15%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.25%

EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.15%
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.15%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.30%

SMALL CAP INDEX FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.10%
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.15%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.25%

EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.20%
Other expenses

                                       7

<PAGE>



(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.20%
                                                              ----
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.40%

EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND
Investment advisory fee
(after reimbursement or waiver)                               0.07%
12b-1 fees                                                    0.00
Other expenses
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.03%
                                                              ---- 
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES
(after reimbursements or waivers)                             0.10%

EXPENSE TABLE EXAMPLE:  An investor would pay the following expenses on a $1,000
investment,  assuming (1) 5% annual return and (2) redemption at the end of each
time period:
<TABLE>
<S>                                                              <C>                  <C>                <C>             <C>   

                                                                  EXAMPLES
U.S. BOND INDEX FUND                                              1 year                3 years

                                                                    $3                     $8

EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND                              1 year                3 years

                                                                    $4                    $11
          
SMALL CAP INDEX FUND                                              1 year                3 years

                                                                    $3                     $8

EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND                                            1 year                3 years

                                                                    $4                    $13

EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND                                             1 year                3 years            5 year          10 years
                                                                    $1                     $3                $6               $13

</TABLE>

The expense  table and the  example  above show the costs and  expenses  that an
investor will bear directly or  indirectly as a shareholder  of a Fund.  Bankers
Trust has voluntarily  agreed to waive a portion of its investment  advisory fee
with respect to each Portfolio. Without such waiver, each Portfolio's investment
advisory  fee would be equal to the  following:  U.S.  Bond Index  Portfolio  --
0.15%;  Equity 500 Equal  Weighted  Index  Portfolio  -- 0.25%;  Small Cap Index
Portfolio -- 0.15%;  EAFE Equity Index Portfolio  --0.25%;  and Equity 500 Index
Portfolio  -- 0.10%.  The  expense  table and the  example  reflect a  voluntary
undertaking by Bankers Trust or Signature Broker-Dealer Services, Inc. ("SBDS"),
as the distributor (the  "Distributor")  of the Shares of each Fund, to waive or
reimburse  expenses such that the total operating  expenses of each Fund and the
corresponding  Portfolio,  with the  exception  of the Equity 500 Index Fund and
Equity 500 Index Portfolio, (as a percentage of the Fund's average daily net

                                       8

<PAGE>



assets) would be equal to the following:  U.S. Bond Index Fund -- 0.25%;  Equity
500 Equal Weighted Index Fund -- 0.30%;  Small Cap Index Fund -- 0.25%; and EAFE
Equity Index Fund -- 0.40%. In the absence of this  undertaking,  assuming total
asset of $100  million in each  Fund,  it is  estimated  that  "Total  Operating
Expenses" would be as follows:  U.S. Bond Index  Portfolio -- 0.55%;  Equity 500
Equal Weighted Index Portfolio -- 0.60%; Small Cap Index Portfolio -- 0.55%; and
EAFE Equity Index Portfolio -- 0.65%.  With respect to the Equity 500 Index Fund
and the Equity 500 Index Portfolio, in the absence of this undertaking,  for the
fiscal year ended  December 31, 1994,  the total  operating  expenses would have
been equal to approximately 0.23% of the Fund's average net assets annually. THE
EXAMPLE SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE EXPENSES AND
ACTUAL  EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESS THAN THOSE SHOWN.  Moreover,  while each
example assumes a 5% annual return,  actual performance will vary and may result
in a return greater or less than 5%.

CURRENTLY,  THE FUNDS  (WITH THE  EXCEPTION  OF THE EQUITY 500 INDEX  FUND) HAVE
ISSUED TWO CLASSES OF SHARES.  THE FUNDS OFFER BY  SEPARATE  PROSPECTUS  ANOTHER
CLASS OF SHARES. BECAUSE THE EXPENSES VARY BETWEEN THE CLASSES, PERFORMANCE WILL
VARY WITH RESPECT TO EACH CLASS.  ADDITIONAL  INFORMATION  CONCERNING THE FUNDS'
OTHER CLASS OF SHARES IS  AVAILABLE  FROM BANKERS  TRUST,  AS  ADMINISTRATOR  AT
(800)422-6577.

For more  information  about  each  Fund's  and each  Portfolio's  expenses  see
"Management of the Trust and the Portfolios" and "Valuation Details."

FUND FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The  following  table shows the  selected  data for a share  outstanding,  total
investment  return,  ratios to average net assets and other supplemental data of
the Equity 500 Index Fund for the periods  indicated.  The Fund's  Annual Report
has  been  audited  by  Coopers  &  Lybrand  L.L.P.,   the  Fund's   independent
accountants,  whose report  thereon  appears in the Fund's  Annual  Report.  The
Fund's Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report are incorporated by reference in the
Fund's SAI.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  FOR THE
                                                                                   PERIOD
                                 FOR THE SIX                                     12/31/92
                                 MONTHS ENDED      FOR THE YEAR ENDED        (COMMENCEMENT
                                   6/30/95            DECEMBER 31,                      OF
                                 (UNAUDITED)        1994       1993            OPERATIONS)
<S>                              <C>              <C>        <C>                <C>    
SELECTED PER SHARE DATA
Net Asset Value,
 Beginning of Period               $10.44          $10.68     $10.00               $10.00
                                   ---------------------------------               ------
     
Income from Investment
 Operations
   Net Investment Income             0.15            0.28       0.25                  ___
   Net Realized and 
    Unrealized Gain (Loss) on
</TABLE>

                                       9

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<S>                                <C>           <C>         <C>                  <C>    

    Securities and Futures
    Transactions                     1.95          (0.13)       0.73                  ___
                                   ---------------------------------                  ---

   Total from Investment
    Operations                       2.10           0.15        0.98                  ___
                                    --------------------------------                  ---
Less Dividends and Distributions
 Dividends from Net Investment
  Income                            (0.07)         (0.39)      (0.30)                 ___
 Distributions from Net Realized
  Gain from Securities and
  Futures Transactions                --           (0.11)      (0.05)                 ___
                                   ---------------------------------                  ---
  Total Dividends and
   Distributions                    (0.07)         (0.39)      (0.30)                 ___
                                   ---------------------------------                  ---
Net Asset Value,
 End of Period                     $12.47         $10.44      $10.68               $10.00
                                   ---------------------------------               ------

TOTAL INVESTMENT RETURN             20.21%          1.40%       9.84%                 ___

RATIOS AND SUPPLEMENTAL
 DATA
Ratio of Net Investment
 Income to Average Net
 Assets                              2.70%*         2.84%        2.67%                ___
Ratio of Expenses to
 Average Net Assets,
 Including Expenses of
 the @Equity 500 Index
 Portfolio                           0.10%*         0.10%        0.10%                ___
Decrease Reflected in
 Above Expense Ratio
 Due to Absorption of
 Expenses by Bankers Trust           0.12%*         0.13%        0.25%                ___

Net Assets, End of
 Period (000's omitted)          $511,025       $371,216     $170,508              $9,335
</TABLE>

*Annualized


                              THE FUNDS IN DETAIL

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

The Trusts seek to achieve the  investment  objective  of each Fund by investing
all of its Assets in the corresponding Portfolio,  which has the same investment
objective as the Fund.  Since the investment  characteristics  of each Fund will
correspond directly to those of the corresponding  Portfolio, the following is a
discussion  of the  various  investments  of and  techniques  employed  by  each
Portfolio.   Additional  information  about  the  investment  policies  of  each
Portfolio  appears  in "Risk  Factors  and  Certain  Securities  and  Investment
Practices" in this Prospectus and in the Funds' SAI. There can be no assurance

                                       10

<PAGE>



that the investment objective of either a Fund or the corresponding Portfolio
will be achieved.

The U.S. BOND INDEX PORTFOLIO seeks to replicate as closely as possible  (before
deduction of Expenses) the investment performance of the Aggregate Bond Index, a
broad market weighted index which  encompasses  four major classes of investment
grade  fixed-income  securities in the United States:  U.S.  Treasury and agency
securities,  corporate  bonds,  international  (dollar-denominated)  bonds,  and
mortgage-backed securities, with maturities greater than one year.

As  of  December  31,  1994,  the  major  classes  of  fixed-income   securities
represented the following proportions of the Index's total market value:

                              AGGREGATE
                              BOND INDEX
U.S. Treasury and
  agency securities               54%
Corporate bonds                   14%
International (dollar-
  denominated) bonds               3%
Mortgage-backed securities        29%
Dollar-weighted average
  maturity (Years)              8.8 yrs

The U.S.  Bond  Index  Portfolio  will be unable  to hold all of the  individual
issues  which  comprise  the Index  because  of the large  number of  securities
involved.  Instead,  the  Portfolio  will  hold a  representative  sample of the
securities  in the  Index,  selecting  one or two  issues  to  represent  entire
"classes" or types of securities in the Index. The Portfolio will be constructed
so as to match as closely as possible the  composition of the Index by investing
in  fixed-income  securities  approximating  their  relative  proportion  of the
Index's total market value.

At the  broadest  level,  the  U.S.  Bond  Index  Portfolio  will  seek  to hold
securities and other  investments which reflect the weighting of the major asset
classes in the Index, these classes include U.S. Treasury and agency securities,
corporate bonds, and mortgage-backed  securities.  For example, if U.S. Treasury
and agency securities  represent  approximately 60% of the Index's interest rate
risk, then  approximately  60% of the  Portfolio's  interest rate risk will come
from such  securities  and other  investments.  Similarly,  if  corporate  bonds
represent 20% of the interest rate risk of the Index,  then they will  represent
approximately  20% of the interest rate risk of the  Portfolio.  Such a sampling
technique is expected to be an effective means of substantially  replicating the
income and capital  returns  provided by the Index before  deduction of Fund and
Portfolio expenses.

The Portfolio may, from time to time,  substitute  one type of investment  grade
bond for another.  For instance,  a Portfolio may hold more short-term corporate
bonds (and, in turn, hold fewer short U.S.  Treasury bonds) than  represented in
the Index so as to increase income.  This corporate  substitution  strategy will
entail the assumption of additional credit risk; however, substantial

                                       11

<PAGE>



diversification within the corporate sector should moderate issue-specific
credit risk. Overall, credit risk is expected to be very low for the U.S. Bond
Index Portfolio.

Fixed-income  securities  will be primarily of investment  grade quality - i.e.,
those  rated at least Baa by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's")  or
BBB-by  Standard and Poor's  Corporation  ("S&P").  Securities  rated Baa or BBB
possess some speculative characteristics.

The Portfolio may invest in U.S. Treasury bills, notes and bonds and other "full
faith and credit"  obligations  of the U.S.  Government  and in U.S.  Government
agency  securities,  which are debt obligations issued or guaranteed by agencies
or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government ("U.S. Government Securities"). Such
"agency" securities may NOT be backed by the "full faith and credit" of the U.S.
Government.  Such U.S.  Government  agencies may include the Federal Farm Credit
Banks, the Resolution  Trust  Corporation and the Government  National  Mortgage
Association.  Even  though  they all carry top (AAA)  credit  ratings,  "agency"
obligations  are not  explicitly  guaranteed by the U.S.  Government  and so are
perceived as somewhat riskier than comparable Treasury bonds.

As a mutual fund investing primarily in fixed-income securities, the Portfolio
is subject to interest rate, income, call and credit risks.  Since the Portfolio
also invests in mortgage-backed securities, it is also subject to prepayment
risk.  See "Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices."

The EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX  PORTFOLIO  seeks to replicate as closely as
possible the total return of the S&P 500 Equal Weighted Index. The S&P 500 Equal
Weighted Index is comprised of all stocks that make up the Standard & Poor's 500
Composite Stock Price Index with each security  having the same weight.  The S&P
500 Equal  Weighted  Index is  re-balanced  to these equal weights at the end of
each calendar month.  The S&P 500 Equal Weighted Index is calculated by Wilshire
Associates.  Investing in a fund designed to replicate this  benchmark  provides
investors  with  diversified  equity  exposure  with a small  cap tilt and value
investment attributes.

The Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Portfolio allocates its assets equally among
the equity  securities  which  compose  the S&P 500 Equal  Weighted  Index.  The
Portfolio  may omit or remove any S&P 500 Equal  Weighted  Index  stock from the
Portfolio if, following objective criteria, Bankers Trust judges the stock to be
insufficiently  liquid  or  believes  the  merit  of  the  investment  has  been
substantially impaired by extraordinary events or financial conditions.  Bankers
Trust will not purchase the stock of Bankers Trust New York  Corporation,  which
is included in the Index,  and instead will overweight its holdings of companies
engaged in similar businesses.

The Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Fund and the Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index
Portfolio are not sponsored,  endorsed, sold or promoted by Wilshire Associates.
Wilshire  makes no  representation  or  warranty,  express  or  implied,  to the
shareholders  of the Fund or  investors  in the  Portfolio  or any member of the
public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the

                                       12

<PAGE>



Fund or the Portfolio  particularly or the ability of the index to track general
stock market performance.

The SMALL CAP INDEX PORTFOLIO seeks to replicate as closely as possible  (before
deduction of expenses of the Fund and corresponding  Portfolio) the total return
of the Russell 2000.

The Russell 2000 Index is composed of approximately  2,000  small-capitalization
common stocks. A company's stock market capitalization is the total market value
of its floating  outstanding  shares. As of December 31, 1994, the average stock
market capitalization of the Russell 2000 was $2.1 billion.

The Small Cap Portfolio is neither  sponsored by nor  affiliated  with the Frank
Russell  Company.  Frank  Russell's  only  relationship  to the Portfolio is the
licensing  of the use of the  Russell  2000 Small  Stock  Index.  Frank  Russell
Company is the owner of the trademarks  and  copyrights  relating to the Russell
indices.

The  Small Cap  Portfolio  invests  in a  statistically  selected  sample of the
approximately 2,000 stocks included in the Russell 2000 Index. The stocks of the
Russell  2000 to be included in the Small Cap Index  Portfolio  will be selected
utilizing a statistical sampling technique known as "optimization." This process
selects  stocks for the Portfolio so that various  industry  weightings,  market
capitalizations   and   fundamental    characteristics   (e.g.    price-to-book,
price-to-earnings,   debt-to-asset   ratios,   and  dividend   yields)   closely
approximate   those  of  the  Russell  2000.   For  instance,   if  10%  of  the
capitalization of the Russell 2000 consists of utility companies with relatively
small  capitalizations,  then the Small Cap  Portfolio  is  constructed  so that
approximately  10% of the  Portfolio's  assets  are  invested  in the  stocks of
utility companies with relatively small capitalizations.  The stocks held by the
Portfolio   are   weighted  to  make  the   Portfolio's   aggregate   investment
characteristics similar to those of the Russell 2000 Index as a whole.

The EAFE  EQUITY  INDEX  PORTFOLIO  seeks to  replicate  as closely as  possible
(before deduction of expenses of the Fund and corresponding Portfolio) the total
return of the EAFE Index.  The Portfolio  attempts to achieve this  objective by
investing in a statistically  selected sample of the equity securities  included
in the EAFE Index.

The EAFE Index is a capitalization-weighted index containing approximately 1,100
equity securities of companies located outside the United States.  The countries
currently included in the EAFE Index are Australia,  Austria,  Belgium, Denmark,
Finland,  France,  Germany,  Hong Kong,  Ireland,  Italy, Japan,  Malaysia,  The
Netherlands,  New Zealand,  Norway,  Singapore,  Spain, Sweden,  Switzerland and
United Kingdom.

Inclusion of a security in the EAFE Index in no way implies an opinion by Morgan
Stanley as to its  attractiveness  as an  investment.  Neither  the Fund nor the
Portfolio is neither sponsored by nor affiliated with Morgan Stanley.


                                       13

<PAGE>



The International  Equity Portfolio is constructed to have aggregate  investment
characteristics  similar to those of the EAFE Index. The Portfolio  invests in a
statistically  selected  sample of the  securities  included  in the EAFE Index,
although not all companies within a country will be represented in the Portfolio
at the same time.  Stocks are selected for inclusion in the  Portfolio  based on
country of origin, market capitalization, yield, volatility and industry sector.
Banker Trust will manage the Portfolio using advanced statistical  techniques to
determine  which stocks are to be purchased or sold to replicate the EAFE Index.
From time to time,  adjustments may be made in the Portfolio  because of changes
in the composition of the EAFE Index, but such changes should be infrequent.

The EQUITY 500 INDEX PORTFOLIO seeks to replicate as closely as possible (before
deduction  of expenses of the Fund and the  corresponding  Portfolio)  the total
return of the S&P 500.

The S&P 500 is an index of 500 common stocks, most of which trade on the New
York Stock Exchange Inc. (the "NYSE"). Bankers Trust believes that the S&P 500
is representative of the performance of publicly traded common stocks in the
U.S. in general.

In seeking to replicate the performance of the S&P 500, before deduction of Fund
and  Portfolio  expenses,  Bankers  Trust will attempt over time to allocate the
Equity 500 Index Portfolio's investment among common stocks in approximately the
same  proportions as they are represented in as the S&P 500,  beginning with the
heaviest weighted stocks that make up a larger portion of the Index's value.

Bankers Trust  generally  will seek to match the  composition of the S&P 500 but
usually  will not invest the Equity 500 Index  Portfolio's  stock  portfolio  to
mirror the Index  exactly.  Because of the  difficulty  and expense of executing
relatively small stock transactions, the Portfolio may not always be invested in
the less heavily  weighted S&P 500 stocks,  and may at times have its  portfolio
weighted  differently from the S&P 500,  particularly if the Portfolio has a low
level of assets. In addition, the Portfolio may omit or remove any S&P 500 stock
from the Portfolio if, following  objective  criteria,  Bankers Trust judges the
stock to be  insufficiently  liquid or believes the merit of the  investment has
been  substantially  impaired by extraordinary  events or financial  conditions.
Bankers Trust will not purchase the stock of Bankers Trust New York Corporation,
which is included in the Index,  and instead  will  overweight  its  holdings of
companies engaged in similar businesses.

ABOUT THE S&P 500.  The S&P 500 is  composed  of 500  common  stocks,  which are
chosen by S&P on a statistical  basis to be included in the Index. The inclusion
of a stock in the S&P 500 in no way implies that S&P believes the stock to be an
attractive  investment.  The 500  securities,  most of which  trade on the NYSE,
represented,  as of June 30, 1995, approximately [ ]% of the market value of all
U.S.  common stocks.  Each stock in the S&P 500 is weighted by its market value.
Bankers Trust believes that the performance of the S&P 500 is  representative of
the performance of publicly traded common stocks in general.  The composition of
the S&P 500 is  determined  by S&P and is based on such  factors  as the  market
capitalization and trading activity of each stock and its adequacy as a

                                       14

<PAGE>



representation of stocks in a particular industry group, and may be changed from
time to time.

The Equity 500 Index Fund and the Equity 500 Index  Portfolio are not sponsored,
endorsed,  sold or  promoted  by  Standard  & Poor's  Corporation.  S&P makes no
representation or warranty,  express or implied, to the shareholders of the Fund
or  investors  in the  Portfolio  or any  member  of the  public  regarding  the
advisability  of  investing  in  securities  generally  or in  the  Fund  or the
Portfolio  particularly  or the  ability of the S&P 500 to track  general  stock
market performance.

S&P does not guarantee the accuracy  and/or the  completeness  of the S&P 500 or
any data included therein.

S&P MAKES NO WARRANTY,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  AS TO THE RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY
THE FUND OR THE  PORTFOLIO,  OWNERS OF THE FUND OR THE  PORTFOLIO,  OR ANY OTHER
PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE S&P 500 OR ANY DATA INCLUDED  THEREIN.  S&P
MAKES NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED  WARRANTIES AND HEREBY EXPRESSLY  DISCLAIMS ALL SUCH
WARRANTIES OF  MERCHANTABILITY  OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR  PURPOSE OR USE WITH
RESPECT TO THE S&P 500 OR ANY DATA INCLUDED THEREIN.

For more information about the performance of the S&P 500, see "Appendix."

GENERAL

Over time, the  correlation  between the  performance  of each Fund,  before the
deduction of Expenses, and the respective Index is expected to be 0.95 or higher
before  deduction  of Expenses  of the Fund and  expenses  of the  Portfolio.  A
correlation of 1.00 would indicate perfect correlation,  which would be achieved
when the net asset value of the Fund,  including  the value of its  dividend and
any capital gain  distributions,  increases or decreases in exact  proportion to
changes in the Index.  Each Fund's ability to track its respective  index may be
affected by, among other things,  transaction  costs,  administration  and other
expenses incurred by the Funds or the corresponding Portfolio, changes in either
the  composition  of the Index or the assets of a Portfolio,  and the timing and
amount of  Portfolio  investor  contributions  and  withdrawals,  if any. In the
unlikely  event that a high  correlation  is not achieved,  the Trusts' Board of
Trustees will consider  alternatives.  Because each Portfolio seeks to track the
respective  index,  Bankers  Trust  will not  attempt to judge the merits of any
particular stock as an investment.

Under  normal  circumstances,  each  Portfolio  will  invest at least 80% of its
assets in the securities of its respective Index.

As  diversified  funds,  no more than 5% of the assets of each  Portfolio may be
invested  in  the   securities  of  one  issuer  (other  than  U.S.   Government
Securities),  except that up to 25% of each  Portfolio's  assets may be invested
without regard to this limitation.  Each Portfolio will not invest more than 25%
of its  assets in the  securities  of  issuers  in any one  industry.  These are
fundamental  investment  policies  of the  Portfolios  which may not be  changed
without investor  approval.  No more than 15% of each Portfolio's net assets may
be  invested  in  illiquid  or  not  readily  marketable  securities  (including
repurchase agreements

                                       15

<PAGE>



and time  deposits  maturing  in more than seven  days).  Additional  investment
policies of each Portfolio are contained in the SAI.

Each  Portfolio  may  maintain  up to 25%  of  its  assets  in  short-term  debt
securities  and money  market  instruments  to meet  redemption  requests  or to
facilitate  investment in the  securities of the  respective  Index.  Securities
index futures contracts and related options,  warrants,  convertible  securities
and swap agreements may be used for several reasons: to simulate full investment
in the  underlying  Index  while  retaining a cash  balance for fund  management
purposes,  to  facilitate  trading,  or to reduce  transaction  costs or to seek
higher investment returns when a futures contract, option, warrant,  convertible
security or swap  agreement  is priced  more  attractively  than the  underlying
equity security or Index. These instruments may be considered  derivatives.  See
"Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices -- Derivatives."

The use of derivatives for non-hedging  purposes may be considered  speculative.
While each of these securities can be used as leveraged investments, a Portfolio
may not use them to leverage its net assets.  No  Portfolio  will invest in such
instruments  as part of a temporary  defensive  strategy  (such as altering  the
aggregate  maturity of the Portfolio) to protect the Portfolio against potential
market declines.

Each Portfolio may lend its investment  securities and purchase  securities on a
when-issued  and a delayed  delivery  basis.  The U.S. Bond Index  Portfolio may
invest in mortgage-related  and other asset-backed  securities.  The EAFE Equity
Index Portfolio may engage in foreign currency forward and futures  transactions
for the  purpose of  enhancing  portfolio  returns or  hedging  against  foreign
exchange risk arising from the Portfolio's  investment or anticipated investment
in securities  denominated in foreign currencies.  See "Risk Factors and Certain
Securities and Investment  Practices" for more information  about the investment
practices of the Portfolios.

RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES

The following pages contain more detailed information about types of instruments
in which a  Portfolio  may invest  and  strategies  Bankers  Trust may employ in
pursuit  of  a  Portfolio's   investment  objective.  A  summary  of  risks  and
restrictions  associated with these instrument types and investment practices is
included as well.

Bankers  Trust  may  not  buy  all of  these  instruments  or use  all of  these
techniques  to the full extent  permitted  unless it believes that doing so will
help a Portfolio achieve its goal. Holdings and recent investment strategies are
described in the financial  reports of a Fund and the  corresponding  Portfolio,
which are sent to Fund  shareholders  twice a year.  For a free SAI or financial
report, call an Investment Professional.

FIXED INCOME SECURITY RISK - U.S. BOND INDEX FUND
Investors in the U.S. Bond Index Fund are exposed to four types of risk from
fixed income securities. (1) Interest rate risk is the potential for
fluctuations in bond prices due to changing interest rates. (2) Income risk is
the potential for a decline in a Portfolio's income due to falling market
interest rates. (3)

                                       16

<PAGE>



Credit  risk is the  possibility  that a bond  issuer  will fail to make  timely
payments of either  interest or principal to the Portfolio.  (4) Prepayment risk
or call risk is the likelihood  that,  during periods of falling interest rates,
securities  with high stated  interest rates will be prepaid (or "called") prior
to maturity,  requiring the Portfolio to invest the proceeds at generally  lower
interest rates.

MARKET RISK - EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND, EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND, SMALL
CAP INDEX FUND AND EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND As mutual funds investing primarily in
common  stocks,  these  Portfolios  are  subject  to  market  risk -- i.e.,  the
possibility  that common stock  prices will decline over short or even  extended
periods.  The U.S. and foreign stock  markets tend to be cyclical,  with periods
when stock prices generally rise and periods when prices generally decline.

RISKS OF INVESTING IN MEDIUM- AND SMALL-CAPITALIZATION  STOCKS - SMALL CAP INDEX
FUND  Historically,  medium-  and  small-capitalization  stocks  have  been more
volatile in price that the larger-capitalization stocks included in the S&P 500.
Among the reasons for the greater price  volatility of these  securities are the
less certain growth prospects of smaller firms, the lower degree of liquidity in
the  markets  for such  stocks,  and the  greater  sensitivity  of  medium-  and
small-size companies to changing economic conditions.  In addition to exhibiting
greater  volatility,   medium-  and  small-size  company  stocks  may  fluctuate
independently  of larger company stocks.  Medium- and small-size  company stocks
may decline in price as large  company  stocks rise,  or rise in prices as large
company stocks decline.

RISKS OF INVESTING IN FOREIGN SECURITIES - EAFE EQUITY INDEX PORTFOLIO Investors
should  realize  that  investing  in  securities  of  foreign  issuers  involves
considerations  not  typically   associated  with  investing  in  securities  of
companies organized and operated in the United States.  Investors should realize
that the value of a Portfolio's foreign investments may be adversely affected by
changes in political or social conditions,  diplomatic  relations,  confiscatory
taxation, expropriation,  nationalization, limitation on the removal of funds or
assets,  or imposition of (or change in) exchange  control or tax regulations in
foreign  countries.  In  addition,  changes  in  government  administrations  or
economic or monetary  policies in the United  States or abroad  could  result in
appreciation  or  depreciation  of portfolio  securities and could  favorably or
unfavorably  affect the Portfolio's  operations.  Furthermore,  the economies of
individual  foreign nations may differ from the U.S. economy,  whether favorably
or  unfavorably,  in areas  such as growth of gross  national  product,  rate of
inflation,  capital  reinvestment,  resource  self-sufficiency  and  balance  of
payments  position;  it may also be more  difficult  to  obtain  and  enforce  a
judgment  against a foreign  issuer.  In general,  less  information is publicly
available with respect to foreign issuers than is available with respect to U.S.
companies. Most foreign companies are also not subject to the uniform accounting
and financial reporting requirements applicable to issuers in the United States.
Any foreign  investments  made by the Portfolio must be made in compliance  with
U.S. and foreign currency  restrictions and tax laws restricting the amounts and
types of foreign investments.


                                       17

<PAGE>



Because  foreign  securities  generally  are  denominated  and pay  dividends or
interest in foreign currencies,  the value of the net assets of the Portfolio as
measured in U.S. dollars will be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in
exchange rates.  In order to protect against  uncertainty in the level of future
foreign currency  exchange rates, the Portfolio is also authorized to enter into
certain foreign currency  exchange  transactions.  Furthermore,  the Portfolio's
foreign  investments  may be less liquid and their  prices may be more  volatile
than  comparable  investments  in securities of U.S.  companies.  The settlement
periods for foreign securities, which are often longer than those for securities
of U.S. issuers,  may affect portfolio  liquidity.  Finally,  there is generally
less government supervision and regulation of securities exchanges,  brokers and
issuers in foreign countries than in the United States.

SPECIAL  INFORMATION  CONCERNING   MASTER-FEEDER  FUND  STRUCTURE  Unlike  other
open-end management  investment  companies (mutual funds) which directly acquire
and manage  their own  portfolio  securities,  each Fund  seeks to  achieve  its
investment  objective  by  investing  all of  its  Assets  in the  corresponding
Portfolio,  a separate  registered  investment  company with the same investment
objectives as the Fund.  Therefore,  an investor's  interest in the  Portfolio's
securities  is indirect,  like  investments  in other  investment  companies and
pooled investment vehicles.  In addition to selling a beneficial interest to the
corresponding Fund, each Portfolio may sell beneficial interests to other mutual
funds or institutional  investors.  Such investors will invest in a Portfolio on
the  same  terms  and  conditions  and  will  pay a  proportionate  share of the
Portfolio's expenses.  However, the other investors investing in a Portfolio are
not required to sell their shares at the same public  offering price as the Fund
due to variations in sales commissions and other operating expenses.  Therefore,
investors  in a Fund  should  be aware  that  these  differences  may  result in
differences  in returns  experienced  by investors in the  different  funds that
invest in the Portfolio.  Such  differences in returns are also present in other
mutual fund structures. Information concerning other holders of interests in the
Portfolio  is available  from  Bankers  Trust,  as the  Administrator,  at (800)
422-6577.

The  master-feeder   structure  has  been  developed  relatively  recently,   so
shareholders should carefully consider this investment approach.

Smaller funds investing in a Portfolio may be materially affected by the actions
of larger  funds  investing  in the  Portfolio.  For  example,  if a large  fund
withdraws from a Portfolio,  the remaining funds may experience  higher pro rata
operating expenses,  thereby producing lower returns (however,  this possibility
exists as well for traditionally structured funds which have large institutional
investors).  Additionally,  a Portfolio  may become less  diverse,  resulting in
increased  portfolio  risk.  Also,  funds with a greater pro rata ownership in a
Portfolio  could  have  effective  voting  control  of  the  operations  of  the
Portfolio.  Except as permitted  by the SEC,  whenever the Trust is requested to
vote on  matters  pertaining  to a  Portfolio,  the Trust will hold a meeting of
shareholders  of the Fund and will cast all of its votes in the same  proportion
as the votes of the Fund's shareholders.  Fund shareholders who do not vote will
not affect the Trust's votes at the  Portfolio  meeting.  The  percentage of the
Trust's votes  representing  Fund  shareholders  not voting will be voted by the
Trustees or

                                       18

<PAGE>



officers of the Trust in the same proportion as the Fund shareholders who do, in
fact, vote. Certain changes in the Portfolio's investment  objectives,  policies
or restrictions  may require the Fund to withdraw its interest in the Portfolio.
Any such  withdrawal  could  result in a  distribution  "in  kind" of  portfolio
securities (as opposed to a cash distribution from the Portfolio). If securities
are  distributed,  the Fund  could  incur  brokerage,  tax or other  charges  in
converting the  securities to cash. In addition,  the  distribution  in kind may
result in a less  diversified  portfolio of investments or adversely  affect the
liquidity  of the Fund.  Notwithstanding  the above,  there are other  means for
meeting redemption requests, such as borrowing.

A Fund may withdraw its investment  from the Portfolio at any time, if the Board
of  Trustees of the Trust  determines  that it is in the best  interests  of the
shareholders  of the  Fund to do so.  Upon  any such  withdrawal,  the  Board of
Trustees of the Trust would  consider what action might be taken,  including the
investment  of all the Assets of the Fund in another  pooled  investment  entity
having  the  same  investment  objectives  as the  Fund or the  retaining  of an
investment adviser to manage the Fund's Assets in accordance with the investment
policies described herein with respect to the corresponding Portfolio.

Each Fund's investment  objective is not a fundamental policy and may be changed
upon notice to but without the approval of the Fund's shareholders.  If there is
a change  in a Fund's  investment  objective,  the  Fund's  shareholders  should
consider  whether the Fund remains an  appropriate  investment in light of their
then-current  needs.  The  investment  objective of each Portfolio is also not a
fundamental policy. Shareholders of the Funds will receive 30 days prior written
notice with respect to any change in the  investment  objective of a Fund or the
corresponding Portfolio. See "Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment
Practices"  in the SAI for a  description  of the  fundamental  policies of each
Portfolio that cannot be changed without  approval by "the vote of a majority of
the outstanding  voting securities" (as defined in the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended (the "1940 Act") of the Portfolio.

For descriptions of the investment objective,  policies and restrictions of each
Portfolio,  see "The  Funds in  Detail"  herein and "Risk  Factors  and  Certain
Securities  and  Investment  Practices" in this  Prospectus  and in the SAI. For
descriptions of the management of the Trust and the Portfolios,  see "Management
of the Trust and the Portfolios"  herein and in the SAI. For descriptions of the
expenses  of  the  Portfolio,  see  "The  Funds--Expense  Summary,"  herein  and
"Management of the Trust and the Portfolios" herein and in the SAI.

SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES
SHORT-TERM  INVESTMENTS.  Each Portfolio may invest in certain  short-term fixed
income  securities.  Such  securities  may be used to  invest  uncommitted  cash
balances,  to maintain liquidity to meet shareholder  redemptions or to serve as
collateral for the obligations underlying a Portfolio's investment in securities
index  futures  or  related  options  or  warrants.  These  securities  include:
obligations  issued or guaranteed by the U.S.  Government or any of its agencies
or  instrumentalities  or by any  of the  states,  repurchase  agreements,  time
deposits, certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances and commercial paper.


                                       19

<PAGE>



U.S.  GOVERNMENT  SECURITIES  are  obligations  of, or  guaranteed  by, the U.S.
Government, its agencies or instrumentalities.  Some U.S. Government securities,
such as Treasury  bills,  notes and bonds,  are  supported by the full faith and
credit of the United  States;  others,  such as those of the  Federal  Home Loan
Banks,  are  supported  by the right of the issuer to borrow from the  Treasury;
others,  such  as  those  of the  Federal  National  Mortgage  Association,  are
supported by the discretionary  authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the
agency's  obligations;  and  still  others,  such as those of the  Student  Loan
Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.

SECURITIES  LENDING.  Each  Portfolio  may lend  its  investment  securities  to
qualified institutional investors for either short-term or long-term purposes of
realizing  additional  income.  Loans  of  securities  by a  Portfolio  will  be
collateralized by cash, letters of credit, or securities issued or guaranteed by
the U.S. Government or its agencies.  The collateral will equal at least 100% of
the current market value of the loaned securities, and such loans may not exceed
30% of the value of a  Portfolio's  net assets.  The risks in lending  portfolio
securities,  as with other  extensions  of credit,  consist of possible  loss of
rights in the collateral  should the borrower fail  financially.  In determining
whether to lend  securities,  Bankers Trust will consider all relevant facts and
circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower.

WHEN  ISSUED AND  DELAYED  DELIVERY  SECURITIES.  Each  Portfolio  may  purchase
securities on a when-issued or delayed  delivery basis.  Delivery of and payment
for these securities may take place as long as a month or more after the date of
the  purchase  commitment.  The value of these  securities  is subject to market
fluctuation  during this  period and no income  accrues to the  Portfolio  until
settlement takes place. The Portfolio  maintains with the Custodian a segregated
account  containing high grade liquid  securities in an amount at least equal to
these commitments.

MORTGAGE-RELATED  SECURITIES.  As part of its effort to duplicate the investment
performance  of  its  Index,  the  U.S.  Bond  Index  Portfolio  may  invest  in
mortgage-backed securities.  Mortgage-backed securities represent an interest in
an underlying pool of mortgages. Unlike ordinary fixed-income securities,  which
generally  pay a fixed rate of  interest  and return  principal  upon  maturity,
mortgage-backed  securities  repay both interest income and principal as part of
their  periodic  payments.  Because  the  mortgages  underlying  mortgage-backed
certificates  can be prepaid at any time by homeowners  or corporate  borrowers,
mortgage-backed  securities give rise to certain unique "pre-payment" risks. See
"Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices."

The U.S. Bond Index Portfolio may purchase mortgage-backed securities issued by
the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), the Federal Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC), the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA),
and the Housing Authority (FHA).  GNMA securities are guaranteed by the U.S.
Government as to the timely payment of principal and interest; securities from
other Government-sponsored entities are generally not secured by an explicit
pledge of the U.S. Government.  The U.S. Bond Index Portfolio may also invest in
conventional mortgage securities, which are packaged by private  corporation and
are not guaranteed by the U.S. Government.  Mortgage securities that are

                                       20

<PAGE>



guaranteed by the U.S. Government are guaranteed only as to the timely payment
of principal and interest. The market value of such securities is not guaranteed
and may fluctuate.

DERIVATIVES
Each  Portfolio  may invest in various  instruments  that are commonly  known as
derivatives.  Generally, a derivative is a financial  arrangement,  the value of
which is based on, or "derived" from, a traditional  security,  asset, or market
index.  Some  "derivatives"  such as  mortgage-related  and  other  asset-backed
securities are in many respects like any other investment,  although they may be
more volatile or less liquid than more traditional  debt securities.  There are,
in fact,  many  different  types of  derivatives  and many different ways to use
them. There are a range of risks associated with those uses. Futures and options
are commonly used for traditional  hedging purposes to attempt to protect a fund
from  exposure  to  changing  interest  rates,  securities  prices,  or currency
exchange  rates and as a low cost  method of gaining  exposure  to a  particular
securities  market without investing  directly in those securities.  Derivatives
will not be used to  increase  portfolio  risk  above  the level  that  could be
achieved using only traditional  investment securities or to acquire exposure to
changes  in the value of  assets  or  indexes  that by  themselves  would not be
purchased for the Portfolio.

SECURITIES  INDEX  FUTURES AND RELATED  OPTIONS.  Each  Portfolio may enter into
securities  index futures  contracts and related options  provided that not more
than 5% of its assets are required as a margin deposit for futures  contracts or
options  [and  provided  that not  more  than 20% of a  Portfolio's  assets  are
invested in futures and options at any time.] When a Portfolio has cash from new
investments  in the  Portfolio  or holds a portion of its assets in money market
instruments,  it may enter into index  futures or options to attempt to increase
its exposure to the market.  Strategies  the  Portfolio  could use to accomplish
this include purchasing futures contracts,  writing put options,  and purchasing
call  options.  When  the  Portfolio  wishes  to  sell  securities,  because  of
shareholder  redemptions  or  otherwise,  it may use index futures or options to
hedge  against  market risk until the sale can be  completed.  These  strategies
could include selling futures  contracts,  writing call options,  and purchasing
put options.

SWAP  AGREEMENTS.  Each  Portfolio  may enter into swap  agreements  only to the
extent that obligations under such agreements represent not more than 10% of the
Portfolio's total assets. Swap agreements are contracts between parties in which
one party  agrees to make  payments  to the other  party  based on the change in
market value of a specified index or asset. In return, the other party agrees to
make  payments to the first  party based on the return of a different  specified
index or asset.

Although  swap  agreements  entail  the risk that a party  will  default  on its
payment obligations thereunder,  a Portfolio will minimize this risk by entering
into agreements  that mark to market no less  frequently  than  quarterly.  Swap
agreements  also  bear the risk  that a  Portfolio  will not be able to meet its
obligation  to the  counterparty,  This risk will be  mitigated  by  investing a
Portfolio in the specific asset for which it is obligated to pay a return.


                                       21

<PAGE>



WARRANTS.  Each Portfolio's  investment in warrants will not exceed more than 5%
of its  assets  (2% with  respect  to  warrants  not  listed  on the New York or
American Stock Exchanges).  Warrants are instruments which entitle the holder to
buy underlying  equity  securities at a specific price for a specific  period of
time.

A warrant tends to be more volatile than its underlying securities and ceases to
have value if it is not  exercised  prior to its  expiration  date. In addition,
changes in the value of a warrant do not  necessarily  correspond  to changes in
the value of its underlying securities.

CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES.  Each  Portfolio may invest in  convertible  securities
which are a bond or  preferred  stock which may be  converted  at a stated price
within a  specific  period of time into a  specified  number of shares of common
stock of the same or  different  issuer.  Convertible  securities  are senior to
common stock in a corporation's capital structure,  but usually are subordinated
to  non-convertible  debt  securities.  While  providing a fixed  income  stream
- --generally  higher in yield than in the income  derived from a common stock but
lower than that  afforded by a  non-convertible  debt  security -- a convertible
security  also  affords an investor  the  opportunity,  through  its  conversion
feature,  to participate in the capital  appreciation of common stock into which
it is convertible.

In  general,  the market  value of a  convertible  security is the higher of its
investment  value (its value as a fixed income security) or its conversion value
(the  value  of the  underlying  shares  of  common  stock  if the  security  is
converted).  As a fixed  income  security,  the  market  value of a  convertible
security generally increases when interest rates decline and generally decreases
when interest rates rise; however, the price of a convertible security generally
increases as the market value of the underlying stock  increases,  and generally
decreases as the market value of the underlying  stock declines.  Investments in
convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in the common
stock of the same issuer.

FURTHER RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF FUTURES CONTRACTS,  OPTIONS,  WARRANTS,
CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES AND SWAP  AGREEMENTS.  The risk of loss  associated with
futures  contracts in some  strategies  can be  substantial  due to both the low
margin deposits  required and the extremely high degree of leverage  involved in
futures  pricing.  As a result,  a relatively  small price movement in a futures
contract may result in an immediate and substantial loss or gain.  However,  the
Portfolios  will  not use  futures  contracts,  options,  warrants,  convertible
securities and swap agreements for speculative purposes or to leverage their net
assets.  Accordingly,  the  primary  risks  associated  with the use of  futures
contracts, options, warrants,  convertible securities and swap agreements by the
Portfolios are: (i) imperfect  correlation between the change in market value of
the securities held by a Portfolio and the prices of futures contracts, options,
warrants,  convertible securities and swap agreements; and (ii) possible lack of
a liquid secondary market for a futures contract and the resulting  inability to
close a futures  position  prior to its  maturity  date.  The risk of  imperfect
correlation  will be  minimized  by  investing  only in  those  contracts  whose
behavior is expected to resemble  that of a Portfolio's  underlying  securities.
The risk that a Portfolio will be unable to close out a futures position will be
minimized

                                       22

<PAGE>



by entering  into stock  transactions  on an exchange  with an active and liquid
secondary market.  However options,  warrants,  convertible  securities and swap
agreements   purchased  or  sold   over-the-counter  may  be  less  liquid  than
exchange-traded  securities.  Illiquid securities, in general, may not represent
more than 15% of the net assets of a Portfolio.

FOREIGN CURRENCY  FORWARD,  FUTURES AND RELATED OPTIONS  TRANSACTIONS.  The EAFE
Equity  Index  Portfolio  may enter into  foreign  currency  forward and foreign
currency  futures  contracts in order to maintain the same currency  exposure as
the EAFE Index.  The  Portfolio  may not enter into such  contracts  as a way of
protecting against anticipated adverse changes in exchange rates between foreign
currencies  and the U.S.  dollar.  A foreign  currency  forward  contract  is an
obligation to purchase or sell a specific  currency at a future date,  which may
be any fixed  number of days from the date of the  contract  agreed  upon by the
parties,  at a price  set at the time of the  contract.  Such  contracts  do not
eliminate  fluctuations  in the  underlying  prices  of  securities  held by the
Portfolios.  Although such  contracts tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a
decline in the value of a currency that has been sold  forward,  and the risk of
loss due to an  increase  in the  value of a  currency  that has been  purchased
forward,  at the same time they tend to limit any  potential  gain that might be
realized should the value of such currency increase.

Successful  use of  forward  contracts  depends  on  Bankers  Trust's  skill  in
analyzing and predicting  relative  currency values.  Forward  contracts alter a
Portfolio's  exposure to currency  exchange  rate  activity  and could result in
losses  to  the  Portfolio  if  currencies  do  not  perform  as  Bankers  Trust
anticipates. A Portfolio may also incur significant costs when converting assets
from one currency to another.

ASSET COVERAGE. To assure that a Portfolio's use of futures and related options,
as well as when-issued and delayed-delivery securities,  interest rate swaps and
foreign currency  forward futures and related options  transactions are not used
to  achieve  excessive   investment   leverage,  a  Portfolio  will  cover  such
transactions, as required under applicable interpretations of the SEC, either by
owning the underlying securities,  entering into an off-setting transaction,  or
by establishing a segregated account with the Portfolio's  custodian  containing
high  grade  liquid  debt  securities  in an  amount  at all  times  equal to or
exceeding  the  Portfolio's  commitment  with  respect to these  instruments  or
contracts.

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
The  frequency  of Portfolio  transactions-the  Portfolio's  portfolio  turnover
rate-will  vary  from  year to  year  depending  on  market  conditions  and the
Portfolio's cash flows. Each Portfolio's  annual portfolio  turnover rate is not
expected to exceed 100%. The Equity 500 Portfolio's  portfolio turnover rate for
the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993 was 21% and 31%, respectively.


                                       23

<PAGE>



PERFORMANCE

Each Portfolio's  recent strategies and holdings,  and the corresponding  Fund's
performance,  is  detailed  twice a year in the Funds'  financial  reports  (not
available  during  the first  year for each Fund other than the Equity 500 Index
Fund), which are sent to all Fund shareholders.

For current  Fund  performance  or a free copy of the Funds'  financial  report,
please contact an Investment Professional.

Mutual fund performance is commonly  measured as TOTAL RETURN and/or YIELD. Each
Fund's performance is affected by the expenses of that Fund.

EXPLANATION OF TERMS
TOTAL  RETURN  is the  change in value of an  investment  in a Fund over a given
period,  assuming  reinvestment of any dividends and capital gains. A cumulative
total  return  reflects  actual  performance  over a stated  period of time.  An
AVERAGE annual total return is a  hypothetical  rate of return that, if achieved
annually,  would have produced the same  cumulative  total return if performance
had  been  constant  over  the  entire  period.   Average  annual  total  return
calculations  smooth out  variations  in  performance;  they are not the same as
actual  year-by-year  results.  Average annual total returns covering periods of
less than one year assume that  performance will remain constant for the rest of
the year.

TOTAL RETURNS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Average Annual
                                                                                                 Total Return
                                                              Total return                       for Period From
                                                              for the period from                commencement
                           Total return                       commencement of                    of operations
                           for 1 year ended                   operations through                 through
                           12/31/94                           12/31/94                           12/31/94
<S>                         <C>                                <C>                              <C>    

Equity 500 Index
Fund(a)                       1.40%                              11.37%                            5.53%


<FN>
(a) Fund commenced operations on December 31, 1992.
</FN>
</TABLE>
YIELD  refers to the income  generated by an  investment  in a Fund over a given
period of time,  expressed as an annual  percentage rate.  Yields are calculated
according to a standard  that is required for all stock and bond funds.  Because
this differs from other accounting  methods,  the quoted yield may not equal the
income actually paid to  shareholders.  This difference may be significant for a
Fund  investing in a Portfolio  whose  investments  are  denominated  in foreign
currencies.

YIELDS

The 30-day SEC yield for the period  ended  December 31, 1994 for the Equity 500
Index Fund was 2.90%.

                                       24

<PAGE>




Performance  information may include  comparisons of a Fund's investment results
to various  unmanaged  indices or results of other mutual funds or investment or
savings  vehicles.  From time to time,  Fund rankings may be quoted from various
sources,  such as Lipper Analytical Services,  Inc., Value Line and Morningstar,
Inc.

Unlike  some bank  deposits or other  investments  which pay a fixed yield for a
stated  period of time,  the total  return  of a Fund will vary  depending  upon
interest  rates,  the  current  market  value  of  the  securities  held  by the
corresponding Portfolio and changes in the expenses of the Fund or Portfolio. In
addition, during certain periods for which total return may be provided, Bankers
Trust or SBDS may have  voluntarily  agreed to waive  portions of their fees, or
reimburse certain operating expenses of a Fund or Portfolio, on a month-to-month
basis.  Such  waivers will have the effect of  increasing  the Fund's net income
(and therefore its yield and total return) during the period such waivers are in
effect.

TOTAL  RETURNS AND YIELDS ARE BASED ON PAST RESULTS AND ARE NOT AN INDICATION OF
FUTURE PERFORMANCE.

MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUSTS AND THE PORTFOLIOS

BOARD OF TRUSTEES
The  Trusts and each  Portfolio  is  governed  by a Board of  Trustees  which is
responsible  for  protecting  the interests of  investors.  The Trustees of each
Trust  are  different  individuals  than the  Trustees  of each  Portfolio.  See
"Management  of the Trust and the  Portfolios"  in the SAI for more  information
with respect to the Trustees and officers of the Trusts and each Portfolio.

INVESTMENT ADVISER
The Trust has not retained the services of an investment adviser since the Trust
seeks to achieve the  investment  objective  of each Fund by  investing  all the
Assets of the Fund in the corresponding  Portfolio.  Each Portfolio has retained
the services of Bankers Trust as investment adviser.

BANKERS TRUST COMPANY AND ITS AFFILIATES
Bankers Trust Company, a New York banking  corporation with principal offices at
280 Park  Avenue,  New York,  New York 10017,  is a wholly owned  subsidiary  of
Bankers Trust New York Corporation.  Bankers Trust conducts a variety of general
banking and trust  activities  and is a major  wholesale  supplier of  financial
services to the international and domestic institutional market.

As of  September  30, 1995,  Bankers  Trust New York  Corporation  was the ninth
largest  bank  holding  company  in the  United  States  with  total  assets  of
approximately $104 billion. Bankers Trust is a worldwide merchant bank dedicated
to servicing the needs of corporations,  governments, financial institutions and
private  clients  through a global  network of over 120  offices in more than 40
countries. Investment management is a core business of Bankers Trust, built on a
tradition  of  excellence  from its roots as a trust bank  founded in 1903.  The
scope of Bankers Trust's investment  management  capability is unique due to its
leadership positions in both active and passive quantitative management and its

                                       25

<PAGE>



presence in major  equity and fixed  income  markets  around the world.  Bankers
Trust is one of the nation's  largest and most experienced  investment  managers
with approximately $200 billion in assets under management globally.

Bankers Trust, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees
of each  Portfolio,  manages each Portfolio in accordance  with the  Portfolio's
investment objective and stated investment policies,  makes investment decisions
for the  Portfolio,  places  orders to purchase  and sell  securities  and other
financial  instruments  on  behalf of the  Portfolio  and  employs  professional
investment managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the
Portfolio.  Bankers  Trust may  utilize the  expertise  of any of its world wide
subsidiaries and affiliates to assist it in its role as investment adviser.  All
orders  for  investment  transactions  on behalf of a  Portfolio  are  placed by
Bankers Trust with  broker-dealers  and other financial  intermediaries  that it
selects,  including  those  affiliated  with  Bankers  Trust.  A  Bankers  Trust
affiliate  will be used in  connection  with a purchase or sale of an investment
for the Portfolio only if Bankers Trust believes that the affiliate's charge for
the transaction does not exceed usual and customary  levels.  The Portfolio will
not invest in  obligations  for which Bankers Trust or any of its  affiliates is
the ultimate  obligor or accepting bank. The Portfolio may,  however,  invest in
the obligations of correspondents and customers of Bankers Trust.

The  Investment  Advisory  Agreements  provide for each Portfolio to pay Bankers
Trust receives a fee from each Portfolio,  accrued daily and paid monthly, equal
on an annual basis to the following  percentages of the average daily net assets
of the Portfolio for its  then-current  fiscal year: U.S. Bond Index  Portfolio,
0.15%;  Equity  500  Equal  Weighted  Index  Portfolio,  0.25%;  Small Cap Index
Portfolio,  0.15%;  EAFE Equity  Index  Portfolio,  0.25%;  and Equity 500 Index
Portfolio, 0.10%.

Bankers  Trust has been  advised by its  counsel  that,  in  counsel's  opinion,
Bankers  Trust  currently  may  perform  the  services  for the  Trusts  and the
Portfolios  described in this  Prospectus  and the SAI without  violation of the
Glass-Steagall Act or other applicable  banking laws or regulations.  State laws
on this issue may differ from the  interpretations  of relevant Federal law, and
banks and financial institutions may be required to register as dealers pursuant
to state securities law.

Bankers  Trust  investment  personnel  may  invest in  securities  for their own
account  pursuant to a code of ethics that  establishes  procedures for personal
investing and restricts certain transactions.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Frank  Salerno,  Managing  Director of Bankers  Trust,  is  responsible  for the
management  of the  Equity 500 Equal  Weighted  Index  Portfolio,  the Small Cap
Portfolio   and  the  Equity  500  Index   Portfolio.   Mr.   Salerno   oversees
administration,  management  and trading of  international  and domestic  equity
index  strategies.  He has been  employed  by Bankers  Trust  since 1981 and has
managed the Portfolios' assets since each Portfolio commenced operations.

The following table sets forth annual total return information for the portfolio
managed by Mr. Salerno that has investment objectives, policies and techniques

                                       26

<PAGE>



substantially similar to the Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Portfolio.  Mr.
Salerno began managing the portfolio in 19  .

         1 YEAR                     3 YEAR
         24.69%                     16.74%

The following table sets forth annual total return information for the portfolio
managed by Mr. Salerno that has investment  objectives,  policies and techniques
substantially  similar  to the Small  Cap Index  Portfolio.  Mr.  Salerno  began
managing the portfolio in 19 .

         1 YEAR                     3 YEAR                    5 YEAR
         23.12%                     18.10%                    21.15%

Richard J. Vella,  Managing  Director of Bankers Trust,  is responsible  for the
day-to-day  management  of the EAFE Equity Index  Portfolio.  Mr. Vella has been
employed by Bankers Trust since 1985 and has ten years of trading and investment
experience.

The following table sets forth annual total return information for the portfolio
managed by Mr. Vella that has  investment  objectives,  policies and  techniques
substantially  similar to the EAFE  Equity  Index  Portfolio.  Mr.  Vella  began
managing the portfolio in 19 .

         1 YEAR                     3 YEAR                    5 YEAR
          5.30%                     13.11%                    10.22%

Louis R. D'Arienzo, Vice President of Bankers Trust, is responsible for the day-
to-day management of the U.S. Bond Index Portfolio.  Mr. D'Arienzo has been
employed by Bankers Trust since 1981 and has twelve years of trading and
investment experience in fixed income securities.

The following table sets forth annual total return information for the portfolio
managed by Mr. D'Arienzo that has investment objectives, policies and techniques
substantially similar to the U.S. Bond Index Portfolio.  Mr. D'Arienzo began
managing the portfolio in 19  .

         1 YEAR                     3 YEAR                    5 YEAR
         13.71%                      6.41%                     9.38%


TOTAL RETURN
Total return  information for each portfolio  manager includes income,  realized
and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments,  transaction costs and
the reinvestment of all income and capital gains. The annual operating  expenses
of each Fund and Portfolio set forth above in "Expense  Summary" are higher than
the fees charged to the managed  accounts  discussed  above.  Total returns have
been adjusted to reflect  these higher  expenses.  Each of the private  accounts
included in the total return figures above was  sufficiently  comparable in size
to the expected size of the respective  Portfolio  during the Portfolio's  first
year of operations to ensure that the total return  information  quoted above is
relevant

                                       27

<PAGE>



to a potential investor in the respective Fund.  Past performance should not be
considered indicative of future performance.

ADMINISTRATOR
Under its Administration  and Services Agreement with each Trust,  Bankers Trust
calculates  the net asset value of each Fund and generally  assists the Board of
Trustees of the Trust in all aspects of the  administration and operation of the
Funds. The  Administration  and Services  Agreement  provides for the respective
Trust to pay Bankers  Trust a fee,  accrued  daily and paid monthly  equal on an
annual basis to the following percentages of the average daily net assets of the
Fund,  attributable to the Class,  for its  then-current  fiscal year: U.S. Bond
Index Fund, 0.20%;  Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Fund, 0.15%; Small Cap Index
Fund, 0.20%; EAFE Equity Index Fund, 0.15%; and Equity 500 Index Fund, 0.05%.

Under an  Administration  and Services  Agreement with each  Portfolio,  Bankers
Trust calculates the value of the assets of the Portfolio and generally  assists
the  respective  Board of  Trustees  in all  aspects of the  administration  and
operation of the Portfolios.  The Administration and Services Agreement provides
for each  Portfolio to pay Bankers Trust a fee,  accrued daily and paid monthly,
equal on an annual basis to the following percentages of the Portfolio's average
daily net assets for its  then-current  fiscal year: U.S. Bond Index  Portfolio,
0.05%;  Equity  500  Equal  Weighted  Index  Portfolio,  0.05%;  Small Cap Index
Portfolio,  0.05%;  EAFE Equity  Index  Portfolio,  0.10%;  and Equity 500 Index
Portfolio,  0.05%.  Under each  Administration and Services  Agreement,  Bankers
Trust may  delegate  one or more of its  responsibilities  to others,  including
SBDS, at Bankers Trust's expense.

DISTRIBUTOR
Under its Distribution  Agreement with each Trust, SBDS, as Distributor,  serves
as the Trusts' principal underwriter on a best efforts basis. In addition,  SBDS
provides the Trusts with office facilities. SBDS is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Signature  Financial  Group,  Inc.  ("SFG").  SFG and its  affiliates  currently
provide administration and distribution services for other registered investment
companies. The principal business address of SFG and SBDS is 6 St. James Avenue,
Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT
Bankers  Trust acts as custodian of the assets of the Trusts and each  Portfolio
and serves as the transfer agent (the "Transfer  Agent") for the Trusts and each
Portfolio under the  Administration  and Services  Agreement with the Trusts and
each Portfolio.

                                  YOUR ACCOUNT

TYPES OF ACCOUNTS
Read your Investment  Professional's  program materials in conjunction with this
Prospectus  for details of services that may differ from those  described in the
Prospectus  and for  additional  fees that may apply.  Some of the  services and
features of this Prospectus may not be available to you. Certain features of the
Funds, such as minimum initial or subsequent investment amounts, may be modified
in these programs,  and  administrative  charges may be imposed for the services
rendered.

                                       28

<PAGE>




The  different  ways to set up  (register)  your account with Bankers  Trust are
listed below.

The account  guidelines that follow may not apply to certain Funds or to certain
retirement  accounts.  If your  employer  offers  a Fund  through  a  retirement
program,  contact  your  employer  for more  information.  Otherwise,  call your
Investment Professional directly.

WAYS TO SET UP YOUR ACCOUNT

INDIVIDUAL OR JOINT TENANT
FOR YOUR GENERAL INVESTMENT NEEDS
Individual accounts are owned by one person. Joint accounts can have two or more
owners (tenants). Joint accounts may be joint tenants in common or joint tenants
with rights of survivorship.

RETIREMENT
TO SHELTER YOUR RETIREMENT SAVINGS FROM TAXES
Retirement  plans allow  individuals  to shelter  investment  income and capital
gains from current taxes.  In addition,  contributions  to these accounts may be
tax deductible.  Retirement accounts require special  applications and typically
have lower minimums.

o INDIVIDUAL  RETIREMENT  ACCOUNTS (IRAS) allow anyone of legal age under 70 1/2
with  earned  income to invest up to $2,000 per tax year.  Individuals  can also
invest in a spouse's IRA if the spouse has earned income of less than $250.

o ROLLOVER IRAS retain  special tax advantages  for certain  distributions  from
employer sponsored retirement plans.

o SIMPLIFIED  EMPLOYEE PENSION PLANS (SEP-IRAS) provide small business owners or
those with self-employed  income (and their eligible employees) with many of the
same advantages as a Keogh, but with fewer administrative requirements.

o 401(K) PLANS allow  employees  of  corporations  of all sizes to  contribute a
percentage  of their wages on a tax deferred  basis.  These  accounts need to be
established by the trustee of the plan.

MONEY  PURCHASE/PROFIT  SHARING  PLANS (Keogh  Plans) are tax  deferred  pension
accounts  designated for employees of  unincorporated  businesses or for persons
who are self-employed.

GIFTS OR TRANSFERS TO A MINOR (UGMA,  UTMA) TO INVEST FOR A CHILD'S EDUCATION OR
OTHER FUTURE NEEDS
These custodial  accounts  provide a way to give money to a child and obtain tax
benefits.  An individual  can give up to $10,000 a year per child without paying
federal gift tax.  Depending on state laws,  you can set up a custodial  account
under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA) or the Uniform  Transfers to Minors
Act (UTMA). Contact your Investment Professional.

TRUST

                                       29

<PAGE>



FOR MONEY BEING INVESTED BY A TRUST
The trust must be established before on account can be opened.

BUSINESS OR ORGANIZATION
FOR  INVESTMENT  NEEDS OF  CORPORATIONS,  ASSOCIATIONS,  PARTNERSHIPS,  OR OTHER
GROUPS Contact your Investment Professional.

HOW TO BUY SHARES

Shares are purchased at the Fund's net asset value ("NAV") next calculated after
your investment is received and accepted. The NAV is normally calculated at 4:00
p.m. Eastern time.

If you are placing  your order  through an  Investment  Professional,  it is the
responsibility  of your  Investment  Professional  to transmit your order to buy
Shares to the Transfer Agent before 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

The Transfer Agent must receive payment within five business days after an order
for Shares is placed;  otherwise  your  purchase  order may be canceled  and you
could be held liable for resulting fees and/or losses.

Share certificates are not available for Shares of the Funds.

IF YOU ARE NEW TO BT GLOBAL INVESTORS,  complete and sign an account application
and  mail  it  along  with  your  check.  If  there  is no  account  application
accompanying this Prospectus, call your Investment Professional.

IF YOU ALREADY HAVE MONEY INVESTED IN A BT GLOBAL INVESTORS FUND, you can:

o  Mail an account application with a check,
o  Wire money into your account,
o Open an account by  exchanging  from  another  BT Global  Investors  Fund or o
Contact your Investment Professional.

If you are investing  through a tax-sheltered  retirement  plan, such as an IRA,
for the first time, you will need a special application. Contact your Investment
Professional for more information and a retirement account application.

MINIMUM INVESTMENTS
TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT                                  $5 MILLION

TO ADD TO AN ACCOUNT                                NO MINIMUM

MINIMUM BALANCE                                     $1 MILLION


For further  information on opening an account,  please consult your  Investment
Professional or refer to the account application.

                         TO OPEN AN ACCOUNT                 TO ADD TO AN ACCOUNT


                                       30

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                    <C>                                  <C>    

PHONE YOUR               Contact your                          Contact your Investment Professional
INVESTMENT               Investment                            or call 1-(800)422-6577.  You may
PROFESSIONAL             Professional.  If you                 exchange from another BT Global
                         are an  existing                      Investors  Fund  account  (or  the BT
                         shareholder, you may                  Investment Money Market Fund) with
                         exchange from another                 the same registration,  including
                         BT Global  Investors                  name, address and taxpayer ID number.
                         Fund (or the BT  Investment
                         Money Market Fund) account
                         with the same  registration,
                         including name,  address,
                         and taxpayer ID number.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAIL                     Complete and sign the                 Make your check payable to the
                         account application.                  complete name of the Fund of your
                         Make your check                       choice.  Indicate your Fund account
                         payable to the                        number on your check and mail to the
                         complete name of the                  address printed on your account
                         Fund of your choice.                  statement.  Exchange by mail:  call
                         Mail to the                           your Investment Professional for
                         appropriate address                   instructions.
                         indicated on the
                         application.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
IN PERSON                Take your account                     Take your check to your Investment
                         application and check                 Professional.
                         to your Investment
                         Professional.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

WIRE                     Not available.                        Call your Investment Professional or
                                                               wire to:

                                                               ROUTING NO.:  021001033
                                                               ATTN:  Bankers Trust/
                                                                      IFTC Deposit
                                                               CREDIT:  Fund Number
                                                               (U.S. Bond Index Fund - 000
                                                               Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Fund - 000
                                                               Small Cap Index Fund - 000
                                                               EAFE Equity Index Fund - 000
                                                               Equity 500 Index Fund - 000)
                                                               DDA:  #00-226-296
                                                               FBO:  (Account name)
                                                                     (Account number)

                                                               Specify the
                                                               complete name of
                                                               the  fund of your
                                                               choice, and
                                                               include your
                                                               account number
                                                               and your name.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                       31

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<S>                     <C>                                <C>    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

AUTOMATICALLY            Not available.                        Use the Systematic Investment
                                                               Program.  Sign up for this service
                                                               when opening your account, or call
                                                               your Investment Professional to begin
                                                               the program.  The initial minimum of
                                                               $1,000 must be met.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

HOW TO SELL SHARES

You can  arrange to take  money out of your fund  account at any time by selling
(redeeming)  some or all of your  Shares.  Your Shares shall be sold at the next
NAV calculated after an order is received by the Transfer Agent. NAV is normally
calculated at 4:00 p.m. Eastern time.

TO SELL SHARES IN A  RETIREMENT  ACCOUNT,  your request must be made in writing,
except for  exchanges  to other  eligible BT Global  Investors  Funds (or the BT
Investment  Money Market  Fund),  which can be requested by phone or in writing.
For a retirement  distribution form contact your Investment Professional or call
1-800-422-6577.

IF YOU ARE SELLING SOME BUT NOT ALL OF YOUR NON-RETIREMENT ACCOUNT SHARES, leave
at least $1,000 worth of Shares in the account to keep it open.

TO SELL  SHARES  BY BANK WIRE you will  need to sign up for  these  services  in
advance.

CERTAIN REQUESTS MUST INCLUDE A SIGNATURE  GUARANTEE.  It is designed to protect
you and  Bankers  Trust from  fraud.  Your  request  must be made in writing and
include a signature guarantee if any of the following situations apply:

o You wish to redeem more than $100,000 worth of Shares,
o Your account registration has changed within the last 30 days,
o The check is being mailed to a different  address than the one on your account
  (record address),
o The check is being made payable to someone other than the account owner,
o The redemption proceeds are being transferred to a BT account with a different
  registration, or
o You  wish  to have  redemption  proceeds  wired  to a  non-predesignated  bank
  account.

You should be able to obtain a signature guarantee from a bank, broker,  dealer,
credit  union  (if  authorized   under  state  law),   securities   exchange  or
association,  clearing agency,  or savings  association.  A notary public cannot
provide a signature guarantee.

SELLING SHARES IN WRITING

Write a "letter of instruction" with:

o  Your name,
o  The Fund's name and Fund's number,
o  Your Fund account number,
o  The dollar amount or number of Shares to be redeemed and

                                       32

<PAGE>



o  Any other applicable requirements listed in the following table.

Deliver your letter to your Investment Professional, or mail it to the following
address:

                                   [ADDRESS]

Unless otherwise instructed,  the Transfer Agent will send a check to the record
address.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         ACCOUNT TYPE                          SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
<S>                    <C>                                  <C>    

PHONE                    All account types                     Maximum check request:   $     .
YOUR                     except retirement
INVESTMENT
PROFESSIONAL

                         All account types                     You may exchange to other BT Global
                                                               Investors Funds (or the BT Investment
                                                               Money Market Fund) if
                                                               both accounts are registered with the
                                                               same name(s), address, and taxpayer
                                                               ID number.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MAIL OR IN               Individual, Joint                     The letter of instruction (with
PERSON                   Tenant, Sale                          signature guaranteed, if required)
                         Proprietorship, UGMA,                 must be signed by all persons
                         UTMA                                  required to sign for transactions,
                                                               exactly  as their names  appear  on
                                                               the  account  and sent to your
                                                               Investment Professional or
                                                               the Transfer Agent.

                         Retirement account                    The account owner should complete a
                                                               retirement distribution form.
                                                               Contact your Investment Professional
                                                               or call 1-800-422-6577.



                         Trust                                 The trustee must sign the letter
                                                               indicating capacity as trustee. 
                                                               If the trustee's name is not on the
                                                               account registration, provide a copy of
                                                               the trust document certified with
                                                               the last 60 days.

                         Business or                           At least one person authorized by
                         Organization                          corporate resolution to act on the
                                                               account must sign the letter.

                         Executor,                             For instructions contact your
                         Administrator,                        Investment Professional or call
                         Conservator/Guardian                  1-800-422-6577.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                       33

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                    <C>                                   <C>
WIRE                     All account types                     You must sign up for the wire feature
                         except retirement                     before using it.  To verify that it
                                                               is in place, contact your Investment
                                                               Professional or call 1-800-422-6577.

                                                               Minimum wire: $500.00.

                                                               Your wire redemption request must be
                                                               received  by  the Transfer Agent
                                                               before  4:00 p.m. Eastern time for
                                                               money to be wired on the next
                                                               business day.
</TABLE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTOR SERVICES

BT Global  Investors Funds provide a variety of services to help you manage your
account.

INFORMATION SERVICES
STATEMENTS AND REPORTS that your  Investment  Professional or the Transfer Agent
will send to you include the following:

o  Confirmation  statements  (after every  transaction that affects your account
   balance distribution or your account registration)
o  Account statements (quarterly)
o  Financial reports (every six months)

To reduce expenses, only one copy of most financial reports will be mailed, even
if you have more than one account in the Fund. Call your Investment Professional
if you need additional copies of financial reports.

TRANSACTION SERVICES
EXCHANGE  PRIVILEGE.  You may sell your Shares and buy Shares of other BT Global
Investors Funds by telephone or in writing.

Note that  exchanges  out of a Fund may be limited to four per calendar year and
that  they  may have tax  consequences  for you.  For  detail  on  policies  and
restrictions   governing  exchanges   including   circumstances  under  which  a
shareholder's exchange privilege may be suspended or revoked, see page ___.

SYSTEMATIC  WITHDRAWAL  PROGRAM lets you set up periodic  redemptions  from your
account.

One easy way to pursue your  financial  goals is to invest money  regularly.  BT
Global  Investors  Funds offer  convenient  services that let you transfer money
into your fund account,  or between fund accounts  automatically.  While regular
investment plans do not guarantee a profit and will not protect you against loss
in a declining market, they can be an excellent way to invest for retirement,  a
home,  educational  expenses,  and  other  long-term  financial  goals.  Certain
restrictions apply for retirement  accounts.  Call your Investment  Professional
for more information.

                        SHAREHOLDER AND ACCOUNT POLICIES

DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS, AND TAXES

                                       34

<PAGE>




Each Fund distributes  substantially  all of its net income and capital gains to
shareholders each year. Each Fund distributes capital gains annually.  Normally,
income dividends for each Fund are distributed quarterly.

DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS
When you open an account,  specify on your account  application  how you want to
receive distributions. The Trust offers four options:

1.  REINVESTMENT OPTION. Your dividend and capital gain distributions will be
automatically reinvested in additional Shares of the Fund.  If you do not
indicate a choice on your application you will be assigned this option.

2.  INCOME-EARNED OPTION. Your capital gain distributions will be automatically
reinvested in additional Shares of the Fund, but you will be sent a check for
each dividend distribution.

3.  CASH OPTION. You will be sent a check for your dividend and capital gain
distributions.

4.  AUTOMATIC DIVIDENDS PROGRAM. Your dividend and capital gain distributions be
automatically invested in Shares of another BT Global Investors Fund (or the BT
Investment Money Market Fund) as long as the minimums for that account are met.

If you select  distribution  option 2 or 3 and the U.S.  Postal  Service  cannot
deliver your checks,  or if your checks  remain  uncashed for six months,  those
checks will be  reinvested  in your account at the current NAV and your election
may be converted to the Reinvestment  Option. You may change distribution option
at anytime by notifying the Transfer Agent in writing.

FOR RETIREMENT ACCOUNTS,  all distributions are automatically  reinvested.  When
you are over 59 1/2  years  old,  you can  receive  distributions  in  cash.  If
distributions  from a retirement account for any taxable year following the year
in which the participant  reaches age 70 1/2 are less than the "minimum required
distribution"  for  that  taxable  year,  an  excise  tax  equal  to  50% of the
deficiency  may be imposed by the Internal  Revenue  Service  (the  "IRS").  The
administrator,  trustee  or  custodian  of  such a  retirement  account  will be
responsible for reporting distributions from such accounts to the IRS.

When each of the Funds  deducts a  distribution  from its NAV, the  reinvestment
price  is  the  applicable  Fund's  NAV at  the  close  of  business  that  day.
Distribution  checks will be mailed  within seven days, or longer for a December
ex-dividend date.

TAXES
As with any investment, you should consider how an investment in the Funds could
affect you.  Below are some of the Funds' tax  implications.  If your account is
not a tax-deferred retirement account beware of these tax implications.

TAXES ON  DISTRIBUTIONS.  Distributions  from the Funds are  subject  to federal
income tax and may also be subject to state or local  taxes.  If living  outside
the United States,  your distributions from the Funds could also be taxed by the
country in which you reside.


                                       35

<PAGE>



For federal tax purposes,  income and short-term capital gain distributions from
each of the Funds are taxed as dividends;  long-term capital gain  distributions
are taxed as long-term capital gains.

Mutual fund  dividends from U.S.  government  securities are generally free from
state and local income taxes. However, particular states may limit this benefit,
and  some  types  of  securities,   such  as  repurchase   agreements  and  some
agency-backed  securities,  may not qualify for the benefit.  In addition,  some
states may impose  intangible  property  taxes.  You should consult your own tax
adviser for details and up-to-date information on the tax laws in your state.

Distributions  are taxable when they are paid,  whether you take them in cash or
reinvest them. However,  distributions  declared in December and paid in January
are taxable as if they were paid on December 31.

Every  January,  the  Transfer  Agent will send the IRS a statement  showing the
taxable distributions paid to you in the previous year.

TAXES ON TRANSACTIONS.  Your redemptions,  including  exchanges,  are subject to
capital gains tax. A capital gain or loss is the difference  between the cost of
your Shares and the price you receive when you sell them.

Whenever  you sell Shares of a Fund,  the  Transfer  Agent will send you or your
Investment  Professional  a confirmation  statement  showing how many Shares you
sold and at what price. You also receive a consolidated transaction statement at
least  quarterly.  However,  it is up to you or your tax  preparer to  determine
whether this sale resulted in a capital gain and, if so, the amount of tax to be
paid. BE SURE TO KEEP YOUR REGULAR  ACCOUNT  STATEMENTS;  the  information  they
contain will be essential in calculating the amount of your capital gains.

"BUYING A DIVIDEND." If you buy Shares just before a Fund deducts a capital gain
distribution or dividend distribution, as applicable, from its NAV, you will pay
the full price for the  Shares  and then  receive a portion of the price back in
the form of a taxable distribution.

CURRENCY CONSIDERATIONS.  If a Fund's dividends exceed its taxable income in any
year, which is sometimes the result of currency-related losses, all or a portion
of the Fund's  dividends  may be treated as a return of capital to  shareholders
for tax purposes. To minimize the risk of a return of capital, each of the Funds
may adjust its dividends to take currency  fluctuations into account,  which may
cause the dividends to vary. Any return of capital will reduce the cost basis of
your  Shares,  which will result in a higher  reported  capital  gain or a lower
reported  capital loss when you sell your Shares.  The  statement you receive in
January will specify whether any distributions included a return of capital.

Undistributed  net gains from currency  transactions,  if any, will generally be
distributed as a separate dividend in December.

There are tax requirements  that all Funds must follow in order to avoid federal
taxation.  In its  effort to adhere  to these  requirements,  a Fund may have to
limit its investment activity in some types of instruments.

VALUATION DETAILS

                                       36

<PAGE>




THE FUNDS ARE OPEN FOR  BUSINESS  each day the NYSE is open.  Each Fund's NAV is
calculated as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, currently 4:00 p.m.
Eastern time.

A FUND'S NAV is the value of a single Share. The NAV of each Fund is computed by
dividing the value of the Fund's  Assets (i.e.,  the value of its  investment in
the  Portfolio  and  other  assets),  less  all  liabilities,  allocable  to the
Institutional Class Shares by the total number of its Shares  outstanding.  Each
Portfolio's  securities  and other  assets are valued  primarily on the basis of
market quotations or, if quotations are not readily available,  by Bankers Trust
pursuant to  procedures  adopted by the  Portfolio's  Board of  Trustees.  These
procedures  require  Bankers Trust to value such a security at the same value as
an  equivalent  security  which  is  readily  marketable  and,  in  making  such
comparisons, to consider all relevant factors under applicable guidelines of the
SEC.

WHEN YOU SIGN YOUR ACCOUNT  APPLICATION,  you will be asked to certify that your
social  security or taxpayer  identification  number is correct and that you are
not subject to 31% backup  withholding  for failing to report income to the IRS.
If you violate IRS  regulations,  the IRS can require a Fund to withhold  31% of
your taxable distributions and redemptions.

YOU MAY INITIATE MANY TRANSACTIONS BY TELEPHONE: Your Investment Professional or
the Transfer  Agent may only be liable for losses  resulting  from  unauthorized
transactions if they do not follow reasonable  procedures designed to verify the
identity of the caller. Your Investment  Professional or the Transfer Agent will
request  personalized  security codes or other information,  and may also record
calls. You should verify the accuracy of the confirmation statements immediately
after  receipt.  If you do not  want the  ability  to  redeem  and  exchange  by
telephone,   call  your  Investment  Professional  or  the  Transfer  Agent  for
instructions.  Additional  documentation  may  be  required  from  corporations,
associations and certain fiduciaries.

EACH FUND  RESERVES  THE RIGHT TO SUSPEND THE OFFERING OF SHARES for a period of
time.  Each Fund also reserves the right to reject any specific  purchase order,
including certain  purchases by exchange.  Purchase orders may be refused if, in
Bankers Trust's opinion, they would disrupt management of a Fund.

WHEN YOU PLACE AN ORDER TO BUY SHARES, your Shares will be purchased at the next
NAV or offering  price, as applicable,  calculated  after your order is received
and accepted by the Transfer Agent. Note the following:

o         All checks should be made payable to the specific Fund.

o         All of your purchases must be made in U.S. dollars and checks must be
         drawn on U.S. banks.

o        The Funds do not accept third party checks,  except those payable to an
         existing  shareowner  who is a natural  person  (not a  corporation  or
         partnership), credit cards or cash.

o        When making a purchase with more than one check, each check must have a
         value of at least $50.

                                       37

<PAGE>




o        Each Fund reserves the right to limit the number of checks processed at
         one time.

o        If your check does not clear,  your  purchase will be cancelled and you
         could be liable for any losses or fees a Fund or the Transfer Agent has
         incurred.

o        When  purchase  are  made by check or  periodic  automatic  investment,
         redemptions will not be allowed until the investment being redeemed has
         been in the account for 15 business days.


o        Direct Purchases: You begin to earn dividends as of the first business
         day following the day the Fund receives payment.

o        Automated Order Purchases: You begin to earn dividends as of the
         business day your order is received and accepted.

AUTOMATED ORDERS PURCHASE.  Shares of the Funds can be purchased or sold through
Investment  Professionals  utilizing an automated order placement and settlement
system that guarantees payment for orders on a specified date.

TO AVOID THE COLLECTION PERIOD associated with check purchases,  consider buying
Shares by bank wire,  U.S. Postal money order,  U.S.  Treasury check, or Federal
Reserve check.

WHEN YOU PLACE AN ORDER TO SELL SHARES, your Shares will be sold at the next NAV
calculated after your order is received and accepted. Note the following:

o        Normally,  redemption  proceeds  will  be  mailed  to you  on the  next
         business day, but if making immediate  payment could adversely affect a
         Fund it may take up to seven days to pay you.

o        Shares of the Funds will earn dividends through the date of redemption;
         however,  Shares  redeemed  on a  Friday  or prior  to a  holiday  will
         continue to earn dividends until the next business day.

o        Each  Fund may  hold  payment  on  redemptions  until it is  reasonably
         satisfied that  investments made by check have been collected which can
         take up to seven business days.

o        Redemptions  may be suspended or payment dates  postponed when the NYSE
         is closed (other than  weekends or holidays),  when trading on the NYSE
         is restricted, or as permitted by the SEC.

THE  TRANSFER  AGENT MAY CHARGE A FEE FOR SPECIAL  SERVICES,  such as  providing
historical account documents, that are beyond the normal scope of its services.

EXCHANGE LIMITATIONS

As a  shareholder,  you have the  privilege of  exchanging  Shares of a Fund for
Shares of other BT Global  Investors  Funds (or the BT  Investment  Money Market
Fund) at NAV. However, you should note the following:

                                       38

<PAGE>




o        The Fund you are exchanging into must be registered for sale in your
         state.

o        You may only exchange  between accounts that are registered in the same
         name, address, and taxpayer identification number.

o        Before exchanging into a Fund, read its Prospectus.

o        Exchanges   between  BT  Global   Investors  Funds  described  in  this
         prospectus   and  BT  Global   Investors   Funds   described  in  other
         prospectuses  are  restricted  during the 90 days  following  purchase.
         Exchanges among BT Global  Investors Funds described in this prospectus
         are permitted any time after purchase.

o        Exchanges may have tax consequences for you.

o        Because  excessive  trading can hurt Fund performance and shareholders,
         each Fund reserves the right to temporarily  or  permanently  terminate
         the  exchange  privilege  of any  investor  who  makes  more  than four
         exchanges  out of the Fund per  calendar  year.  Accounts  under common
         ownership  or  control,  including  accounts  with  the  same  taxpayer
         identification  number,  will be counted  together  for purposes of the
         four exchange limit.

o        Each Fund reserves the right to refuse exchange purchases by any person
         or group if, in Bankers Trust's  judgment,  the Fund would be unable to
         invest  the  money   effectively  in  accordance  with  its  investment
         objective and policies,  or would  otherwise  potentially  be adversely
         affected.

o        Your  exchanges  may be  restricted  or refused if a Fund  receives  or
         anticipates  simultaneous orders affecting  significant portions of the
         Fund's assets. In particular, a pattern of exchanges that coincide with
         a "market timing" strategy may be disruptive to a Fund.

o        Although the Funds will attempt to give you prior notice  whenever they
         are reasonably able to do so, they may impose these restrictions at any
         time.  The Funds  reserve the right to terminate or modify the exchange
         privilege in the future on 60 days' notice to shareholders.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE TRUST AND PORTFOLIOS

Each Fund is a mutual fund: an  investment  that pools  shareholders'  money and
invests it toward a specified  goal. Each Fund (with the exception of the Equity
500 Index  Fund) is a  separate  diversified  series of BT Global  Investors,  a
Massachusetts   business  trust.  The  Equity  500  Index  Fund  is  a  separate
diversified  series of BT Institutional  Funds. Each Fund (with the exception of
the Equity 500 Index Fund) offers two classes of Shares of beneficial  interest,
Institutional  Class Shares and Advisor  Class  Shares.  Each of U.S. Bond Index
Portfolio, Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Portfolio, Small Cap Index Portfolio,
and  EAFE  Equity  Index  Portfolio  is a  separate  diversified  series  of  BT
Investment  Portfolios,  a New York  master  trust  fund.  The  Equity 500 Index
Portfolio is a New York trust.


                                       39

<PAGE>



Each  Portfolio  (other  than the  Equity  500 Index  Portfolio)  is a  separate
subtrust (or "Series") of BT Investment Portfolios. Each Trust and BT Investment
Portfolios  reserves the right to add additional series in the future. The Trust
also reserves the right to issue additional classes of Shares of each Fund.

The Trusts or a Portfolio  may hold special  meetings and mail proxy  materials.
These  meetings may be called to elect or remove  trustees,  change  fundamental
policies,  approve  Portfolio's  investment  advisory  agreement,  or for  other
purposes.  Shareholders  not attending  these meetings are encouraged to vote by
proxy.  Each  Trust's  Transfer  Agent will mail  proxy  materials  in  advance,
including a voting card and information about the proposals to be voted on.

When matters are submitted for shareholder vote,  shareholders of each Fund will
have one vote for each full share held and  proportionate,  fractional votes for
fractional  shares  held.  A  separate  vote of one of the Funds or  classes  is
required on any matter  affecting only that Fund or class on which  shareholders
are entitled to vote.  Shareholders  of a Fund or class are not entitled to vote
on Trust matters that do not affect that Fund or class, respectively, and do not
require a separate  vote of the Fund or class.  All series of each Trust and all
classes  will vote  together on certain  matters,  such as electing  trustees or
approving  independent  public  auditors.  There normally will be no meetings of
shareholders for the purpose of electing  Trustees unless and until such time as
less  than  a  majority  of  Trustees   holding  office  have  been  elected  by
shareholders,   at  which  time  the  Trustees   then  in  office  will  call  a
shareholders'  meeting for the election of Trustees.  Any Trustee may be removed
from office upon the vote of  shareholders  holding at least  two-thirds of that
Trust's  outstanding  shares at a meeting called for that purpose.  The Trustees
are  required to call such a meeting  upon the written  request of  shareholders
holding at least 10% of that Trust's  outstanding  shares.  Each Trust will also
assist  shareholders  in  communicating  with one another as provided for in the
1940 Act.

Each  series  of a Trust  will  vote  separately  on any  matter  involving  the
corresponding  Portfolio.  Shareholders  of all of the  series of a Trust  will,
however,  vote  together to elect  Trustees of that Trust and for certain  other
matters.  Under certain  circumstances,  the  shareholders of one or more series
could control the outcome of these votes. The series of BT Investment Portfolios
will vote together or separately on matters in the same manner,  and in the same
circumstances, as do the series of the Trusts. As with the Trusts, the investors
in one or more series of BT Investment  Portfolios  could control the outcome of
these votes.

The Trusts  are each an entity of the type  commonly  known as a  "Massachusetts
business trust." Under Massachusetts law,  shareholders of such a business trust
may, under certain circumstances,  be held personally liable as partners for its
obligations.  However,  the risk of a shareholder  incurring  financial  loss on
account of  shareholder  liability  is limited  to  circumstances  in which both
inadequate  insurance  existed  and the  Trust  itself  was  unable  to meet its
obligations.

The Declaration of Trust of each of BT Investment  Portfolios and the Equity 500
Index  Portfolio  provides  that  each Fund and other  entities  investing  in a
Portfolio (e.g., other investment companies, insurance company separate accounts
and common and commingled  trust funds) will each be liable for all  obligations
of that Portfolio. However, the risk of a Fund incurring financial loss on

                                       40

<PAGE>



account of such liability is limited to  circumstances  in which both inadequate
insurance  existed  and a Portfolio  itself was unable to meet its  obligations.
Accordingly, the Trustees of the Trusts believe that neither the Funds nor their
shareholders will be adversely affected by reason of the Funds' investing in the
Portfolios.  No series of BT Investment  Portfolios has any preference  over any
other series.


                                       41

<PAGE>



APPENDIX

The tables below shows the  performance  of the S&P 500, the Russell  2000,  the
Aggregate  Bond  Index and the EAFE  Index for the ten years  from 1984  through
1994.  Stock prices  fluctuated  widely during the period but were higher at the
end than at the  beginning.  The results  shown  should not be  considered  as a
representation  of the income or capital  gain or loss which may be generated by
the  respective  Index  in the  future.  Nor  should  this  be  considered  as a
representation of the past or future performance of the Fund.

STANDARD & POOR'S 500 COMPOSITE STOCK PRICE INDEX*

                              PRICE
           YEAR END           CHANGES IN            DIVIDEND            TOTAL
YEAR       INDEX VALUE        INDEX FOR YEAR        REINVESTMENT        RETURN
1994       459.27             -1.54%                2.86%                1.36%
1993       466.45              7.06%                3.02%               10.08%
1992       435.69              4.46%                3.16%                7.62%
1991       417.09             26.31%                4.16%               30.47%
1990       330.22             -6.56%                3.46%               -3.10%
1989       353.40             27.25%                4.44%               31.69%
1988       277.72             12.40%                4.21%               16.61%
1987       247.08              2.03%                3.07%                5.10%
1986       242.17             14.62%                3.94%               18.56%
1985       211.28             26.33%                5.24%               31.57%
1984       167.24              1.40%                4.70%                6.10%

*Source:  Standard & Poor's  Corporation.  Total returns for the S&P 500 include
          the change in price of S&P 500 stocks and assume  reinvestment  of all
          dividends paid by S&P 500 stocks.



                                   Appendix-1

<PAGE>



LEHMAN BROTHERS AGGREGATE BOND INDEX

                                PRICE
             YEAR END           CHANGES IN           DIVIDEND           TOTAL
YEAR         INDEX VALUE        INDEX FOR YEAR       REINVESTMENT       RETURN
1994         474.52                                                     -2.92%
1993         491.78                                                      9.75%
1992         439.21                                                      7.40%
1991         402.05                                                     16.00%
1990         332.79                                                      8.96%
1989         297.20                                                     14.53%
1988         246.81                                                      7.89%
1987         221.46                                                      2.76%
1986         212.84                                                     15.26%
1985         171.41                                                     22.10%
1984         122.28                                                     15.15%

RUSSELL 2000 SMALL STOCK INDEX

                                PRICE
             YEAR END           CHANGES IN           DIVIDEND           TOTAL
YEAR         INDEX VALUE        INDEX FOR YEAR       REINVESTMENT       RETURN

1994         250.36                                                     -2.43%
1993         258.59                                                     13.36%
1992         189.94                                                     51.19%
1990         132.20                                                    -17.41%
1989         168.31                                                     20.17%
1988         147.36                                                     20.37%
1987         120.42                                                    -10.48%
1986         135.00                                                      3.58%
1985         129.87                                                     30.97%
1984         101.49                                                    -15.83%

                                   Appendix-2

<PAGE>


MORGAN STANLEY CAPITAL INTERNATIONAL EAFE INDEX

                                PRICE
             YEAR END           CHANGES IN           DIVIDEND           TOTAL
YEAR         INDEX VALUE        INDEX FOR YEAR       REINVESTMENT       RETURN


1994         1037.86                                                      8.06%
1993          976.90                                                     32.95%
1992          748.20                                                    -11.86%
1991          868.90                                                     12.48%
1990          791.50                                                    -23.16%
1989         1047.90                                                     10.78%
1988          954.00                                                     28.57%



BT0472B

                                   Appendix-3

<PAGE>
BT0473B
STATEMENT OF
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
              , 1995

BT GLOBAL INVESTORS -- INSTITUTIONAL CLASS SHARES

U.S. BOND INDEX FUND
EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND
SMALL CAP INDEX FUND
EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND
BT INSTITUTIONAL EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND


BT Global  Investors  (the "Trust") is comprised of ten funds.  The funds listed
above (with the exception of BT  Institutional  Equity 500 Index Fund) (each,  a
"Fund") are each a series of the Trust and offers two classes of shares  (each a
"Class"  and   collectively   the  "Classes").   This  Statement  of  Additional
Information  describes the Institutional  Class Shares. BT Institutional  Equity
500 Index Fund (the "Equity 500 Index Fund") is a series of the BT Institutional
Funds (together with the Trust, the "Trusts").

         TABLE OF CONTENTS

         Risk Factors and Certain Securities and Investment Practices . . .
         Performance Information  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
         Valuation of Securities; Redemptions and Purchases in Kind . . . .
         Management of the Trusts and the Portfolios  . . . . . . . . . . .
         Organization of the Trusts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
         Taxation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
         Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
         Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

As  described  in the  Prospectus,  the Trusts  seek to achieve  the  investment
objectives of each Fund by investing all the investable assets ("Assets") of the
Fund in a  diversified  open-end  management  investment  company  (or a  series
thereof) having the same investment  objectives as such Fund.  These  investment
companies  are,  respectively,  Equity  500 Index  Portfolio  and BT  Investment
Portfolios.  Bond Index  Portfolio,  Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index  Portfolio,
Small Cap Index  Portfolio and EAFE Equity Index  Portfolio are each a series of
BT Investment Portfolios.

Since the investment  characteristics  of the Funds will correspond  directly to
those of the  respective  Portfolio in which the Fund invests all of its Assets,
the  following  is a discussion  of the various  investments  of and  techniques
employed by the Portfolios.

Shares  of  the  Funds  are  sold  by  Signature  Broker-Dealer  Services,  Inc.
("Signature"),  the Trusts'  Distributor,  to clients and  customers  (including
affiliates and  correspondents) of Bankers Trust Company ("Bankers Trust"),  the
Portfolios' Adviser, and to clients and customers of other organizations.

The Trusts' Prospectus for the Funds is dated           , 1995.  The Prospectus
provides the basic information investors should know before investing and may be


<PAGE>



obtained  without  charge by calling the Trust at the  telephone  number  listed
below  or  by  contacting  your  Investment  Professional.   This  Statement  of
Additional  Information,  which is not a  Prospectus,  is  intended  to  provide
additional information regarding the activities and operations of the Trusts and
should be read in  conjunction  with the Funds'  Prospectus.  This  Statement of
Additional Information is not an offer of any Fund for which an investor has not
received a Prospectus. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Statement
of  Additional  Information  have the  meanings  accorded  to them in the Fund's
Prospectus.








                             BANKERS TRUST COMPANY
             INVESTMENT ADVISER OF EACH PORTFOLIO AND ADMINISTRATOR
                     SIGNATURE BROKER-DEALER SERVICES, INC.
                                  DISTRIBUTOR

    6 St. James Avenue     Boston, Massachusetts 02116     (800) 422-6577

                                       2

<PAGE>



          RISK FACTORS AND CERTAIN SECURITIES AND INVESTMENT PRACTICES

                             INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES

The investment objective(s) of each Fund is described in that Fund's Prospectus.
There can, of course,  be no assurance that any Fund will achieve its investment
objective(s).

                              INVESTMENT PRACTICES

Each Fund seeks to achieve its  investment  objective  by  investing  all of its
Assets  in the  corresponding  Portfolio.  The  Trusts  may  withdraw  a  Fund's
investment from the corresponding Portfolio at any time if the Board of Trustees
of the respective  Trust determines that it is in the best interests of the Fund
to do so.

Since the investment  characteristics  of each Fund will correspond  directly to
those of the  corresponding  Portfolio,  the  following is a  discussion  of the
various investments of and techniques employed by each Portfolio.

CERTIFICATES  OF DEPOSIT AND BANKERS'  ACCEPTANCES.  Certificates of deposit are
receipts  issued by a  depository  institution  in  exchange  for the deposit of
funds. The issuer agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer
of the receipt on the date specified on the certificate. The certificate usually
can be traded in the secondary  market prior to maturity.  Bankers'  acceptances
typically  arise  from  short-term  credit   arrangements   designed  to  enable
businesses to obtain funds to finance  commercial  transactions.  Generally,  an
acceptance  is a time draft  drawn on a bank by an  exporter  or an  importer to
obtain a stated  amount of funds to pay for specific  merchandise.  The draft is
then "accepted" by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the
face value of the  instrument on its maturity  date.  The acceptance may then be
held  by the  accepting  bank  as an  earning  asset  or it may be  sold  in the
secondary market at the going rate of discount for a specific maturity. Although
maturities for  acceptances can be as long as 270 days,  most  acceptances  have
maturities of six months or less.

COMMERCIAL PAPER. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually from 1 to 270
days)  unsecured  promissory  notes issued by  corporations  in order to finance
their current operations.  A variable amount master demand note (which is a type
of  commercial  paper)  represents  a  direct  borrowing  arrangement  involving
periodically  fluctuating  rates of interest under a letter agreement  between a
commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender pursuant to which the lender
may determine to invest varying amounts.

For a  description  of  commercial  paper  ratings,  see  the  Appendix  to this
Statement of Additional Information.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES.  Historically, illiquid securities have included securities
subject to  contractual  or legal  restrictions  on resale because they have not
been  registered  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),
securities which are otherwise not readily marketable and repurchase agreements

                                       3

<PAGE>



having a maturity  of longer  than seven  days.  Securities  which have not been
registered  under  the  1933  Act  are  referred  to as  private  placements  or
restricted  securities  and are  purchased  directly  from the  issuer or in the
secondary  market.  Mutual funds do not typically  hold a significant  amount of
these  restricted  or other  illiquid  securities  because of the  potential for
delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an
adverse effect on the  marketability  of portfolio  securities and a mutual fund
might be unable to dispose of restricted or other illiquid  securities  promptly
or at  reasonable  prices and might  thereby  experience  difficulty  satisfying
redemptions  within seven days.  A mutual fund might also have to register  such
restricted  securities  in order to  dispose  of them  resulting  in  additional
expense and delay. Adverse market conditions could impede such a public offering
of securities.

In recent years, however, a large institutional market has developed for certain
securities  that are not  registered  under the 1933 Act,  including  repurchase
agreements,  commercial  paper,  foreign  securities,  municipal  securities and
corporate  bonds and  notes.  Institutional  investors  depend  on an  efficient
institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or
on an issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment.  The fact that there are
contractual or legal  restrictions on resale of such  investments to the general
public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of their liquidity.

The Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "SEC") has adopted Rule 144A, which
allows a broader  institutional  trading market for securities otherwise subject
to restriction on their resale to the general  public.  Rule 144A  establishes a
"safe harbor" from the  registration  requirements of the 1933 Act of resales of
certain securities to qualified  institutional  buyers. The Adviser  anticipates
that  the  market  for  certain  restricted  securities  such  as  institutional
commercial  paper will  expand  further as a result of this  regulation  and the
development  of automated  systems for the trading,  clearance and settlement of
unregistered  securities  of domestic  and foreign  issuers,  such as the PORTAL
System sponsored by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

The  Adviser  will  monitor  the  liquidity  of  Rule  144A  securities  in each
Portfolio's  portfolio  under  the  supervision  of  the  Portfolio's  Board  of
Trustees.  In reaching  liquidity  decisions,  the Adviser will consider,  among
other things, the following factors:  (i) the frequency of trades and quotes for
the security;  (ii) the number of dealers and other potential purchasers wishing
to purchase or sell the security;  (iii) dealer undertakings to make a market in
the security and (iv) the nature of the security and of the  marketplace  trades
(e.g.,  the time  needed to dispose of the  security,  the method of  soliciting
offers and the mechanics of the transfer).

LENDING OF  PORTFOLIO  SECURITIES.  Each  Portfolio  has the  authority  to lend
portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations.  The
Portfolio  will  not  lend  securities  to  Bankers  Trust,  Signature  or their
affiliates.  By lending its  securities,  a Portfolio can increase its income by
continuing  to receive  interest on the loaned  securities  as well as by either
investing the cash collateral in short-term securities or obtaining yield in the
form of interest paid by the borrower when U.S. Government  obligations are used
as collateral. There may be risks of delay in receiving additional collateral or
risks of delay in recovery of the securities or even loss of rights in the

                                       4

<PAGE>



collateral should the borrower of the securities fail  financially.  A Portfolio
will adhere to the following  conditions whenever its securities are loaned: (i)
the  Portfolio  must receive at least 100 percent cash  collateral or equivalent
securities  from the borrower;  (ii) the borrower must increase this  collateral
whenever the market value of the  securities  including  accrued  interest rises
above the level of the collateral; (iii) the Portfolio must be able to terminate
the loan at any time; (iv) the Portfolio must receive reasonable interest on the
loan, as well as any dividends,  interest or other  distributions  on the loaned
securities,  and any increase in market  value;  (v) the  Portfolio may pay only
reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (vi) voting rights on
the loaned  securities may pass to the borrower;  provided,  however,  that if a
material event adversely  affecting the investment occurs, the Board of Trustees
of the  Portfolio  must  terminate  the loan and  regain  the  right to vote the
securities.

SHORT-TERM INSTRUMENTS.  When a Portfolio experiences large cash inflows through
the sale of securities and desirable equity securities, that are consistent with
the  Portfolio's  investment  objective,  which are  unavailable  in  sufficient
quantities  or  at  attractive   prices,   the  Portfolio  may  hold  short-term
investments for a limited time pending  availability of such equity  securities.
Short-term   instruments  consist  of  foreign  and  domestic:   (i)  short-term
obligations  of  sovereign  governments,   their  agencies,   instrumentalities,
authorities or political  subdivisions;  (ii) other  short-term  debt securities
rated AA or  higher  by S&P or Aa or  higher  by  Moody's  or,  if  unrated,  of
comparable quality in the opinion of Bankers Trust; (iii) commercial paper; (iv)
bank obligations,  including negotiable  certificates of deposit,  time deposits
and  banker's  acceptances;  and (v)  repurchase  agreements.  At the  time  the
Portfolio   invests  in  commercial   paper,   bank  obligations  or  repurchase
agreements,  the issuer of the issuer's parent must have  outstanding debt rated
AA or higher by S&P or Aa or higher by Moody's or outstanding  commercial  paper
or bank  obligations  rated A-1 by S&P or  Prime-1  by  Moody's;  or, if no such
ratings are  available,  the  instrument  must be of  comparable  quality in the
opinion of Bankers Trust. These instruments may be denominated in U.S dollars or
in foreign currencies.

WHEN-ISSUED  AND  DELAYED  DELIVERY  SECURITIES.  Each  Portfolio  may  purchase
securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis. For example,  delivery of
and payment for these  securities  can take place a month or more after the date
of the purchase commitment. The purchase price and the interest rate payable, if
any, on the securities are fixed on the purchase  commitment date or at the time
the settlement date is fixed.  The value of such securities is subject to market
fluctuation and no interest accrues to a Portfolio until settlement takes place.
At the time a  Portfolio  makes  the  commitment  to  purchase  securities  on a
when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the  transaction,  reflect
the value each day of such securities in determining its net asset value and, if
applicable,  calculate  the maturity for the purposes of average  maturity  from
that date.  At the time of  settlement a  when-issued  security may be valued at
less than the purchase price. To facilitate  such  acquisitions,  each Portfolio
will  maintain  with the  Custodian a  segregated  account  with liquid  assets,
consisting of cash, U.S. Government securities or other appropriate  securities,
in an amount at least  equal to such  commitments.  On  delivery  dates for such
transactions,  each Portfolio will meet its obligations from maturities or sales
of the  securities  held in the  segregated  account and/or from cash flow. If a
Portfolio

                                       5

<PAGE>



chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued  security  prior to its
acquisition,   it  could,  as  with  the  disposition  of  any  other  portfolio
obligation,  incur a gain or loss due to market  fluctuation.  It is the current
policy of each Portfolio not to enter into when-issued  commitments exceeding in
the aggregate  15% of the market value of the  Portfolio's  total  assets,  less
liabilities other than the obligations created by when-issued commitments.

ADDITIONAL U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS. Each Portfolio may invest in obligations
issued or guaranteed by U.S.  Government  agencies or  instrumentalities.  These
obligations  may or may not be  backed by the "full  faith  and  credit"  of the
United States. In the case of securities not backed by the full faith and credit
of the United States, each Portfolio must look principally to the federal agency
issuing or guaranteeing  the obligation for ultimate  repayment,  and may not be
able to assert a claim  against the United States itself in the event the agency
or  instrumentality  does not meet its  commitments.  Securities  in which  each
Portfolio  may  invest  that are not  backed by the full faith and credit of the
United  States  include,  but are not limited to,  obligations  of the Tennessee
Valley Authority, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and the U.S. Postal
Service,  each of which has the right to borrow  from the U.S.  Treasury to meet
its  obligations,  and  obligations  of the Federal  Farm Credit  System and the
Federal Home Loan Banks,  both of whose obligations may be satisfied only by the
individual  credits of each issuing agency.  Securities  which are backed by the
full faith and credit of the United States include obligations of the Government
National  Mortgage  Association,  the  Farmers  Home  Administration,   and  the
Export-Import Bank.

EQUITY INVESTMENTS. The Portfolios may invest in equity securities listed on any
domestic or foreign securities exchange or traded in the over-the-counter market
as well as certain  restricted or unlisted  securities.  They may or may not pay
dividends or carry voting rights. Common stock occupies the most junior position
in a company's capital structure.

SWAP  AGREEMENTS.  Swap  agreements  are contracts  entered into by two parties,
primarily institutional  investors, for periods ranging from a few weeks to more
than one year. In a standard swap transaction, two parties agree to exchange the
returns (or  differentials  in rates of return) earned or realized on particular
predetermined  investments or instruments.  The gross returns to be exchanged or
swapped  between the parties are calculated  with respect to a notional  amount,
I.E., the return on or increase in value of a particular  dollar amount invested
at a particular interest rate, in a particular foreign currency,  or in a basket
of securities  representing a particular  index. The notional amount of the swap
agreement is only a fictive  basis on which to calculate the  obligations  which
the  parties  to a  swap  agreement  have  agreed  to  exchange.  A  Portfolio's
obligations  (or rights) under a swap  agreement will generally be equal only to
the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement  based on the relative
values of the positions  held by each party to the agreement (the "net amount").
A Portfolio's  obligations  under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset
against  any  amounts  owing to the  Portfolio)  and any  accrued but unpaid net
amounts  owed to a swap  counterparty  will be covered by the  maintenance  of a
segregated account consisting of cash, U.S. Government securities, or high grade
debt  obligations,   to  avoid  any  potential  leveraging  of  the  Portfolio's
portfolio.

                                       6

<PAGE>




The use of swap  agreements  will be  successful in  furthering  its  investment
objective  will depend on the  Adviser's  ability to correctly  predict  whether
certain types of investments  are likely to produce  greater  returns than other
investments.  Swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid  because they are
two party  contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days.
Moreover,  a  Portfolio  bears  the risk of loss of the  amount  expected  to be
received  under a swap  agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a
swap agreement  counterparty.  A Portfolio will enter into swap  agreements only
with  counterparties  that would be eligible  for  consideration  as  repurchase
agreement  counterparties under the Portfolio's repurchase agreement guidelines.
Certain  restrictions imposed on the Portfolios by the Internal Revenue Code may
limit the  Portfolios'  ability to use swap  agreements.  The swaps  market is a
relatively  new  market  and  is  largely  unregulated.   It  is  possible  that
developments in the swaps market,  including  potential  government  regulation,
could  adversely  affect  a  Portfolio's  ability  to  terminate  existing  swap
agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

Certain  swap  agreements  are  exempt  from most  provisions  of the  Commodity
Exchange  Act (the  "CEA")  and,  therefore,  are not  regulated  as  futures or
commodity option transactions under the CEA, pursuant to regulations approved by
the Commodity  Futures Trading  Commission (the "CFTC")  effective  February 22,
1993. To qualify for this  exemption,  a swap  agreement must be entered into by
eligible participants,  which includes the following, provided the participant's
total  assets  exceed  established  levels:  a bank or  trust  company,  savings
association or credit union,  insurance  company,  investment company subject to
regulation  under the  Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as amended  (the "1940
Act"), commodity pool, corporation, partnership,  proprietorship,  organization,
trust  or  other   entity,   employee   benefit   plan,   governmental   entity,
broker-dealer, futures commission merchant, natural person, or regulated foreign
person. To be eligible,  natural persons and most other entities must have total
assets  exceeding $10 million;  commodity pools and employee  benefit plans must
have asset exceeding $5 million. In addition,  an eligible swap transaction must
meet three  conditions.  First, the swap agreement may not be part of a fungible
class of agreements that are  standardized as to their material  economic terms.
Second,  the  creditworthiness  of parties with actual or potential  obligations
under the swap  agreement must be a material  consideration  in entering into or
determining the terms of the swap agreement,  including pricing,  cost or credit
enhancement terms.  Third, swap agreements may not be entered into and traded on
or through a multilateral transaction execution facility.

This  exemption  is not  exclusive,  and  participants  may  continue to rely on
existing  exclusions for swaps, such as the Policy Statement issued in July 1989
which  recognized  a "safe  harbor" for swap  transactions  from  regulation  as
futures or commodity option  transactions under the CEA or its regulations.  The
Policy  Statement  applies to swap  transactions  settled in cash that: (i) have
individually  tailored  terms;  (ii) lack exchange style offset and the use of a
clearing organization or margin system; (iii) are undertaken in conjunction with
a line of business; and (iv) are not marketed to the public.

REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS.  The Portfolios may borrow funds for temporary or
emergency purposes, such as meeting larger than anticipated redemption requests,
and not for leverage, by among other things, agreeing to sell portfolio

                                       7

<PAGE>



securities to financial  institutions  such as banks and  broker-dealers  and to
repurchase  them at a  mutually  agreed  date and price (a  "reverse  repurchase
agreement").  At the time a Portfolio enters into a reverse repurchase agreement
it  will  place  in  a  segregated   custodial  account  cash,  U.S.  Government
Obligations  or  high-grade  debt  obligations  having  a  value  equal  to  the
repurchase  price,  including accrued interest.  Reverse  repurchase  agreements
involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by a Portfolio may
decline  below the  repurchase  price of those  securities.  Reverse  repurchase
agreements are considered to be borrowings by a Portfolio.

WARRANTS.  Warrants  entitle the holder to buy common stock from the issuer at a
specific  price (the  strike  price) for a specific  period of time.  The strike
price of warrants  sometimes is much lower than the current  market price of the
underlying  securities,  yet warrants are subject to similar price fluctuations.
As a result,  warrants  may be more  volatile  investments  than the  underlying
securities.

Warrants do not entitle the holder to dividends or voting rights with respect to
the  underlying  securities and do not represent any rights in the assets of the
issuing company. Also, the value of the warrant does not necessarily change with
the value of the underlying  securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it
is not exercised prior to the expiration date.

CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES.  Convertible  securities  may  be a  debt  security  or
preferred stock which may be converted into common stock or carries the right to
purchase common stock. Convertible securities entitle the holder to exchange the
securities for a specified number of shares of common stock, usually of the same
company, at specified prices within a certain period of time.

The terms of any  convertible  security  determine  its  ranking in a  company's
capital  structure.  In the case of  subordinated  convertible  debentures,  the
holders'  claims on assets and earnings are  subordinated to the claims of other
creditors, and are senior to the claims of preferred and common shareholders. In
the case of  convertible  preferred  stock,  the  holders'  claims on assets and
earnings are  subordinated  to the claims of all creditors and are senior to the
claims of common shareholders.

         GINNIE  MAE  CERTIFICATES.  Ginnie  Mae  is  a  wholly-owned  corporate
instrumentality  of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban
Development.  The National  Housing Act of 1934, as amended (the "Housing Act"),
authorizes  Ginnie Mae to guarantee  the timely  payment of the principal of and
interest  on  certificates  that are based on and  backed by a pool of  mortgage
loans insured by the Federal  Housing  Administration  under the Housing Act, or
Title  V of  the  Housing  Act of  1949  ("FHA  Loans"),  or  guaranteed  by the
Department of Veterans Affairs under the Servicemen's  Readjustment Act of 1944,
as amended ("VA  Loans"),  or by pools of other  eligible  mortgage  loans.  The
Housing Act provides  that the full faith and credit of the U.S.  Government  is
pledged to the payment of all amounts  that may be required to be paid under any
GNMA guaranty. In order to meet its obligations under such guaranty,  Ginnie Mae
is authorized to borrow from the U.S. Treasury with no limitations as to amount.


                                       8

<PAGE>



         The Ginnie Mae Certificates in which the U.S. Bond Index Portfolio will
invest will  represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following
types of mortgage  loans:  (i) fixed-rate  level payment  mortgage  loans;  (ii)
fixed-rate  graduated  payment mortgage loans;  (iii) fixed-rate  growing equity
mortgage loans; (iv) fixed-rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured  (mobile)
homes;   (v)  mortgage  loans  on  multifamily   residential   properties  under
construction;  (vi)  mortgage  loans on completed  multifamily  projects;  (vii)
fixed-rate  mortgage  loans as to which  escrowed  funds are used to reduce  the
borrower's  monthly  payments  during  the  early  years of the  mortgage  loans
("buydown"  mortgage loans);  (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments
in payments  based on periodic  changes in  interest  rates or in other  payment
terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes. All of these
mortgage loans will be FHA Loans or VA Loans and, except as otherwise  specified
above,  will  be  fully-amortizing  loans  secured  by  first  liens  on one- to
four-family housing units.

         FANNIE  MAE  CERTIFICATES.  Fannie  Mae is a  federally  chartered  and
privately owned  corporation  organized and existing under the Federal  National
Mortgage Association Charter Act of 1938. The obligations of FNMA are not backed
by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government.

         Each Fannie Mae  Certificate  will represent a pro rata interest in one
or more pools of FHA  Loans,  VA Loans or  conventional  mortgage  loans  (I.E.,
mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of
the  following  types:  (i)  fixed-rate  level  payment  mortgage  loans;   (ii)
fixed-rate  growing equity mortgage loans;  (iii) fixed-rate  graduated  payment
mortgage  loans;  (iv) variable rate mortgage loans;  (v) other  adjustable rate
mortgage  loans;  and (vi)  fixed-rate and adjustable  mortgage loans secured by
multifamily projects.

         FREDDIE MAC CERTIFICATES. Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of
the United States created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as
amended (the "FHLMC Act"). The obligations of Freddie Mac are obligations solely
of  Freddie  Mac and are not  backed by the full  faith  and  credit of the U.S.
Government.

         Freddie Mac  Certificates  represent a pro rata  interest in a group of
mortgage loans (a "Freddie Mac Certificate group") purchased by Freddie Mac. The
mortgage  loans  underlying  the  Freddie  Mac  Certificates   will  consist  of
fixed-rate or adjustable  rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of
between ten and thirty  years,  substantially  all of which are secured by first
liens on one-to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each
mortgage loan must meet the  applicable  standards set forth in the FHLMC Act. A
Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans,  participating  interests
in whole  loans  and  undivided  interests  in whole  loans  and  participations
comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

         ADJUSTABLE  RATE  MORTGAGES - INTEREST  RATE INDICES.  Adjustable  rate
mortgages in which the U.S. Bond Index Portfolio  invests may be adjusted on the
basis of one of  several  indices.  The One Year  Treasury  Index is the  figure
derived  from  the  average  weekly  quoted  yield on U.S.  Treasury  Securities
adjusted to a constant  maturity of one year.  The Cost of Funds Index  reflects
the monthly weighted average cost of funds of savings and loan  associations and
savings banks

                                       9

<PAGE>



whose home  offices  are located in  Arizona,  California  and Nevada (the "FHLB
Eleventh  District") that are member  institutions of the Federal Home Loan Bank
of San Francisco  (the "FHLB of San  Francisco"),  as computed  from  statistics
tabulated and published by the FHLB of San Francisco.  The FHLB of San Francisco
normally  announces the Cost of Funds Index on the last working day of the month
following the month in which the cost of funds was incurred.

         A number of factors  affect the  performance of the Cost of Funds Index
and may cause the Cost of Funds Index to move in a manner different from indices
based upon specific interest rates, such as the One Year Treasury Index. Because
of the various origination dates and maturities of the liabilities of members of
the FHLB Eleventh  District  upon which the Cost of Funds Index is based,  among
other  things,  at any time the Cost of Funds  Index may not reflect the average
prevailing market interest rates on new liabilities of similar maturities. There
can be no assurance  that the Cost of Funds Index will  necessarily  move in the
same direction or at the same rate as prevailing  interest rates since as longer
term deposits or borrowings mature and are renewed at market interest rates, the
Cost of Funds Index will rise or fall  depending upon the  differential  between
the  prior and the new  rates on such  deposits  and  borrowings.  In  addition,
dislocations in the thrift industry in recent years have caused and may continue
to cause  the cost of  funds  of  thrift  institutions  to  change  for  reasons
unrelated to changes in general interest rate levels. Furthermore,  any movement
in the Cost of Funds  Index as  compared to other  indices  based upon  specific
interest  rates  may be  affected  by  changes  instituted  by the  FHLB  of San
Francisco in the method used to calculate the Cost of Funds Index. To the extent
that the Cost of Funds  Index may  reflect  interest  changes on a more  delayed
basis than other indices, in a period of rising interest rates, any increase may
produce a higher yield later than would be produced by such other  indices,  and
in a period of  declining  interest  rates,  the Cost of Funds  Index may remain
higher than other  market  interest  rates which may result in a higher level of
principal prepayments on mortgage loans which adjust in accordance with the Cost
of Funds  Index  than  mortgage  loans  which  adjust in  accordance  with other
indices.

         LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate, is the interest rate that the
most  creditworthy  international  banks  dealing  in  U.S.   dollar-denominated
deposits and loans charge each other for large  dollar-denominated  loans. LIBOR
is also  usually  the  base  rate  for  large  dollar-denominated  loans  in the
international   market.   LIBOR  is  generally  quoted  for  loans  having  rate
adjustments at one, three, six or twelve month intervals.

         ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES.  The asset-backed securities in which the U.S.
Bond  Index  Portfolio  may  invest  are  limited  to those  which  are  readily
marketable,  dollar-denominated  and rated BBB or  higher by  Standard  & Poor's
Corporation  ("S&P")  or Baa or  higher  by  Moody's  Investors  Services,  Inc.
("Moody's").   Asset-backed  securities  present  certain  risks  that  are  not
presented by mortgage-backed securities. Primarily, these securities do not have
the  benefit of the same type of security  interest  in the related  collateral.
Credit card receivables are generally  unsecured and the debtors are entitled to
the protection of a number of state and federal  consumer  credit laws,  many of
which give such  debtors the right to avoid  payment of certain  amounts owed on
the credit cards,  thereby  reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile
receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying

                                       10

<PAGE>



obligations.  If the servicer were to sell these  obligations  to another party,
there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of
the holders of the related automobile receivables.  In addition,  because of the
large  number  of  vehicles   involved  in  a  typical  issuance  and  technical
requirements  under  state laws,  the trustee for the holders of the  automobile
receivables  may not have a proper  security  interest in all of the obligations
backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on
repossessed  collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments
on these securities.

         MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES AND ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES--TYPES OF CREDIT
SUPPORT.  The mortgage-backed  securities in which the U.S. Bond Index Portfolio
may  invest  are   limited  to  those   relating   to   residential   mortgages.
Mortgage-backed  securities  and  asset-backed  securities are often backed by a
pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To
lessen the effect of failure by obligors on underlying  assets to make payments,
such  securities  may contain  elements of credit  support.  Such credit support
falls into two categories:  (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against
losses resulting from ultimate  default by an obligor on the underlying  assets.
Liquidity  protection  refers to the  provision  of  advances,  generally by the
entity  administering  the pool of assets,  to ensure that the  pass-through  of
payments  due on the  underlying  pool  occurs in a timely  fashion.  Protection
against  losses  resulting  from  ultimate  default  enhances the  likelihood of
ultimate  payment of the  obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the
pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees,  insurance policies or
letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties,  through
various means of  structuring  the  transaction or through a combination of such
approaches.  The U.S. Bond Index  Portfolio will not pay any additional fees for
such credit  support,  although the existence of credit support may increase the
price of a security.

         The ratings of mortgage-backed  securities and asset-backed  securities
for which  third-party  credit  enhancement  provides  liquidity  protection  or
protection  against  losses  from  default  are  generally  dependent  upon  the
continued  creditworthiness  of the  provider  of the  credit  enhancement.  The
ratings  of such  securities  could be  subject  to  reduction  in the  event of
deterioration in the creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in
cases where the delinquency and loss experience on the underlying pool of assets
is better than expected.

         Examples  of  credit  support  arising  out  of  the  structure  of the
transaction include "senior-subordinated  securities" (multiple class securities
with one or more  classes  subordinate  to other  classes  as to the  payment of
principal  thereof and interest  thereon,  with the result that  defaults on the
underlying  assets are borne  first by the holders of the  subordinated  class),
creation of "reserve funds" (where cash or investments,  sometimes funded from a
portion of the payments on the underlying  assets,  are held in reserve  against
future losses) and "over-collateralization" (where the scheduled payments on, or
the principal  amount of, the  underlying  assets exceed those  required to make
payment of the  securities  and pay any servicing or other fees).  The degree of
credit  support  provided  for each  issue  is  generally  based  on  historical
information  with  respect  to the  level of  credit  risk  associated  with the
underlying assets. Delinquency

                                       11

<PAGE>



or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely affect the return
on an investment in such a security.

         STRIPPED  MORTGAGE-BACKED  SECURITIES.  The cash flows and yields on IO
and PO  classes  are  extremely  sensitive  to the  rate of  principal  payments
(including  prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets. For example,
a rapid or slow rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on
the yield to maturity of IOs or POs,  respectively.  If the underlying  mortgage
assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, an investor
may fail to recoup  fully its  initial  investment  in an IO class of a stripped
mortgage-backed  security, even if the IO class is rated AAA or Aaa. Conversely,
if the underlying mortgage assets experience slower than anticipated prepayments
of principal,  the yield on a PO class will be affected more severely than would
be the case with a traditional mortgage-backed security.

FOREIGN  SECURITIES:  SPECIAL  CONSIDERATIONS  CONCERNING  HONG KONG,  MALAYSIA,
SINGAPORE AND JAPAN.  Many Asian countries may be subject to a greater degree of
social, political and economic instability than is the case in the United States
and  European  countries.  Such  instability  may result from (i)  authoritarian
governments or military  involvement in political and economic  decision-making;
(ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic and
social  conditions;  (iii) internal  insurgencies;  (iv) hostile  relations with
neighboring countries; and (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection.

The  economies  of  most of the  Asian  countries  are  heavily  dependent  upon
international  trade and are accordingly  affected by protective  trade barriers
and the economic conditions of their trading partners,  principally,  the United
States,  Japan,  China and the European  Community.  The enactment by the United
States or other principal trading partners of protectionist  trade  legislation,
reduction of foreign  investment in the local economies and general  declines in
the  international  securities  markets could have a significant  adverse effect
upon the securities markets of the Asian countries.

Hong Kong's impending return to Chinese dominion in 1997 has not initially had a
positive effect on its economic growth which was vigorous in the 1980s. However,
authorities in Beijing have agreed to maintain a capitalist  system for 50 years
that, along with Hong Kong's economic growth,  continued to further strong stock
market  returns.  In preparation  for 1997,  Hong Kong has to develop trade with
China,  where it is the largest  foreign  investor,  while also  maintaining its
longstanding   export   relationship   with  the  United  States.   Spending  on
infrastructure improvements is a significant priority of the colonial government
while the private sector  continues to diversify abroad based on its position as
an established international trade center in the Far East.

The Hong Kong stock market is undergoing a period of growth and change which may
result in trading volatility and difficulties in the settlement and recording of
transactions, and in interpreting and applying the relevant law and regulations.

The Malaysian  economy  continued to perform well,  growing at an average annual
rate of 9% from 1987 through  1991.  This placed  Malaysia as one of the fastest
growing economies in the Asian-Pacific  region.  Malaysia has become the world's
third-largest producer of semiconductor devices (after the US and Japan) and the

                                       12

<PAGE>



world's  largest  exporter of  semiconductor  devices.  More  remarkable  is the
country's ability to achieve rapid economic growth with relative price stability
(2%  inflation  over the past five  years) as the  government  followed  prudent
fiscal/monetary  policies.  Malaysia's  high export  dependence  level leaves it
vulnerable  to a recession  in the  Organization  for Economic  Cooperation  and
Development countries or a fall in world commodity prices.

Singapore  has  an  open   entrepreneurial   economy  with  strong  service  and
manufacturing sectors and excellent international trading links derived from its
entrepot  history.  During the 1970's and early  1980's,  the  economy  expanded
rapidly,  achieving an average annual growth rate of 9%. Per capita GDP is among
the  highest in Asia.  Singapore  holds a position as a major oil  refining  and
services center.

Investing in Japanese securities may involve the risks associated with investing
in foreign securities generally.  In addition,  because it invests in Japan, the
EAFE  Equity  Index  Portfolio  will be  subject  to the  general  economic  and
political conditions in Japan.

Share prices of companies listed on Japanese stock exchanges and on the Japanese
OTC  market  reached  historical  peaks  (which  were later  referred  to as the
"bubble") as well as historically  high trading volumes in 1989 and 1990.  Since
then, stock prices in both markets  decreased  significantly,  with listed stock
prices  reaching  their lowest levels in the third quarter of 1992 and OTC stock
prices  reaching their lowest levels in the fourth  quarter of 1992.  During the
period from January 1, 1989 through  December 31, 1994, the highest Nikkei stock
average and Nikkei OTC average were  38,915.87 and 4,149.20,  respectively,  and
the lowest for each were 14,309.41 and 1,099.32,  respectively.  There can be no
assurance that additional market corrections will not occur.

The common  stocks of many  Japanese  companies  continue to trade at high price
earnings  ratios in comparison  with those in the United States,  even after the
recent market  decline.  Differences in accounting  methods make it difficult to
compare the  earnings of Japanese  companies  with those of  companies  in other
countries, especially the United States.

Since the EAFE Equity Index Portfolio invests in securities  denominated in yen,
changes in exchange  rates  between the U.S.  dollar and the yen affect the U.S.
dollar value of the EAFE Equity Index Portfolio's  assets. Such rate of exchange
is  determined by forces of supply and demand on the foreign  exchange  markets.
These forces are in turn affected by the  international  balance of payments and
other economic,  political and financial  conditions,  government  intervention,
speculation and other factors.

Japanese  securities  held by the EAFE Equity Index Portfolio are not registered
with the SEC nor are the issuers thereof subject to its reporting  requirements.
There may be less  publicly  available  information  about  issuers of  Japanese
securities  than about U.S.  companies  and such  issuers  may not be subject to
accounting,   auditing  and  financial   reporting  standards  and  requirements
comparable to those to which U.S. companies are subject.


                                       13

<PAGE>



Although  the  Japanese  economy  has  grown  substantially  over the past  four
decades, recently the rate of growth had slowed substantially. During 1991, 1992
and  1993,  the  Japanese  economy  grew  at  rates  of  4.3%,  1.1%  and  0.1%,
respectively, as measured by real gross domestic product.

Japan's  success in  exporting  its  products  has  generated  a sizeable  trade
surplus.  Such trade surplus has caused tensions at times between Japan and some
of its trading partners. In particular,  Japan's trade relations with the United
States have recently been the subject of discussion and negotiation  between the
two nations.  The United States has imposed certain measures designed to address
trade issues in specific industries.  These measures and similar measures in the
future may adversely affect the performance of the EAFE Equity Index Portfolio.

Japan's  economy has typically  exhibited low inflation and low interest  rates.
There  can be no  assurance  that low  inflation  and low  interest  rates  will
continue,  and it is likely  that a reversal  of such  factors  would  adversely
affect  the  Japanese  economy.  Moreover,  the  Japanese  economy  may  differ,
favorably or  unfavorably,  from the U.S.  economy in such respects as growth of
gross national  product,  rate of inflation,  capital  reinvestment,  resources,
self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.

Japan has a parliamentary form of government. In 1993 a coalition government was
formed  which,  for the first time  since  1955,  did not  include  the  Liberal
Democratic Party. Since mid-1993,  there have been several changes in leadership
in Japan.  What, if any,  effect the current  political  situation  will have on
prospective  regulatory  reforms of the  economy in Japan  cannot be  predicted.
Recent and future developments in Japan and neighboring Asian countries may lead
to  changes  in  policy  that  might  adversely  affect  the EAFE  Equity  Index
Portfolio.

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS

GENERAL.  The successful use of such instruments  draws upon the Adviser's skill
and  experience  with  respect to such  instruments  and usually  depends on the
Adviser's ability to forecast interest rate and currency exchange rate movements
correctly.  Should  interest or exchange rates move in an unexpected  manner,  a
Portfolio  may not achieve the  anticipated  benefits  of futures  contracts  or
options on futures  contracts or may realize  losses and thus will be in a worse
position than if such strategies had not been used. In addition, the correlation
between  movements  in the price of  futures  contracts  or  options  on futures
contracts and movements in the price of the securities and currencies  hedged or
used for cover will not be perfect and could produce unanticipated losses.

Successful  use of the  futures  contract  and  related  options  are subject to
special  risk  considerations.  A liquid  secondary  market  for any  futures or
options  contract  may not be  available  when a futures or options  position is
sought to be closed. In addition,  there may be an imperfect correlation between
movements in the  securities  or currency in the  Portfolio.  Successful  use of
futures or options  contracts is further dependent on Bankers Trust's ability to
correctly predict movements in the securities or foreign currency markets and no
assurance can be given that its  judgement  will be correct.  Successful  use of
options  on   securities   or  stock   indices  are  subject  to  similar   risk
considerations.  In addition,  by writing  covered call  options,  the Portfolio
gives up the

                                       14

<PAGE>



opportunity, while the option is in effect, to profit from any price increase in
the underlying securities above the options exercise price.

FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  Each Portfolio may enter into contracts for the purchase or
sale for future  delivery of fixed-income  securities,  foreign  currencies,  or
contracts  based on financial  indices  including  any index of U.S.  Government
securities,  foreign  government  securities or corporate debt securities.  U.S.
futures  contracts  have been designed by exchanges  which have been  designated
"contracts  markets"  by the  CFTC,  and  must be  executed  through  a  futures
commission  merchant,  or  brokerage  firm,  which is a member  of the  relevant
contract market.  Futures contracts trade on a number of exchange markets,  and,
through their clearing corporations,  the exchanges guarantee performance of the
contracts as between the clearing  members of the exchange.  Each  Portfolio may
enter into futures  contracts which are based on debt securities that are backed
by the full  faith and credit of the U.S.  Government,  such as  long-term  U.S.
Treasury  Bonds,  Treasury  Notes,  GNMA modified  pass-through  mortgage-backed
securities and three-month U.S.  Treasury Bills. A Portfolio may also enter into
futures  contracts  which are based on bonds  issued by entities  other than the
U.S. Government.

At the same time a futures  contract is purchased or sold,  the  Portfolio  must
allocate cash or  securities as a deposit  payment  ("initial  deposit").  It is
expected  that the  initial  deposit  would be  approximately  1 1/2% to 5% of a
contract's face value. Daily thereafter,  the futures contract is valued and the
payment of  "variation  margin" may be  required,  since each day the  Portfolio
would  provide or receive  cash that  reflects  any  decline or  increase in the
contract's value.

At the time of delivery of securities  pursuant to such a contract,  adjustments
are  made to  recognize  differences  in value  arising  from  the  delivery  of
securities  with a different  interest rate from that specified in the contract.
In some (but not many) cases,  securities  called for by a futures  contract may
not have been issued when the contract was written.

Although  futures  contracts  by their  terms  call for the actual  delivery  or
acquisition of securities, in most cases the contractual obligation is fulfilled
before the date of the contract  without  having to make or take delivery of the
securities. The offsetting of a contractual obligation is accomplished by buying
(or selling, as the case may be) on a commodities  exchange an identical futures
contract  calling for delivery in the same month.  Such a transaction,  which is
effected through a member of an exchange, cancels the obligation to make or take
delivery of the  securities.  Since all  transactions  in the futures market are
made, offset or fulfilled  through a clearinghouse  associated with the exchange
on which the contracts are traded,  the Portfolio will incur brokerage fees when
it purchases or sells futures contracts.

The purpose of the acquisition or sale of a futures  contract,  in the case of a
Portfolio  which  holds or  intends to acquire  fixed-income  securities,  is to
attempt to protect  the  Portfolio  from  fluctuations  in  interest  or foreign
exchange rates without  actually  buying or selling  fixed-income  securities or
foreign  currencies.  For example,  if interest rates were expected to increase,
the  Portfolio  might  enter  into  futures  contracts  for  the  sale  of  debt
securities.

                                       15

<PAGE>



Such a sale would have much the same  effect as selling an  equivalent  value of
the debt securities owned by the Portfolio.  If interest rates did increase, the
value of the debt security in the Portfolio would decline,  but the value of the
futures  contracts to the Portfolio  would  increase at  approximately  the same
rate,  thereby  keeping the net asset value of the Portfolio  from  declining as
much as it otherwise would have. The Portfolio could accomplish  similar results
by selling debt  securities  and investing in bonds with short  maturities  when
interest  rates are expected to increase.  However,  since the futures market is
more liquid than the cash market,  the use of futures contracts as an investment
technique  allows the Portfolio to maintain a defensive  position without having
to sell its portfolio securities.

Similarly,  when  it is  expected  that  interest  rates  may  decline,  futures
contracts may be purchased to attempt to hedge against anticipated  purchases of
debt securities at higher prices. Since the fluctuations in the value of futures
contracts should be similar to those of debt securities,  a Portfolio could take
advantage  of the  anticipated  rise in the  value  of debt  securities  without
actually buying them until the market had stabilized.  At that time, the futures
contracts  could be liquidated and the Portfolio  could then buy debt securities
on the cash market.  To the extent a Portfolio enters into futures contracts for
this purpose, the assets in the segregated asset account maintained to cover the
Portfolio's  obligations with respect to such futures  contracts will consist of
cash, cash equivalents or high quality liquid debt securities from its portfolio
in an amount equal to the  difference  between the  fluctuating  market value of
such futures  contracts  and the  aggregate  value of the initial and  variation
margin payments made by the Portfolio with respect to such futures contracts.

The  ordinary  spreads  between  prices in the cash and futures  market,  due to
differences in the nature of those markets,  are subject to distortions.  First,
all  participants  in the  futures  market are  subject to initial  deposit  and
variation margin  requirements.  Rather than meeting additional variation margin
requirements,   investors  may  close  futures  contracts   through   offsetting
transactions  which could distort the normal  relationship  between the cash and
futures  markets.  Second,  the  liquidity  of the  futures  market  depends  on
participants entering into offsetting  transactions rather than making or taking
delivery. To the extent participants decide to make or take delivery,  liquidity
in the futures market could be reduced, thus producing  distortion.  Third, from
the point of view of speculators, the margin deposit requirements in the futures
market are less  onerous  than margin  requirements  in the  securities  market.
Therefore,  increased  participation  by  speculators  in the futures market may
cause  temporary  price  distortions.  Due to the  possibility of distortion,  a
correct  forecast of general  interest  rate trends by the Adviser may still not
result in a successful transaction.

In addition,  futures contracts entail risks. Although the Adviser believes that
use of such contracts will benefit the Portfolios,  if the Adviser's  investment
judgment  about  the  general  direction  of  interest  rates  is  incorrect,  a
Portfolio's  overall performance would be poorer than if it had not entered into
any  such  contract.  For  example,  if  a  Portfolio  has  hedged  against  the
possibility  of an increase in interest rates which would  adversely  affect the
price of debt  securities  held in its  portfolio  and interest  rates  decrease
instead, the Portfolio will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased

                                       16

<PAGE>



value of its debt securities which it has hedged because it will have offsetting
losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if a Portfolio
has insufficient cash, it may have to sell debt securities from its portfolio to
meet daily variation margin  requirements.  Such sales of bonds may be, but will
not  necessarily  be, at increased  prices which  reflect the rising  market.  A
Portfolio may have to sell  securities at a time when it may be  disadvantageous
to do so.

OPTIONS ON FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  Each Portfolio may purchase and write options on
futures  contracts  for  hedging  purposes.  The  purchase of a call option on a
futures contract is similar in some respects to the purchase of a call option on
an  individual  security.  Depending  on the  pricing of the option  compared to
either the price of the futures  contract upon which it is based or the price of
the underlying debt  securities,  it may or may not be less risky than ownership
of the futures contract or underlying debt  securities.  As with the purchase of
futures contracts, when a Portfolio is not fully invested it may purchase a call
option on a futures  contract to hedge against a market advance due to declining
interest rates.

The writing of a call option on a futures  contract  constitutes a partial hedge
against declining prices of the underlying security or foreign currency which is
deliverable  upon  exercise of the  futures  contract.  If the futures  price at
expiration of the option is below the exercise  price,  a Portfolio  will retain
the full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any
decline  that may have  occurred  in the  Portfolio's  portfolio  holdings.  The
writing  of a put  option  on a futures  contract  constitutes  a partial  hedge
against  increasing prices of the underlying  security or foreign currency which
is deliverable  upon exercise of the futures  contract.  If the futures price at
expiration of the option is higher than the exercise  price,  the Portfolio will
retain the full  amount of the option  premium  which  provides a partial  hedge
against any increase in the price of securities  which the Portfolio  intends to
purchase.  If a put or call option the Portfolio  has written is exercised,  the
Portfolio  will incur a loss which will be reduced by the amount of the  premium
it receives. Depending on the degree of correlation between changes in the value
of its portfolio  securities and changes in the value of its futures  positions,
the  Portfolio's  losses from existing  options on futures may to some extent be
reduced or increased by changes in the value of portfolio securities.

The purchase of a put option on a futures  contract is similar in some  respects
to the purchase of protective put options on portfolio securities.  For example,
a  Portfolio  may  purchase  a put  option  on a futures  contract  to hedge its
portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates.

The amount of risk a Portfolio  assumes when it purchases an option on a futures
contract is the premium paid for the option plus related  transaction  costs. In
addition to the  correlation  risks discussed  above,  the purchase of an option
also  entails  the risk  that  changes  in the value of the  underlying  futures
contract will not be fully reflected in the value of the option purchased.

The Board of Trustees of each Portfolio has adopted the requirement that futures
contracts  and options on futures  contracts be used only as a hedge and not for
speculation. In addition to this requirement, the Board of Trustees of each

                                       17

<PAGE>



Portfolio has also adopted a restriction  that the Portfolio will not enter into
any futures contracts or options on futures contracts if immediately  thereafter
the amount of margin deposits on all the futures  contracts of the Portfolio and
premiums paid on outstanding options on futures contracts owned by the Portfolio
(other than those entered into for bona fide hedging  purposes)  would exceed 5%
of the market value of the total assets of the Portfolio.

OPTIONS ON FOREIGN CURRENCIES.  The EAFE Equity Index Portfolio may purchase and
write options on foreign  currencies for hedging purposes in a manner similar to
that in which futures  contracts on foreign  currencies,  or forward  contracts,
will be  utilized.  For  example,  a decline  in the  dollar  value of a foreign
currency in which portfolio  securities are  denominated  will reduce the dollar
value of such  securities,  even if their value in the foreign  currency remains
constant. In order to protect against such diminutions in the value of portfolio
securities,  the Portfolio may purchase put options on the foreign currency.  If
the value of the currency  does decline,  the  Portfolio  will have the right to
sell such  currency for a fixed amount in dollars and will  thereby  offset,  in
whole or in part, the adverse effect on its portfolio which otherwise would have
resulted.

Conversely,  where a rise in the dollar value of a currency in which  securities
to be acquired are denominated is projected, thereby increasing the cost of such
securities,  the EAFE Equity Index Portfolio may purchase call options  thereon.
The purchase of such options could offset,  at least  partially,  the effects of
the  adverse  movements  in  exchange  rates.  As in the case of other  types of
options,  however,  the benefit to the  Portfolio  deriving  from  purchases  of
foreign  currency  options  will be  reduced by the  amount of the  premium  and
related  transaction  costs. In addition,  where currency  exchange rates do not
move in the direction or to the extent anticipated,  the Portfolio could sustain
losses on  transactions  in foreign  currency  options which would require it to
forego a portion or all of the benefits of advantageous changes in such rates.

The EAFE Equity Index Portfolio may write options on foreign  currencies for the
same types of hedging purposes.  For example,  where the Portfolio anticipates a
decline in the dollar value of foreign  currency  denominated  securities due to
adverse  fluctuations  in exchange  rates it could,  instead of purchasing a put
option,  write a call option on the relevant  currency.  If the expected decline
occurs,  the options will most likely not be  exercised,  and the  diminution in
value of  portfolio  securities  will be  offset by the  amount  of the  premium
received.

Similarly,  instead of purchasing a call option to hedge against an  anticipated
increase in the dollar cost of securities to be acquired,  the EAFE Equity Index
Portfolio could write a put option on the relevant currency which, if rates move
in the manner  projected,  will expire  unexercised  and allow the  Portfolio to
hedge such  increased  cost up to the amount of the  premium.  As in the case of
other types of options,  however,  the writing of a foreign currency option will
constitute  only a partial  hedge up to the amount of the  premium,  and only if
rates move in the expected direction.  If this does not occur, the option may be
exercised and the Portfolio would be required to purchase or sell the underlying
currency at a loss which may not be offset by the amount of the premium. Through
the writing of options on foreign currencies, the Portfolio also may be required

                                       18

<PAGE>



to forego all or a portion  of the  benefits  which  might  otherwise  have been
obtained from favorable movements in exchange rates.

The EAFE Equity Index Portfolio intends to write covered call options on foreign
currencies.  A call option  written on a foreign  currency by the  Portfolio  is
"covered" if the Portfolio owns the underlying  foreign  currency covered by the
call or has an absolute and  immediate  right to acquire  that foreign  currency
without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held
in a segregated  account by its Custodian)  upon conversion or exchange of other
foreign  currency  held in its  portfolio.  A call option is also covered if the
Portfolio  has a call on the same  foreign  currency  and in the same  principal
amount  as the call  written  where the  exercise  price of the call held (a) is
equal to or less than the  exercise  price of the call written or (b) is greater
than the exercise  price of the call written if the  difference is maintained by
the Portfolio in cash, U.S. Government  securities and other high quality liquid
debt securities in a segregated account with its custodian.

The EAFE Equity  Index  Portfolio  also intends to write call options on foreign
currencies that are not covered for cross-hedging  purposes.  A call option on a
foreign  currency is for  cross-hedging  purposes if it is not  covered,  but is
designed  to  provide a hedge  against a decline in the U.S.  dollar  value of a
security  which  the  Portfolio  owns or has the right to  acquire  and which is
denominated  in the currency  underlying  the option due to an adverse change in
the exchange  rate.  In such  circumstances,  the Portfolio  collateralizes  the
option by maintaining in a segregated  account with its custodian,  cash or U.S.
Government  securities or other high quality liquid debt securities in an amount
not less than the  value of the  underlying  foreign  currency  in U.S.  dollars
marked to market daily.

ADDITIONAL RISKS OF OPTIONS ON FUTURES CONTRACTS,  FORWARD CONTRACTS AND OPTIONS
ON FOREIGN  CURRENCIES.  Unlike  transactions  entered  into by a  Portfolio  in
futures  contracts,  options on foreign currencies and forward contracts are not
traded on  contract  markets  regulated  by the CFTC or (with the  exception  of
certain foreign currency options) by the SEC. To the contrary,  such instruments
are traded through  financial  institutions  acting as  market-makers,  although
foreign  currency  options  are  also  traded  on  certain  national  securities
exchanges such as the Philadelphia  Stock Exchange and the Chicago Board Options
Exchange,  subject to SEC  regulation.  Similarly,  options on currencies may be
traded over-the-counter. In an over-the-counter trading environment, many of the
protections  afforded  to  exchange  participants  will  not be  available.  For
example,  there  are no daily  price  fluctuation  limits,  and  adverse  market
movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time.
Although  the  purchaser  of an option  cannot  lose more than the amount of the
premium  plus  related  transaction  costs,  this entire  amount  could be lost.
Moreover, the option writer and a trader of forward contracts could lose amounts
substantially  in excess of their  initial  investments,  due to the  margin and
collateral requirements associated with such positions.

Options on foreign currencies traded on national securities exchanges are within
the jurisdiction of the SEC, as are other  securities  traded on such exchanges.
As a result, many of the protections  provided to traders on organized exchanges
will be available with respect to such transactions. In particular, all foreign

                                       19

<PAGE>



currency option  positions  entered into on a national  securities  exchange are
cleared and guaranteed by the Options Clearing Corporation (the "OCC"),  thereby
reducing the risk of counterparty default. Further, a liquid secondary market in
options traded on a national  securities  exchange may be more readily available
than in the  over-the-counter  market,  potentially  permitting  a Portfolio  to
liquidate  open  positions  at a profit prior to exercise or  expiration,  or to
limit losses in the event of adverse market movements.

The purchase and sale of exchange-traded  foreign currency options,  however, is
subject to the risks of the  availability of a liquid secondary market described
above, as well as the risks  regarding  adverse market  movements,  margining of
options  written,   the  nature  of  the  foreign   currency  market,   possible
intervention by governmental  authorities and the effects of other political and
economic  events.  In addition,  exchange-traded  options on foreign  currencies
involve certain risks not presented by the over-the-counter market. For example,
exercise and  settlement  of such options must be made  exclusively  through the
OCC, which has established banking relationships in applicable foreign countries
for this  purpose.  As a result,  the OCC may,  if it  determines  that  foreign
governmental  restrictions  or taxes would  prevent the  orderly  settlement  of
foreign currency option  exercises,  or would result in undue burdens on the OCC
or its clearing  member,  impose special  procedures on exercise and settlement,
such as technical  changes in the mechanics of delivery of currency,  the fixing
of dollar settlement prices or prohibitions on exercise.

As in the case of forward  contracts,  certain options on foreign currencies are
traded  over-the-counter and involve liquidity and credit risks which may not be
present in the case of exchange-traded  currency options. A Portfolio's  ability
to   terminate   over-the-counter   options  will  be  more  limited  than  with
exchange-traded  options. It is also possible that broker-dealers  participating
in  over-the-counter  options  transactions will not fulfill their  obligations.
Until such time as the staff of the SEC changes  its  position,  each  Portfolio
will treat purchased  over-the-counter  options and assets used to cover written
over-the-counter options as illiquid securities. With respect to options written
with  primary  dealers in U.S.  Government  securities  pursuant to an agreement
requiring  a closing  purchase  transaction  at a formula  price,  the amount of
illiquid securities may be calculated with reference to the repurchase formula.

In addition, futures contracts,  options on futures contracts, forward contracts
and  options on foreign  currencies  may be traded on  foreign  exchanges.  Such
transactions are subject to the risk of governmental  actions  affecting trading
in or the  prices  of  foreign  currencies  or  securities.  The  value  of such
positions  also  could be  adversely  affected  by:  (i) other  complex  foreign
political  and economic  factors;  (ii) lesser  availability  than in the United
States  of  data on  which  to  make  trading  decisions;  (iii)  delays  in the
Portfolio's  ability to act upon economic  events  occurring in foreign  markets
during nonbusiness hours in the United States;  (iv) the imposition of different
exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the
United States; and (v) lesser trading volume.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES.  Each Portfolio may write (sell) covered call and put
options to a limited extent on its portfolio securities ("covered options") in
an attempt to increase income.  However, the Portfolio may forgo the benefits of

                                       20

<PAGE>



appreciation  on  securities  sold or may pay  more  than  the  market  price on
securities acquired pursuant to call and put options written by the Portfolio.

When a Portfolio  writes a covered  call option,  it gives the  purchaser of the
option the right to buy the  underlying  security at the price  specified in the
option (the  "exercise  price") by exercising  the option at any time during the
option  period.  If the option expires  unexercised,  the Portfolio will realize
income in an amount equal to the premium received for writing the option. If the
option is exercised,  a decision  over which the  Portfolio has no control,  the
Portfolio must sell the underlying security to the option holder at the exercise
price. By writing a covered call option, the Portfolio forgoes,  in exchange for
the premium less the  commission  ("net  premium"),  the  opportunity  to profit
during the option period from an increase in the market value of the  underlying
security above the exercise price.

When a  Portfolio  writes a covered put option,  it gives the  purchaser  of the
option  the  right to sell  the  underlying  security  to the  Portfolio  at the
specified  exercise  price at any time during the option  period.  If the option
expires  unexercised,  the  Portfolio  will realize  income in the amount of the
premium  received  for  writing the option.  If the put option is  exercised,  a
decision over which the Portfolio  has no control,  the Portfolio  must purchase
the underlying security from the option holder at the exercise price. By writing
a covered put option,  the Portfolio,  in exchange for the net premium received,
accepts  the risk of a decline in the market  value of the  underlying  security
below the exercise  price.  The Portfolio will only write put options  involving
securities for which a  determination  is made at the time the option is written
that the Portfolio wishes to acquire the securities at the exercise price.

A Portfolio may  terminate its  obligation as the writer of a call or put option
by purchasing an option with the same exercise price and expiration  date as the
option  previously  written.  This  transaction  is called a  "closing  purchase
transaction." The Portfolio will realize a profit or loss for a closing purchase
transaction  if the amount paid to  purchase  an option is less or more,  as the
case may be,  than the amount  received  from the sale  thereof.  To close out a
position as a purchaser of an option,  the  Portfolio,  may make a "closing sale
transaction" which involves  liquidating the Portfolio's position by selling the
option  previously  purchased.  Where  the  Portfolio  cannot  effect a  closing
purchase transaction,  it may be forced to incur brokerage commissions or dealer
spreads in selling securities it receives or it may be forced to hold underlying
securities until an option is exercised or expires.

When a Portfolio  writes an option,  an amount equal to the net premium received
by the  Portfolio  is  included  in the  liability  section  of the  Portfolio's
Statement  of Assets and  Liabilities  as a deferred  credit.  The amount of the
deferred  credit  will be  subsequently  marked to market to reflect the current
market value of the option written.  The current market value of a traded option
is the last sale  price or,  in the  absence  of a sale,  the mean  between  the
closing bid and asked price.  If an option expires on its stipulated  expiration
date  or if the  Portfolio  enters  into a  closing  purchase  transaction,  the
Portfolio  will  realize  a gain  (or  loss if the  cost of a  closing  purchase
transaction  exceeds the  premium  received  when the option was sold),  and the
deferred  credit related to such option will be eliminated.  If a call option is
exercised, the Portfolio

                                       21

<PAGE>



will  realize a gain or loss from the sale of the  underlying  security  and the
proceeds of the sale will be increased by the premium originally  received.  The
writing  of covered  call  options  may be deemed to  involve  the pledge of the
securities  against which the option is being written.  Securities against which
call options are written will be  segregated  on the books of the  custodian for
the Portfolio.

A Portfolio may purchase call and put options on any  securities in which it may
invest.  The Portfolio would normally  purchase a call option in anticipation of
an  increase  in the market  value of such  securities.  The  purchase of a call
option  would  entitle the  Portfolio,  in exchange  for the  premium  paid,  to
purchase a security at a specified price during the option period. The Portfolio
would ordinarily have a gain if the value of the securities  increased above the
exercise  price  sufficiently  to cover the premium and would have a loss if the
value of the  securities  remained  at or below the  exercise  price  during the
option period.

A Portfolio would normally  purchase put options in anticipation of a decline in
the  market  value  of  securities  in  its  portfolio  ("protective  puts")  or
securities of the type in which it is permitted to invest. The purchase of a put
option would entitle the Portfolio,  in exchange for the premium paid, to sell a
security,  which  may or may  not be  held in the  Portfolio's  portfolio,  at a
specified  price during the option  period.  The purchase of protective  puts is
designed  merely to offset or hedge against a decline in the market value of the
Portfolio's  portfolio  securities.  Put options  also may be  purchased  by the
Portfolio  for the  purpose of  affirmatively  benefiting  from a decline in the
price of  securities  which the  Portfolio  does not own.  The  Portfolio  would
ordinarily  recognize a gain if the value of the securities  decreased below the
exercise price  sufficiently  to cover the premium and would recognize a loss if
the value of the securities  remained at or above the exercise price.  Gains and
losses on the  purchase of  protective  put  options  would tend to be offset by
countervailing changes in the value of underlying portfolio securities.

Each  Portfolio has adopted  certain other  nonfundamental  policies  concerning
option  transactions  which are discussed below.  The Portfolio's  activities in
options may also be restricted by the  requirements of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  for  qualification as a regulated  investment
company.

The hours of trading  for  options on  securities  may not  conform to the hours
during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the option
markets  close  before the markets for the  underlying  securities,  significant
price and rate  movements can take place in the  underlying  securities  markets
that cannot be reflected in the option markets.  It is impossible to predict the
volume of trading that may exist in such options,  and there can be no assurance
that viable exchange markets will develop or continue.

A  Portfolio  may  engage  in   over-the-counter   options   transactions   with
broker-dealers who make markets in these options. At present,  approximately ten
broker-dealers,  including  several  of the  largest  primary  dealers  in  U.S.
Government   securities,   make  these   markets.   The  ability  to   terminate
over-the-counter option positions is more limited than with exchange-traded

                                       22

<PAGE>



option  positions  because the  predominant  market is the issuing broker rather
than an exchange, and may involve the risk that broker-dealers  participating in
such transactions will not fulfill their  obligations.  To reduce this risk, the
Portfolio  will purchase such options only from  broker-dealers  who are primary
government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York
and who agree to (and are  expected  to be capable  of)  entering  into  closing
transactions,  although  there can be no guarantee  that any such option will be
liquidated at a favorable  price prior to  expiration.  The Adviser will monitor
the creditworthiness of dealers with whom the Portfolio enters into such options
transactions under the general supervision of the Portfolios' Trustees.

OPTIONS ON  SECURITIES  INDICES.  In  addition  to options on  securities,  each
Portfolio  may also purchase and write (sell) call and put options on securities
indices.  Such  options  give the holder the right to receive a cash  settlement
during the term of the option  based upon the  difference  between the  exercise
price and the value of the index.  Such  options  will be used for the  purposes
described above under "Options on Securities."

EAFE Equity  Index  Portfolio  may,  to the extent  allowed by Federal and state
securities laws, invest in securities  indices instead of investing  directly in
individual foreign securities.

Options on securities  indices  entail risks in addition to the risks of options
on  securities.  The absence of a liquid  secondary  market to close out options
positions on securities indices is more likely to occur,  although the Portfolio
generally will only purchase or write such an option if the Adviser believes the
option can be closed out.

Use of options on securities  indices also entails the risk that trading in such
options  may be  interrupted  if trading in certain  securities  included in the
index is  interrupted.  The Portfolio  will not purchase such options unless the
Adviser  believes  the market is  sufficiently  developed  such that the risk of
trading in such  options  is no  greater  than the risk of trading in options on
securities.

Price  movements in a Portfolio's  portfolio may not  correlate  precisely  with
movements in the level of an index and, therefore, the use of options on indices
cannot serve as a complete hedge.  Because options on securities indices require
settlement in cash, the Adviser may be forced to liquidate portfolio  securities
to meet settlement obligations.

FORWARD FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE CONTRACTS. Because each Portfolio may buys and
sells  securities  denominated  in  currencies  other  than the U.S.  dollar and
receives interest, dividends and sale proceeds in currencies other than the U.S.
dollar,  each  Portfolio  from  time to time may  enter  into  foreign  currency
exchange transactions to convert to and from different foreign currencies and to
convert  foreign  currencies  to and from the U.S.  dollar.  A Portfolio  either
enters into these  transactions  on a spot  (I.E.,  cash) basis at the spot rate
prevailing in the foreign currency  exchange market or uses forward contracts to
purchase or sell foreign currencies.


                                       23

<PAGE>



A forward foreign currency  exchange contract is an obligation by a Portfolio to
purchase or sell a specific  currency at a future  date,  which may be any fixed
number of days from the date of the contract.  Forward foreign currency exchange
contracts  establish an exchange  rate at a future  date.  These  contracts  are
transferable in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders
(usually large commercial banks) and their customers. A forward foreign currency
exchange  contract  generally has no deposit  requirement and is traded at a net
price  without  commission.  Each  Portfolio  maintains  with  its  custodian  a
segregated  account of high grade  liquid  assets in an amount at least equal to
its obligations under each forward foreign currency exchange  contract.  Neither
spot  transactions nor forward foreign  currency  exchange  contracts  eliminate
fluctuations in the prices of the Portfolio's  securities or in foreign exchange
rates, or prevent loss if the prices of these securities should decline.

Each  Portfolio  may enter into  foreign  currency  hedging  transactions  in an
attempt to protect  against changes in foreign  currency  exchange rates between
the trade and settlement dates of specific securities transactions or changes in
foreign currency exchange rates that would adversely affect a portfolio position
or an anticipated  investment position.  Since consideration of the prospect for
currency parities will be incorporated into Bankers Trust's long-term investment
decisions,  a Portfolio will not routinely enter into foreign  currency  hedging
transactions  with  respect to security  transactions;  however,  Bankers  Trust
believes  that it is  important  to have the  flexibility  to enter into foreign
currency hedging  transactions when it determines that the transactions would be
in the Portfolio's best interest.  Although these  transactions tend to minimize
the risk of loss due to a decline  in the value of the hedged  currency,  at the
same time they tend to limit any  potential  gain that might be realized  should
the value of the hedged currency  increase.  The precise matching of the forward
contract amounts and the value of the securities  involved will not generally be
possible because the future value of such securities in foreign  currencies will
change as a  consequence  of market  movements  in the value of such  securities
between the date the forward  contract is entered  into and the date it matures.
The  projection of currency  market  movements is extremely  difficult,  and the
successful execution of a hedging strategy is highly uncertain.

While these  contracts are not presently  regulated by the CFTC, the CFTC may in
the future assert  authority to regulate  forward  contracts.  In such event the
Portfolio's  ability to utilize forward contracts in the manner set forth in the
Prospectus  may be restricted.  Forward  contracts may reduce the potential gain
from a positive change in the  relationship  between the U.S. dollar and foreign
currencies.  Unanticipated  changes  in  currency  prices  may  result in poorer
overall  performance  for the  Portfolio  than if it had not  entered  into such
contracts.  The use of foreign  currency  forward  contracts  may not  eliminate
fluctuations in the underlying U.S. dollar  equivalent value of the prices of or
rates  of  return  on  a  Portfolio's  foreign  currency  denominated  portfolio
securities  and the use of such  techniques  will subject a Portfolio to certain
risks.

The matching of the  increase in value of a forward  contract and the decline in
the U.S. dollar equivalent value of the foreign currency  denominated asset that
is the  subject of the hedge  generally  will not be  precise.  In  addition,  a
Portfolio  may not  always  be able  to  enter  into  foreign  currency  forward
contracts

                                       24

<PAGE>



at  attractive  prices and this will limit the  Portfolio's  ability to use such
contract to hedge or cross-hedge its assets.  Also, with regard to a Portfolio's
use of  cross-hedges,  there can be no assurance  that  historical  correlations
between the movement of certain foreign  currencies  relative to the U.S. dollar
will continue. Thus, at any time poor correlation may exist between movements in
the  exchange  rates  of  the  foreign   currencies   underlying  a  Portfolio's
cross-hedges  and the movements in the exchange rates of the foreign  currencies
in which the Portfolio's  assets that are the subject of such  cross-hedges  are
denominated.

RATING SERVICES

The ratings of rating services represent their opinions as to the quality of the
securities that they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized,  however,  that
ratings are relative and subjective  and are not absolute  standards of quality.
Although  these  ratings are an initial  criterion  for  selection  of portfolio
investments,  Bankers Trust also makes its own  evaluation of these  securities,
subject to review by the Board of Trustees.  After  purchase by a Portfolio,  an
obligation  may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum
required for purchase by the  Portfolio.  Neither  event would require a Fund to
eliminate the  obligation  from its  portfolio,  but Bankers Trust will consider
such an event in its determination of whether a Fund should continue to hold the
obligation.  A  description  of the  ratings  used  herein  and  in  the  Funds'
Prospectus is set forth in the Appendix herein.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

The following  investment  restrictions are "fundamental  policies" of each Fund
and  each  Portfolio  and may not be  changed  with  respect  to the Fund or the
Portfolio  without  the  approval  of a  "majority  of  the  outstanding  voting
securities" of the Fund or the Portfolio,  as the case may be.  "Majority of the
outstanding voting securities" under the 1940 Act, and as used in this Statement
of Additional  Information and the Prospectus,  means,  with respect to the Fund
(or the  Portfolio),  the  lesser of (i) 67% or more of the  outstanding  voting
securities of the Fund (or of the total  beneficial  interests of the Portfolio)
present at a meeting,  if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting
securities of the Fund or of the total  beneficial  interests of the  Portfolio)
are  present or  represented  by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the  outstanding
voting  securities  of the Fund (or of the  total  beneficial  interests  of the
Portfolio). Whenever the Trust is requested to vote on a fundamental policy of a
Portfolio,   the  Trust  will  hold  a  meeting  of  the  corresponding   Fund's
shareholders  and will cast its vote as instructed by that Fund's  shareholders.
Fund  shareholders  who do not vote will not  affect  the  Trust's  votes at the
Portfolio  meeting.  The  percentage  of the  Trust's  votes  representing  Fund
shareholders  not voting will be voted by the  Trustees of the Trust in the same
proportion as the Fund shareholders who do, in fact, vote.

As a matter of  fundamental  policy,  no Portfolio (or Fund) may (except that no
investment  restriction of a Fund shall prevent a Fund from investing all of its
Assets in an open-end  investment company with substantially the same investment
objectives):


                                       25

<PAGE>



         (1) borrow  money or mortgage or  hypothecate  assets of the  Portfolio
(Fund),  except that in an amount not to exceed 1/3 of the current  value of the
Portfolio's  (Fund's)  assets,  it may borrow  money as a temporary  measure for
extraordinary or emergency purposes and enter into reverse repurchase agreements
or  dollar  roll  transactions,  and  except  that it may  pledge,  mortgage  or
hypothecate  not more than 1/3 of such assets to secure such  borrowings  (it is
intended  that  money  would be  borrowed  only from  banks  and only  either to
accommodate requests for the withdrawal of beneficial  interests  (redemption of
shares) while  effecting an orderly  liquidation  of portfolio  securities or to
maintain  liquidity  in the event of an  unanticipated  failure  to  complete  a
portfolio  security   transaction  or  other  similar   situations)  or  reverse
repurchase  agreements,  provided that collateral  arrangements  with respect to
options and futures, including deposits of initial deposit and variation margin,
are not  considered  a pledge of assets for  purposes  of this  restriction  and
except  that  assets may be pledged to secure  letters of credit  solely for the
purpose  of  participating  in a  captive  insurance  company  sponsored  by the
Investment Company Institute;  for additional related  restrictions,  see clause
(i) under the caption  "State and Federal  Restrictions"  below (as an operating
policy, the Portfolios may not engage in dollar roll transactions);

         (2) underwrite securities issued by other persons except insofar as the
Portfolios  (Trust or the Funds) may technically be deemed an underwriter  under
the 1933 Act in selling a portfolio security;

         (3) make loans to other persons except:  (a) through the lending of the
Portfolio's  (Fund's) portfolio  securities and provided that any such loans not
exceed 30% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken at market value); (b)
through  the  use  of  repurchase  agreements  or  the  purchase  of  short-term
obligations;  or (c) by  purchasing a portion of an issue of debt  securities of
types  distributed  publicly  or  privately  (under  current  regulations,   the
Portfolio's  (Fund's)  fundamental  policy with respect to 20% risk weighing for
financial  institutions prevent the Portfolio (Fund) from engaging in securities
lending);

         (4)  purchase  or  sell  real  estate  (including  limited  partnership
interests but excluding securities secured by real estate or interests therein),
interests  in oil, gas or mineral  leases,  commodities  or commodity  contracts
(except futures and option contracts) in the ordinary course of business (except
that the  Portfolio  (Trust)  may hold and sell,  for the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)
portfolio,  real  estate  acquired  as a  result  of  the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)
ownership of securities);

         (5) concentrate its investments in any particular  industry  (excluding
U.S. Government securities), but if it is deemed appropriate for the achievement
of a Portfolio's (Fund's) investment objective(s), up to 25% of its total assets
may be invested in any one industry; and

         (6) issue any senior security (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act)
if such  issuance is  specifically  prohibited  by the 1940 Act or the rules and
regulations promulgated  thereunder,  provided that collateral arrangements with
respect to options  and  futures,  including  deposits  of initial  deposit  and
variation margin, are not considered to be the issuance of a senior security for
purposes of this restriction.

                                       26

<PAGE>




STATE AND  FEDERAL  RESTRICTIONS.  In order to  comply  with  certain  state and
Federal  statutes and policies each  Portfolio (or the Trust,  on behalf of each
Fund) will not as a matter of operating  policy (except that no operating policy
shall prevent a Fund from investing all of its Assets in an open-end  investment
company with substantially the same investment objectives):

           (i)             borrow money (including through reverse repurchase or
                           forward roll  transactions) for any purpose in excess
                           of 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets (taken
                           at cost), except that the Portfolio (Fund) may borrow
                           for temporary or emergency  purposes up to 1/3 of its
                           total assets;

          (ii)             pledge,  mortgage or  hypothecate  for any purpose in
                           excess  of  10%  of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)  total
                           assets  (taken  at  market   value),   provided  that
                           collateral  arrangements  with respect to options and
                           futures,  including  deposits of initial  deposit and
                           variation margin, and reverse  repurchase  agreements
                           are not considered a pledge of assets for purposes of
                           this restriction;

         (iii)             purchase any security or evidence of interest therein
                           on margin,  except that such short-term credit as may
                           be necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales
                           of  securities   may  be  obtained  and  except  that
                           deposits of initial deposit and variation  margin may
                           be made in connection  with the purchase,  ownership,
                           holding or sale of futures;

          (iv)             sell  securities it does not own such that the dollar
                           amount of such  short  sales at any one time  exceeds
                           25% of the net equity of the  Portfolio  (Fund),  and
                           the value of  securities  of any one  issuer in which
                           the  Portfolio  (Fund) is short exceeds the lesser of
                           2.0% of the  value of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)  net
                           assets or 2.0% of the  securities of any class of any
                           U.S.  issuer  and,  provided  that short sales may be
                           made only in those  securities which are fully listed
                           on  a  national  securities  exchange  or  a  foreign
                           exchange (This provision does not include the sale of
                           securities of the Portfolio (Fund)  contemporaneously
                           owns or has the right to obtain securities equivalent
                           in kind and amount to those sold,  i.e.,  short sales
                           against  the box.) (the  Portfolios  (Funds)  have no
                           current intention to engage in short selling);

          (v)              invest  for the  purpose  of  exercising  control  or
                           management;

          (vi)             purchase  securities issued by any investment company
                           except  by  purchase  in the  open  market  where  no
                           commission  or profit to a sponsor or dealer  results
                           from such purchase other than the customary  broker's
                           commission,  or except when such purchase, though not
                           made in the open market,  is part of a plan of merger
                           or consolidation;  provided, however, that securities
                           of any  investment  company will not be purchased for
                           the  Portfolio  (Fund) if such  purchase  at the time
                           thereof  would  cause:  (a)  more  than  10%  of  the
                           Portfolio's  (Fund's)  total  assets  (taken  at  the
                           greater of cost or market  value) to be  invested  in
                           the securities of such issuers;

                                       27

<PAGE>



                           (b) more than 5% of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)  total
                           assets (taken at the greater of cost or market value)
                           to be invested in any one investment  company; or (c)
                           more than 3% of the outstanding  voting securities of
                           any such issuer to be held for the Portfolio  (Fund);
                           provided further that, except in the case of a merger
                           or  consolidation,  the  Portfolio  (Fund)  shall not
                           purchase any  securities  of any open-end  investment
                           company  unless the  Portfolio  (Fund) (1) waives the
                           investment   advisory  fee  with  respect  to  assets
                           invested in other open-end  investment  companies and
                           (2)  incurs no sales  charge in  connection  with the
                           investment;

         (vii)             invest  more  than  10% of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)
                           total assets  (taken at the greater of cost or market
                           value) in securities (excluding Rule 144A securities)
                           that are restricted as to resale under the 1933 Act;

          (viii)           invest  more  than  15% of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's)
                           total assets  (taken at the greater of cost or market
                           value)  in  (a)  securities   (including   Rule  144A
                           securities)  that are  restricted  as to resale under
                           the 1933 Act, and (b)  securities  that are issued by
                           issuers which (including  predecessors)  have been in
                           operation  less than  three  years  (other  than U.S.
                           Government  securities),  provided,  however, that no
                           more than 5% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total assets
                           are invested in  securities  issued by issuers  which
                           (including  predecessors) have been in operation less
                           than three years;

          (ix)             with respect to 75% of the Portfolio's (Fund's) total
                           assets,  purchase  securities  of any  issuer if such
                           purchase  at  the  time   thereof   would  cause  the
                           Portfolio  (Fund)  to hold more than 10% of any class
                           of securities of such issuer,  for which purposes all
                           indebtedness  of an  issuer  shall be deemed a single
                           class and all  preferred  stock of an issuer shall be
                           deemed a single class,  except that futures or option
                           contracts shall not be subject to this restriction;

          (x)              with  respect to 75% of its assets,  invest more than
                           5% of its total assets in the  securities  (excluding
                           U.S. Government securities) of any one issuer;

          (xi)             invest in securities issued by an issuer any of whose
                           officers,  directors, trustees or security holders is
                           an officer or Trustee of the Portfolio (Trust), or is
                           an officer or  partner of the  Adviser,  if after the
                           purchase  of the  securities  of such  issuer for the
                           Portfolio  (Fund)  one or more of such  persons  owns
                           beneficially  more  than 1/2 of 1% of the  shares  or
                           securities,  or both,  all taken at market value,  of
                           such issuer, and such persons owning more than 1/2 of
                           1%  of  such  shares  or   securities   together  own
                           beneficially   more   than  5%  of  such   shares  or
                           securities, or both, all taken at market value;

          (xii)            invest in warrants  (other than warrants  acquired by
                           the Portfolio (Fund) as part of a unit or attached to
                           securities at the time of

                                       28

<PAGE>



                           purchase) if, as a result, the investments (valued at
                           the lower of cost or market)  would  exceed 5% of the
                           value of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's) net assets or if,
                           as a result, more than 2% of the Portfolio's (Fund's)
                           net assets  would be invested in warrants  not listed
                           on  a  recognized  United  States  or  foreign  stock
                           exchange, to the extent permitted by applicable state
                           securities laws;

          (xiii)           write puts and calls on securities unless each of the
                           following   conditions  are  met:  (a)  the  security
                           underlying  the put or call is within the  Investment
                           Practices of the  Portfolio  (Fund) and the option is
                           issued by the Options  Clearing  Corporation,  except
                           for put and call options issued by non-U.S.  entities
                           or  listed  on  non-U.S.  securities  or  commodities
                           exchanges; (b) the aggregate value of the obligations
                           underlying  the  puts  determined  as of the date the
                           options   are  sold   shall  not  exceed  5%  of  the
                           Portfolio's  (Fund's) net assets;  (c) the securities
                           subject to the  exercise  of the call  written by the
                           Portfolio  (Fund)  must  be  owned  by the  Portfolio
                           (Fund) at the time the call is sold and must continue
                           to be owned by the  Portfolio  (Fund)  until the call
                           has been  exercised,  has  lapsed,  or the  Portfolio
                           (Fund)  has  purchased  a  closing  call,   and  such
                           purchase has been  confirmed,  thereby  extinguishing
                           the  Portfolio's   (Fund's)   obligation  to  deliver
                           securities  pursuant to the call it has sold; and (d)
                           at the time a put is written,  the  Portfolio  (Fund)
                           establishes  a segregated  account with its custodian
                           consisting  of cash  or  short-term  U.S.  Government
                           securities equal in value to the amount the Portfolio
                           (Fund) will be obligated to pay upon  exercise of the
                           put (this account must be maintained until the put is
                           exercised,  has expired,  or the Portfolio (Fund) has
                           purchased a closing  put,  which is a put of the same
                           series as the one previously written); and

          (xiv)            buy and sell  puts and  calls  on  securities,  stock
                           index futures or options on stock index  futures,  or
                           financial  futures or options  on  financial  futures
                           unless such options are written by other persons and:
                           (a) the options or futures  are  offered  through the
                           facilities of a national  securities  association  or
                           are listed on a national  securities  or  commodities
                           exchange,  except for put and call options  issued by
                           non-U.S. entities or listed on non-U.S. securities or
                           commodities  exchanges;  (b) the  aggregate  premiums
                           paid on all such  options  which are held at any time
                           do not exceed 20% of the  Portfolio's  (Fund's) total
                           net assets;  and (c) the  aggregate  margin  deposits
                           required on all such futures or options  thereon held
                           at any  time  do  not  exceed  5% of the  Portfolio's
                           (Fund's) total assets.

There will be no violation of any investment  restriction if that restriction is
complied with at the time the relevant action is taken  notwithstanding  a later
change  in  market  value  of an  investment,  in net or  total  assets,  in the
securities rating of the investment, or any other later change.


                                       29

<PAGE>



Each Fund will  comply with the state  securities  laws and  regulations  of all
states in which it is registered.  Each Portfolio will comply with the permitted
investments and investment limitations in the securities laws and regulations of
all states in which the corresponding  Fund, or any other registered  investment
company investing in the Portfolio, is registered.

                PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE COMMISSIONS

The Adviser is  responsible  for decisions to buy and sell  securities,  futures
contracts and options on such  securities  and futures for each  Portfolio,  the
selection  of  brokers,  dealers  and  futures  commission  merchants  to effect
transactions   and  the   negotiation   of   brokerage   commissions,   if  any.
Broker-dealers  may receive  brokerage  commissions  on portfolio  transactions,
including options,  futures and options on futures transactions and the purchase
and sale of underlying  securities  upon the exercise of options.  Orders may be
directed to any broker-dealer or futures commission  merchant,  including to the
extent and in the manner  permitted  by  applicable  law,  Bankers  Trust or its
subsidiaries or affiliates.  Purchases and sales of certain portfolio securities
on behalf of a Portfolio are frequently placed by the Adviser with the issuer or
a primary or secondary market-maker for these securities on a net basis, without
any brokerage  commission  being paid by the Portfolio.  Trading does,  however,
involve  transaction  costs.  Transactions with dealers serving as market-makers
reflect the spread between the bid and asked prices.  Transaction costs may also
include fees paid to third parties for information as to potential purchasers or
sellers of securities.  Purchases of underwritten  issues may be made which will
include an underwriting fee paid to the underwriter.

The  Adviser  seeks to  evaluate  the overall  reasonableness  of the  brokerage
commissions  paid (to the extent  applicable) in placing orders for the purchase
and sale of  securities  for a Portfolio  taking into  account  such  factors as
price,  commission  (negotiable  in the  case of  national  securities  exchange
transactions), if any, size of order, difficulty of execution and skill required
of the executing  broker-dealer  through familiarity with commissions charged on
comparable  transactions,  as  well  as by  comparing  commissions  paid  by the
Portfolio  to reported  commissions  paid by others.  The  Adviser  reviews on a
routine basis commission  rates,  execution and settlement  services  performed,
making internal and external comparisons.

The Adviser is  authorized,  consistent  with  Section  28(e) of the  Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended,  when placing  portfolio  transactions  for a
Portfolio with a broker to pay a brokerage commission (to the extent applicable)
in excess of that which another broker might have charged for effecting the same
transaction  on  account  of the  receipt  of  research,  market or  statistical
information.  The term "research,  market or statistical  information"  includes
advice  as to the  value  of  securities;  the  advisability  of  investing  in,
purchasing or selling  securities;  the availability of securities or purchasers
or sellers  of  securities;  and  furnishing  analyses  and  reports  concerning
issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy
and the performance of accounts.


                                       30

<PAGE>



Consistent  with the policy  stated  above,  the Rules of Fair  Practice  of the
National Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc. and such other policies as the
Trustees of the  Portfolio  may  determine,  the Adviser may  consider  sales of
shares of the Trust and of other investment  company clients of Bankers Trust as
a factor in the selection of broker-dealers  to execute portfolio  transactions.
Bankers Trust will make such  allocations if commissions are comparable to those
charged by nonaffiliated, qualified broker-dealers for similar services.

Higher  commissions may be paid to firms that provide  research  services to the
extent  permitted by law.  Bankers  Trust may use this research  information  in
managing the Portfolio's assets, as well as the assets of other clients.

Except for  implementing  the policies  stated  above,  there is no intention to
place  portfolio  transactions  with  particular  brokers  or  dealers or groups
thereof. In effecting  transactions in over-the-counter  securities,  orders are
placed with the principal  market-makers  for the security  being traded unless,
after  exercising  care,  it appears that more  favorable  results are available
otherwise.

Although certain research,  market and statistical  information from brokers and
dealers can be useful to a Portfolio  and to the  Adviser,  it is the opinion of
the management of the Portfolios that such information is only  supplementary to
the Adviser's own research effort, since the information must still be analyzed,
weighed and reviewed by the Adviser's  staff.  Such information may be useful to
the Adviser in providing services to clients other than the Portfolios,  and not
all such  information is used by the Adviser in connection  with the Portfolios.
Conversely,  such  information  provided  to the  Adviser by brokers and dealers
through whom other clients of the Adviser effect securities  transactions may be
useful to the Adviser in providing services to the Portfolios.

In certain  instances there may be securities which are suitable for a Portfolio
as well as for one or more of the Adviser's other clients.  Investment decisions
for a  Portfolio  and for the  Adviser's  other  clients are made with a view to
achieving  their  respective  investment  objectives.  It  may  develop  that  a
particular  security  is bought or sold for only one client even though it might
be held by, or  bought  or sold  for,  other  clients.  Likewise,  a  particular
security  may be bought for one or more  clients  when one or more  clients  are
selling that same security.  Some simultaneous  transactions are inevitable when
several clients  receive  investment  advice from the same  investment  adviser,
particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of
more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the
purchase  or sale of the same  security,  the  securities  are  allocated  among
clients in a manner  believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized  that in
some cases this system could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of
the security as far as a Portfolio is  concerned.  However,  it is believed that
the ability of a Portfolio to  participate in volume  transactions  will produce
better executions for the Portfolio.

For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993,  Equity 500 Index Portfolio paid
brokerage commissions in the amount of $97,069 and $63,408, respectively.


                                       31

<PAGE>



                            PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

                        STANDARD PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

From  time to  time,  quotations  of a Fund's  performance  may be  included  in
advertisements,  sales  literature or  shareholder  reports.  These  performance
figures are calculated in the following manner:

         YIELD:  Yields for a Fund used in advertising  are computed by dividing
         the Fund's interest and dividend income for a given 30-day or one-month
         period,  net of expenses,  by the average number of shares  entitled to
         receive  distributions  during the period,  dividing this figure by the
         Fund's  net  asset  value  per  share  at the  end of the  period,  and
         annualizing  the result  (assuming  compounding  of income) in order to
         arrive at an annual  percentage rate.  Income is calculated for purpose
         of yield quotations in accordance with standardized  methods applicable
         to all stock and bond mutual funds.  Dividends from equity  investments
         are treated as if they were  accrued on a daily  basis,  solely for the
         purpose of yield calculations.  In general,  interest income is reduced
         with  respect  to bonds  trading  at a premium  over their par value by
         subtracting a portion of the premium from income on a daily basis,  and
         is increased  with  respect to bonds  trading at a discount by adding a
         portion  of the  discount  to daily  income.  Capital  gains and losses
         generally are excluded from the calculation.

         Income  calculated  for the  purposes  of  calculating  a Fund's  yield
         differs  from  income  as  determined  for other  accounting  purposes.
         Because of the different  accounting  methods used,  and because of the
         compounding assumed in yield calculations,  the yield quoted for a Fund
         may  differ  from the rate of  distributions  of the Fund paid over the
         same  period or the rate of income  reported  in the  Fund's  financial
         statements.

         TOTAL RETURN:  A Fund's  average  annual total return is calculated for
         certain periods by determining the average annual  compounded  rates of
         return  over those  periods  that would cause an  investment  of $1,000
         (made at the  maximum  public  offering  price  with all  distributions
         reinvested)  to reach  the value of that  investment  at the end of the
         periods. A Fund may also calculate total return figures which represent
         aggregate performance over a period or year-by-year performance.

         PERFORMANCE  RESULTS:  Any total return  quotation  provided for a Fund
         should not be considered as  representative  of the  performance of the
         Fund in the future since the net asset value and public  offering price
         of shares of the Fund will vary based not only on the type, quality and
         maturities of the securities held in the corresponding  Portfolio,  but
         also on changes in the current value of such  securities and on changes
         in the  expenses  of the Fund and the  corresponding  Portfolio.  These
         factors and possible differences in the methods used to calculate total
         return should be considered  when  comparing the total return of a Fund
         to total  returns  published  for other  investment  companies or other
         investment  vehicles.  Total return  reflects the  performance  of both
         principal and income.

                                       32

<PAGE>




                         COMPARISON OF FUND PERFORMANCE

Comparison of the quoted  nonstandardized  performance of various investments is
valid only if  performance  is  calculated  in the same manner.  Since there are
different  methods of calculating  performance,  investors  should  consider the
effect of the methods used to calculate  performance when comparing  performance
of a Fund with performance quoted with respect to other investment  companies or
types of investments.

In connection  with  communicating  its  performance  to current or  prospective
shareholders,  a Fund also may compare these figures to the performance of other
mutual  funds  tracked by mutual fund rating  services or to  unmanaged  indices
which  may  assume  reinvestment  of  dividends  but  generally  do not  reflect
deductions for administrative and management costs.

Evaluations of a Fund's performance made by independent sources may also be used
in  advertisements  concerning  the  Fund.  Sources  for  a  Fund's  performance
information could include the following:

ASIAN WALL STREET  JOURNAL,  a weekly Asian  newspaper  that often  reviews U.S.
mutual funds investing internationally.

BARRON'S, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc.  business and financial weekly that
periodically reviews mutual fund performance data.

BUSINESS  WEEK,  a  national  business  weekly  that  periodically  reports  the
performance rankings and ratings of a variety of mutual funds investing abroad.

CHANGING  TIMES,  THE  KIPLINGER   MAGAZINE,   a  monthly  investment   advisory
publication  that  periodically   features  the  performance  of  a  variety  of
securities.

CONSUMER  DIGEST, a monthly  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Money
Watch" section featuring financial news.

FINANCIAL TIMES,  Europe's business newspaper,  which features from time to time
articles on international or country-specific funds.

FINANCIAL WORLD, a general  business/financial  magazine that includes a "Market
Watch" department reporting on activities in the mutual fund industry.

FORBES,  a national  business  publication  that from time to time  reports  the
performance of specific investment companies in the mutual fund industry.

FORTUNE, a national business publication that periodically rates the performance
of a variety of mutual funds.

GLOBAL  INVESTOR,   a  European   publication  that  periodically   reviews  the
performance of U.S. mutual funds investing internationally.

INVESTOR'S  DAILY,  a daily  newspaper  that  features  financial,  economic and
business news.


                                       33

<PAGE>



LIPPER ANALYTICAL  SERVICES,  INC.'S MUTUAL FUND PERFORMANCE  ANALYSIS, a weekly
publication of industry-wide mutual fund averages by type of fund.

MONEY,  a monthly  magazine that from time to time features both specific  funds
and the mutual fund industry as a whole.

MORNINGSTAR INC., a publisher of financial information and mutual fund research.


NEW YORK TIMES,  a  nationally  distributed  newspaper  which  regularly  covers
financial news.

PERSONAL  INVESTING  NEWS,  a monthly  news  publication  that often  reports on
investment opportunities and market conditions.

PERSONAL  INVESTOR,  a monthly investment  advisory  publication that includes a
"Mutual Funds Outlook" section  reporting on mutual fund  performance  measures,
yields, indices and portfolio holdings.

SUCCESS,  a monthly magazine  targeted to the world of entrepreneurs and growing
business, often featuring mutual fund performance data.

U.S. NEWS AND WORLD REPORT, a national business weekly that periodically reports
mutual fund performance data.

VALUE LINE, a biweekly  publication  that reports on the largest  15,000  mutual
funds.

WALL STREET JOURNAL, a Dow Jones and Company, Inc.  newspaper which regularly
covers financial news.

WEISENBERGER  INVESTMENT COMPANIES SERVICES, an annual compendium of information
about mutual funds and other investment companies, including comparative data on
funds' backgrounds,  management policies, salient features,  management results,
income and dividend records, and price ranges.

WORKING  WOMEN,  a monthly  publication  that  features a  "Financial  Workshop"
section reporting on the mutual fund/financial industry.

           VALUATION OF SECURITIES; REDEMPTIONS AND PURCHASES IN KIND

Equity and debt securities  (other than short-term debt obligations  maturing in
60 days or less),  including  listed  securities  and securities for which price
quotations  are  available,  will  normally  be  valued  on the  basis of market
valuations furnished by a pricing service. Short-term debt obligations and money
market  securities  maturing  in 60 days or less are valued at  amortized  cost,
which approximates market.

Securities  for which market  quotations are not available are valued by Bankers
Trust pursuant to procedures  adopted by each Portfolio's Board of Trustees.  It
is generally agreed that securities for which market quotations are not readily

                                       34

<PAGE>



available  should  not be  valued  at the  same  value  as  that  carried  by an
equivalent security which is readily marketable.

The  problems  inherent  in  making a good  faith  determination  of  value  are
recognized in the codification effected by SEC Financial Reporting Release No. 1
("FRR 1" (formerly  Accounting  Series  Release No. 113)) which  concludes  that
there  is "no  automatic  formula"  for  calculating  the  value  of  restricted
securities.  It  recommends  that the best  method  simply  is to  consider  all
relevant factors before making any calculation.  According to FRR 1 such factors
would include consideration of the:

                  type of security involved,  financial statements, cost at date
                  of purchase,  size of holding,  discount  from market value of
                  unrestricted  securities  of the  same  class  at the  time of
                  purchase, special reports prepared by analysts, information as
                  to any  transactions  or offers with respect to the  security,
                  existence of merger  proposals or tender offers  affecting the
                  security,  price  and  extent  of public  trading  in  similar
                  securities  of the issuer or comparable  companies,  and other
                  relevant matters.

To the extent that a Portfolio  purchases  securities which are restricted as to
resale or for which current market quotations are not available,  the Adviser of
the  Portfolio  will value such  securities  based upon all relevant  factors as
outlined in FRR 1.

The Trust,  on behalf of each Fund,  and each  Portfolio  reserve the right,  if
conditions exist which make cash payments undesirable,  to honor any request for
redemption or repurchase  order by making payment in whole or in part in readily
marketable securities chosen by the Trust, or the Portfolio, as the case may be,
and valued as they are for purposes of computing  the Fund's or the  Portfolio's
net asset value,  as the case may be (a redemption in kind).  If payment is made
to a Fund  shareholder  in  securities,  an investor,  including  the Fund,  the
shareholder may incur  transaction  expenses in converting these securities into
cash.  The  Trust,  on behalf of each Fund,  and each  Portfolio  have  elected,
however,  to be  governed  by Rule 18f-1 under the 1940 Act as a result of which
each  Fund and each  Portfolio  are  obligated  to redeem  shares or  beneficial
interests,  as the case may be,  with  respect  to any one  investor  during any
90-day  period,  solely in cash up to the  lesser of  $250,000  or 1% of the net
asset value of the Fund or the  Portfolio,  as the case may be, at the beginning
of the period.

Each Portfolio has agreed to make a redemption in kind to the corresponding Fund
whenever the Fund wishes to make a redemption in kind and therefore shareholders
of the Fund that receive  redemptions in kind will receive portfolio  securities
of the  corresponding  Portfolio  and in no case  will they  receive a  security
issued by the Portfolio.  The Portfolio has advised the Trust that the Portfolio
will not redeem in kind except in  circumstances  in which the Fund is permitted
to redeem in kind or unless requested by the Fund.

Each investor in a Portfolio,  including the  corresponding  Fund, may add to or
reduce its investment in the Portfolio on each day the Portfolio determines its

                                       35

<PAGE>



net  asset  value.  At the close of each such  business  day,  the value of each
investor's   beneficial   interest  in  the  Portfolio  will  be  determined  by
multiplying  the net asset value of the Portfolio by the  percentage,  effective
for that day, which represents that investor's share of the aggregate beneficial
interests  in the  Portfolio.  Any  additions  or  withdrawals  which  are to be
effected  as of the close of  business  on that day will then be  effected.  The
investor's  percentage  of the aggregate  beneficial  interests in the Portfolio
will  then  be  recomputed  as the  percentage  equal  to the  fraction  (i) the
numerator of which is the value of such  investor's  investment in the Portfolio
as of the close of business  on such day plus or minus,  as the case may be, the
amount of net additions to or withdrawals from the investor's  investment in the
Portfolio  effected  as of the  close  of  business  on such  day,  and (ii) the
denominator of which is the aggregate net asset value of the Portfolio as of the
close of business  on such day plus or minus,  as the case may be, the amount of
net additions to or withdrawals from the aggregate  investments in the Portfolio
by all investors in the  Portfolio.  The  percentage so determined  will then be
applied to determine  the value of the  investor's  interest in the Portfolio as
the close of business on the following business day.

Each Fund may, at its own option,  accept securities in payment for shares.  The
securities  delivered  in payment for shares are valued by the method  described
under "Net Asset Value" as of the day the Fund receives the securities.  This is
a taxable transaction to the shareholder.  Securities may be accepted in payment
for shares  only if they are,  in the  judgment  of Bankers  Trust,  appropriate
investments  for the Fund's  corresponding  Portfolio.  In addition,  securities
accepted in payment  for shares  must:  (i) meet the  investment  objective  and
policies of the acquiring Fund's  corresponding  Portfolio;  (ii) be acquired by
the applicable  Fund for investment and not for resale (other than for resale to
the Fund's  corresponding  Portfolio);  (iii) be liquid securities which are not
restricted  as to transfer  either by law or  liquidity  of market;  and (iv) if
stock, have a value which is readily  ascertainable as evidenced by a listing on
a  stock  exchange,  over-the-counter  market  or by  readily  available  market
quotations  from a dealer in such  securities.  Each Fund  reserves the right to
accept or reject at its own option any and all securities offered in payment for
its shares.

                   MANAGEMENT OF THE TRUST AND THE PORTFOLIOS

Each Board of Trustees is composed of persons  experienced in financial  matters
who  meet  throughout  the  year to  oversee  the  activities  of the  Funds  or
Portfolios  they  represent.   In  addition,  the  Trustees  review  contractual
arrangements  with companies that provide services to the  Funds/Portfolios  and
review the Funds' performance.

The  Trustees  and  officers of the Trusts and  Portfolios  and their  principal
occupations  during the past five years are set forth  below.  Their  titles may
have varied  during that  period.  Asterisks  indicate  those  Trustees  who are
"interested persons" (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust. Unless otherwise
indicated,  the  address of each  Trustee  and  officer is 6 St.  James  Avenue,
Boston, Massachusetts.


                                       36

<PAGE>



                      TRUSTEES OF THE BT GLOBAL INVESTORS

HARRY VAN BENSCHOTEN -- Trustee; retired (since 1987); Corporate Vice President,
Newmont Mining  Corporation (prior to 1987). His address is 105 Seminary Street,
New Canaan, Connecticut 06840.

PHILIP W. COOLIDGE* -- President and Trustee;  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
and President,  Signature  Financial Group, Inc. ("SFG") (since December,  1988)
and Signature (since April, 1989).

MARTIN J. GRUBER -- Trustee; Chairman of the Finance Department and Nomura
Professor of Finance, Leonard N. Stern School of Business, New York University
(since 1964).

BRUCE E. LANGTON -- Trustee; Retired; Director, Adela Investment Co. and
University Patents, Inc.; formerly Assistant Treasurer of IBM Corporation (until
1986).  His address is 99 Jordan Lane, Stamford, Connecticut 06903.

                       TRUSTEES OF BT INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS

RICHARD J.  HERRING --  Trustee;  Professor,  Finance  Department,  The  Wharton
School,  University  of  Pennsylvania.   His  address  is  The  Wharton  School,
University of  Pennsylvania  Finance  Department,  3303 Steinberg  Hall/Dietrich
Hall, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104.

BRUCE E. LANGTON -- Trustee; retired; Director, Adela Investment Co. and
University Patents, Inc.; formerly Assistant Treasurer of IBM Corporation (until
1986).  His address is 99 Jordan Lane, Stamford, Connecticut 06903.

CHARLES P.  BIGGAR -- Trustee;  Retired;  Director of  Chase/NBW  Bank  Advisory
Board; Director,  Batemen,  Eichler, Hill Richards Inc.; formerly Vice President
of International  Business  Machines and President of the National  Services and
the Field  Engineering  Divisions of IBM. His address is 12 Hitching  Post Lane,
Chappaqua, New York 10514.

PHILIP W. COOLIDGE* -- President and Trustee;  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
and President, SFG (since December, 1988) and Signature (since April, 1989).

                           TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIOS

PHILIP  SAUNDERS,  JR.  --  Trustee;   Principal,   Philip  Saunders  Associates
(Consulting);  former Director of Financial Industry Consulting, Wolf & Company;
President, John Hancock Home Mortgage Corporation;  and Senior Vice President of
Treasury and Financial  Services,  John Hancock Mutual Life  Insurance  Company,
Inc. His address is 445 Glen Road, Weston, Massachusetts 02193.

CHARLES P.  BIGGAR -- Trustee;  Retired;  Director of  Chase/NBW  Bank  Advisory
Board; Director,  Batemen,  Eichler, Hill Richards Inc.; formerly Vice President
of International  Business  Machines and President of the National  Services and
the Field  Engineering  Divisions of IBM. His address is 12 Hitching  Post Lane,
Chappaqua, New York 10514.

                                       37

<PAGE>




S. LELAND DILL -- Trustee;  Retired;  Director, Coutts & Co. Group, Coutts & Co.
(U.S.A.) International;  Director,  Zweig Series Trust; formerly Partner of KPMG
Peat Marwick;  Director,  Vinters International Company Inc.; General Partner of
Pemco (an investment company registered under the 1940 Act). His address is 5070
North Ocean Drive, Singer Island, Florida 33404.

RICHARD J.  HERRING --  Trustee;  Professor,  Finance  Department,  The  Wharton
School,  University  of  Pennsylvania.   His  address  is  The  Wharton  School,
University of  Pennsylvania  Finance  Department,  3303 Steinberg  Hall/Dietrich
Hall, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19104.

PHILIP W. COOLIDGE* -- President and Trustee;  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer
and President, SFG (since December, 1988) and Signature (since April, 1989).

                     OFFICERS OF THE TRUSTS AND PORTFOLIOS

Unless  otherwise  specified,  each officer listed below holds the same position
with each Trust and each Portfolio.

JOHN R. ELDER - Treasurer; Vice President, SFG (since April, 1995); Treasurer,
Phoenix Family of Mutual Funds (prior to April, 1995); Audit Manager, Price
Waterhouse (prior to 1983).

DAVID G. DANIELSON -- Assistant  Treasurer;  Assistant Manager,  SFG (since May,
1991);  Graduate  Student,  Northeastern  University (from April, 1990 to March,
1991);  Tax  Accountant & Systems  Analyst,  Putnam  Companies  (prior to March,
1990).

JAMES S. LELKO, JR.  -- Assistant Treasurer; Assistant Manager, SFG (since
January 1993);  Senior Tax Compliance  Accountant,  Putnam Investments (prior to
December 1992).

BARBARA M.  O'DETTE --  Assistant  Treasurer;  Assistant  Treasurer,  SFG (since
December,  1988) and Signature (since April, 1989);  Administrative  Controller,
Massachusetts Financial Services Company (prior to December, 1988).

DANIEL E. SHEA -- Assistant Treasurer; Assistant Manager, SFG (since November
1993); Supervisor and Senior Technical Advisor, Putnam Investments (prior to
November 1993).

THOMAS M. LENZ -- Secretary; Vice President and Associate General Counsel, SFG
(since November, 1989); Assistant Secretary, Signature (since February, 1991);
Attorney, Ropes & Gray (prior to November, 1989).

LINDA T. GIBSON -- Assistant  Secretary;  Legal Counsel and Assistant Secretary,
SFG (since May, 1992);  Assistant  Secretary,  Signature (since October,  1992);
student, Boston University School of Law (September, 1989 to May, 1992); Product
Manager, SFG (January, 1989 to September, 1989).

MOLLY S. MUGLER -- Assistant Secretary; Legal Counsel and Assistant Secretary,
SFG (since December, 1988); Assistant Secretary, Signature (since April, 1989).


                                       38

<PAGE>



ANDRES E. SALDANA -- Assistant  Secretary;  Legal Counsel,  SFG (since November,
1992); Assistant Secretary, Signature (since September, 1993); Attorney, Ropes &
Gray  (September,  1990  to  November,  1992);  law  student,  Yale  Law  School
(September, 1987 to May, 1990).

Messrs. Coolidge, Danielson, Elder, Lelko, Lenz, Saldana and Shea and Mss.
Gibson, Mugler and O'Dette also hold similar positions for other investment
companies for which Signature or an affiliate serves as the principal
underwriter.

No person  who is an  officer  or  director  of  Bankers  Trust is an officer or
Trustee of the Trusts or the  Portfolios.  No  director,  officer or employee of
Signature or any of its affiliates will receive any compensation from the Trusts
or the  Portfolios  for  serving  as an  officer or Trustee of the Trusts or the
Portfolios. Each Portfolio and International Equity, Capital Appreciation,  Cash
Management,  Treasury  Money,  Tax  Free  Money,  NY Tax  Free  Money,  Utility,
Short/Intermediate  U.S.  Government  Securities,  Intermediate  Tax Free, Asset
Management and BT Investment  Portfolios  (together  with the Trusts,  the "Fund
Complex")  collectively  pay each  Trustee  who is not a  director,  officer  or
employee of the Adviser,  the  Distributor,  the  Administrator  or any of their
affiliates  an  annual  fee of  $10,000,  respectively,  per  annum  plus  $500,
respectively,   per  meeting   attended  and  reimburses  them  for  travel  and
out-of-pocket expenses.

For the year ended December 31, 1994, the BT Institutional Equity 500 Index Fund
accrued Trustees fees equal to $5,058. For the year ended December 31, 1994, the
Equity 500 Index Portfolio accrued Trustees fees of $2,059.

Bankers Trust reimbursed the BT  Institutional  Equity 500 Index Fund and Equity
500 Index  Portfolio  for a portion  of its their  Trustees  fees for the period
above. See "Investment Adviser" and "Administrator" below.

As of [ ], 1995,  the  Trustees  and  officers of the Trusts and the  Portfolios
owned in the  aggregate  less than 1% of the  shares  of any Fund or Trust  (all
series taken together).

                               INVESTMENT ADVISER

Under the terms of each Portfolio's  investment  advisory agreement with Bankers
Trust (the "Advisory Agreement"), Bankers Trust manages the Portfolio subject to
the supervision and direction of the Board of Trustees of the Portfolio. Bankers
Trust will: (i) act in strict  conformity with each  Portfolio's  Declaration of
Trust,  the 1940 Act and the  Investment  Advisers Act of 1940,  as the same may
from time to time be amended;  (ii) manage each Portfolio in accordance with the
Portfolio's  investment  objectives,   restrictions  and  policies;  (iii)  make
investment decisions for each Portfolio; and (iv) place purchase and sale orders
for securities and other financial instruments on behalf of each Portfolio.

Bankers Trust bears all expenses in connection  with the performance of services
under each Advisory Agreement.  The Trust and each Portfolio bears certain other
expenses incurred in its operation,  including: taxes, interest,  brokerage fees
and commissions, if any; fees of Trustees of the Trust or the Portfolio who are

                                       39

<PAGE>



not officers, directors or employees of Bankers Trust, Signature or any of their
affiliates;  SEC  fees  and  state  Blue  Sky  qualification  fees;  charges  of
custodians  and transfer  and  dividend  disbursing  agents;  certain  insurance
premiums; outside auditing and legal expenses; costs of maintenance of corporate
existence;   costs  attributable  to  investor  services,   including,   without
limitation,  telephone and personnel  expenses;  costs of preparing and printing
prospectuses  and statements of additional  information for regulatory  purposes
and for distribution to existing  shareholders;  costs of shareholders'  reports
and  meetings  of  shareholders,  officers  and  Trustees  of the  Trust  or the
Portfolio; and any extraordinary expenses.

For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993,  Bankers Trust accrued  $428,346
and $74,893,  respectively,  in compensation  for investment  advisory  services
provided to the Equity 500 Index  Portfolio.  During the same  periods,  Bankers
Trust reimbursed $249,230 and $72,112,  respectively,  to the Portfolio to cover
expenses.

Bankers Trust may have deposit,  loan and other commercial banking relationships
with the  issuers  of  obligations  which  may be  purchased  on  behalf  of the
Portfolios, including outstanding loans to such issuers which could be repaid in
whole or in part with the proceeds of securities so purchased.  Such  affiliates
deal,  trade and invest for their own accounts in such obligations and are among
the leading  dealers of various  types of such  obligations.  Bankers  Trust has
informed the Portfolios  that, in making its investment  decisions,  it does not
obtain or use material inside information in its possession or in the possession
of  any  of  its  affiliates.  In  making  investment  recommendations  for  the
Portfolios, Bankers Trust will not inquire or take into consideration whether an
issuer of securities  proposed for purchase or sale by a Portfolio is a customer
of Bankers Trust,  its parent or its  subsidiaries or affiliates and, in dealing
with its customers,  Bankers Trust, its parent, subsidiaries and affiliates will
not inquire or take into consideration  whether securities of such customers are
held by any fund managed by Bankers Trust or any such affiliate.

The Institutional  Class Shares' prospectus contains disclosure as to the amount
of Bankers Trust's  investment  advisory and  administration  and services fees,
including  waivers  thereof.  Bankers  Trust may not  recoup  any of its  waived
investment advisory or administration and services fees. Such waivers by Bankers
Trust shall stay in effect for at least 12 months.

ADMINISTRATOR

Under the administration and services agreements,  Bankers Trust is obligated on
a  continuous  basis to provide  such  administrative  services  as the Board of
Trustees of the Trusts and the  Portfolios  reasonably  deem  necessary  for the
proper  administration  of the Trusts or the  Portfolios.  Bankers  Trust  will:
generally  assist in all  aspects  of each  class of shares of each  Funds'  and
Portfolios'  operations;  supply and maintain office facilities (which may be in
Bankers  Trust's own offices),  statistical  and research data,  data processing
services,   clerical,   accounting,   bookkeeping  and  recordkeeping   services
(including  without  limitation the maintenance of such books and records as are
required  under the 1940 Act and the rules  thereunder,  except as maintained by
other agents),  internal auditing,  executive and administrative  services,  and
stationery

                                       40

<PAGE>



and office supplies;  prepare reports to shareholders or investors;  prepare and
file tax returns;  supply financial  information and supporting data for reports
to and  filings  with the SEC and  various  state Blue Sky  authorities;  supply
supporting  documentation  for  meetings  of  the  Board  of  Trustees;  provide
monitoring  reports and assistance  regarding  compliance  with  Declarations of
Trust,  by-laws,  investment  objectives and policies and with Federal and state
securities laws; arrange for appropriate insurance coverage; calculate net asset
values,  net  income  and  realized  capital  gains  or  losses;  and  negotiate
arrangements  with,  and supervise and  coordinate the activities of, agents and
others to supply services.

Pursuant to a sub-administration agreement (the "Sub-Administration Agreement"),
Signature  performs  such  sub-administration  duties  for  the  Trusts  and the
Portfolios  as from  time to time  may be  agreed  upon  by  Bankers  Trust  and
Signature. The Sub-Administration Agreement provides that Signature will receive
such  compensation  as from time to time may be  agreed  upon by  Signature  and
Bankers Trust. All such compensation will be paid by Bankers Trust.

For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993,  Bankers Trust accrued  $139,997
and $36,735,  respectively in compensation for administrative and other services
provided to BT  Institutional  Equity 500 Index Fund.  During the same  periods,
Bankers   Trust   reimbursed   $194,084  and  $112,866,   respectively,   to  BT
Institutional Equity 500 Index Fund to cover expenses.

For the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1993,  Bankers Trust received $214,173
and $37,446, respectively, in compensation for administrative and other services
provided to the Equity 500 Index Portfolio.

Bankers  Trust has agreed that if in any fiscal year the  aggregate  expenses of
any Fund and its respective  Portfolio  (including fees pursuant to the Advisory
Agreement,  but excluding  interest,  taxes,  brokerage and, if permitted by the
relevant  state  securities  commissions,  extraordinary  expenses)  exceed  the
expense  limitation  of any  state  having  jurisdiction  over a Fund or  Class,
Bankers  Trust will  reimburse  that Fund for the  excess  expense to the extent
required  by  state  law.  As of  the  date  of  this  Statement  of  Additional
Information,  the most restrictive annual expense  limitation  applicable to any
Fund or Class is 2.50% of the  Fund's or Class'  first $30  million  of  average
annual net assets,  2.00% of the next $70  million of average  annual net assets
and 1.50% of the remaining average annual net assets.

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

Bankers Trust,  280 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10017,  serves as Custodian
for the  Trusts  and for  the  Portfolios  pursuant  to the  administration  and
services  agreements.  As  Custodian,  it holds the Funds' and each  Portfolio's
assets.  Bankers  Trust also serves as transfer  agent of the Trusts and of each
Portfolio  pursuant to the  respective  administration  and services  agreement.
Under its transfer agency agreement with the Trusts, Bankers Trust maintains the
shareholder  account  records  for each  Class of shares of each  Fund,  handles
certain  communications  between  shareholders  and the  Trusts and causes to be
distributed any dividends and distributions payable by the Trusts. Bankers Trust
may be reimbursed by the Funds or the Portfolios for its out-of-pocket expenses.

                                       41

<PAGE>



Bankers Trust will comply with the self-custodian provisions of Rule 17f-2 under
the 1940 Act.

USE OF NAME

The Trusts and Bankers Trust have agreed that each Trust may use "BT" as part of
its name for so long as  Bankers  Trust  serves  as  investment  adviser  to the
Portfolios.  The Trusts have acknowledged that the term "BT" is used by and is a
property  right  of  certain  subsidiaries  of  Bankers  Trust  and  that  those
subsidiaries  and/or  Bankers  Trust may at any time  permit  others to use that
term.

Each Trust may be required,  on 60 days' notice from Bankers  Trust at any time,
to abandon use of the acronym  "BT" as part of its name.  If this were to occur,
the Trustees  would  select an  appropriate  new name for each Trust,  but there
would  be no  other  material  effect  on  the  Trusts,  their  shareholders  or
activities.

BANKING REGULATORY MATTERS

Bankers Trust has been advised by its counsel that in its opinion  Bankers Trust
may  perform  the  services  for the  Portfolios  contemplated  by the  Advisory
Agreements and other  activities  for the Funds and the Portfolios  described in
the Prospectuses and this Statement of Additional  Information without violation
of the  Glass-Steagall  Act or other  applicable  banking  laws or  regulations.
However,  counsel has pointed out that future changes in either Federal or state
statutes and regulations concerning the permissible activities of banks or trust
companies,   as  well  as  future  judicial  or   administrative   decisions  or
interpretations  of present and future statutes and  regulations,  might prevent
Bankers Trust from  continuing to perform those  services for the Trusts and the
Portfolios.  State  laws on this issue may differ  from the  interpretations  of
relevant  Federal law and banks and  financial  institutions  may be required to
register as dealers  pursuant  to state  securities  law.  If the  circumstances
described  above  should  change,  the  Boards  of  Trustees  would  review  the
relationships  with Bankers Trust and consider  taking all actions  necessary in
the circumstances.

COUNSEL AND INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

Willkie Farr & Gallagher,  One Citicorp Center,  153 East 53rd Street, New York,
New York 10022-4669, serves as Counsel to the Trusts and each Portfolio. Coopers
& Lybrand L.L.P., 1100 Main Street,  Suite 900, Kansas City, Missouri 64105 acts
as Independent Accountants of the Trusts and each Portfolio.

                           ORGANIZATION OF THE TRUSTS

Shares of each Trust do not have  cumulative  voting  rights,  which  means that
holders of more than 50% of the shares  voting for the  election of Trustees can
elect all Trustees.  Shares are transferable but have no preemptive,  conversion
or subscription rights. Shareholders generally vote by Fund, except with respect
to the election of Trustees and the ratification of the selection of independent
accountants.


                                       42

<PAGE>



Massachusetts law provides that shareholders  could under certain  circumstances
be held  personally  liable for the  obligations  of each Trust.  However,  each
Trust's  Declaration  of  Trust  disclaims  shareholder  liability  for  acts or
obligations of the respective  Trust and requires that notice of this disclaimer
be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by
a Trust or a Trustee. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification from
each  Trust's  property  for all losses and  expenses  of any  shareholder  held
personally  liable  for the  obligations  of each  Trust.  Thus,  the  risk of a
shareholder's  incurring  financial loss on account of shareholder  liability is
limited to  circumstances in which each Trust itself would be unable to meet its
obligations,  a possibility that a Trust believes is remote. Upon payment of any
liability  incurred by a Trust,  the  shareholder  paying the liability  will be
entitled to reimbursement  from the general assets of the respective  Trust. The
Trustees  intend to conduct  the  operations  of each Trust in a manner so as to
avoid,  as  far  as  possible,   ultimate  liability  of  the  shareholders  for
liabilities of that Trust.

                                    TAXATION

                             TAXATION OF THE FUNDS

The Trusts intend to qualify  annually and to elect each Fund to be treated as a
regulated investment company under the Code.

To qualify as a  regulated  investment  company,  each Fund  must,  among  other
things:  (a) derive in each  taxable  year at least 90% of its gross income from
dividends,  interest,  payments with respect to securities  loans and gains from
the sale or other  disposition  of stock,  securities  or foreign  currencies or
other  income  derived  with respect to its business of investing in such stock,
securities or currencies;  (b) derive less than 30% of its gross income from the
sale or other  disposition of certain assets  (namely,  in the case of the Fund,
(i) stock or securities;  (ii) options,  futures,  and forward  contracts (other
than those on  foreign  currencies);  and (iii)  foreign  currencies  (including
options, futures, and forward contracts on such currencies) not directly related
to the Fund's principal business of investing in stock or securities (or options
and futures with respect to stocks or  securities))  held less than three months
(the 30%  Limitation");  (c)  diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each
quarter of the taxable year,  (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund's
assets is  represented  by cash and cash  items  (including  receivables),  U.S.
Government  securities,  the securities of other regulated  investment companies
and other  securities,  with such other securities of any one issuer limited for
the purposes of this  calculation  to an amount not greater than 5% of the value
of the Fund's total assets and not greater  than 10% of the  outstanding  voting
securities  of such  issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its total
assets  is  invested  in the  securities  of any one  issuer  (other  than  U.S.
Government   securities  or  the  securities  of  other   regulated   investment
companies);  and (d) distribute at least 90% of its investment  company  taxable
income  (which  includes,  among  other  items,  dividends,   interest  and  net
short-term  capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) and its net
tax-exempt interest income, if any, each taxable year.


                                       43

<PAGE>



As a regulated investment company, each Fund will not be subject to U.S. Federal
income tax on its investment  company  taxable income and net capital gains (the
excess of net long-term  capital gains over net short-term  capital losses),  if
any, that it distributes to shareholders.  The Fund intends to distribute to its
shareholders,  at least annually,  substantially  all of its investment  company
taxable income and net capital gains.  Amounts not distributed on a timely basis
in accordance  with a calendar year  distribution  requirement  are subject to a
nondeductible  4% excise tax. To prevent  imposition of the excise tax, the Fund
must distribute  during each calendar year an amount equal to the sum of: (i) at
least 98% of its ordinary  income (not taking into account any capital  gains or
losses) for the calendar year;  (ii) at least 98% of its capital gains in excess
of its capital losses (adjusted for certain  ordinary  losses,  as prescribed by
the Code) for the one-year period ending on October 31 of the calendar year; and
(iii) any  ordinary  income and capital  gains for  previous  years that was not
distributed  during  those  years.  A  distribution  will be  treated as paid on
December  31 of the  current  calendar  year if it is  declared  by the  Fund in
October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the
Fund during January of the following  calendar year. Such  distributions will be
taxable to  shareholders  in the calendar  year in which the  distributions  are
declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.
To  prevent  application  of the  excise  tax,  the  Fund  intends  to make  its
distributions in accordance with the calendar year distribution requirement.

Each Fund shareholder will also receive, if appropriate, various written notices
after the close of the Fund's prior taxable year as to the Federal income status
of his dividends and distributions  which were received from the Fund during the
Fund's prior taxable year.  Shareholders should consult their tax advisers as to
any state and local taxes that may apply to these  dividends and  distributions.
The dollar  amount of dividends  excluded from Federal  income  taxation and the
dollar  amount  subject  to such  income  taxation,  if any,  will vary for each
shareholder   depending  upon  the  size  and  duration  of  each  shareholder's
investment in the Fund. To the extent that the Fund earns taxable net investment
income,  the Fund intends to designate as taxable  dividends the same percentage
of each  dividend as its taxable net  investment  income  bears to its total net
investment income earned.  Therefore, the percentage of each dividend designated
as taxable, if any, may vary.

FOREIGN  SECURITIES.  Tax conventions  between certain  countries and the United
States may reduce or eliminate  such taxes.  It is  impossible  to determine the
effective  rate of foreign  tax in advance  since the amount of the EAFE  Equity
Index Portfolio's assets to be invested in various countries will vary.

If the EAFE Equity Index Portfolio is liable for foreign taxes, and if more than
50% of the value of the  Portfolio's  total  assets at the close of its  taxable
year consists of stocks or securities  of foreign  corporations,  it may make an
election  pursuant to which certain foreign taxes paid by it would be treated as
having  been  paid  directly  by  shareholders  of  the  entities,  such  as the
corresponding  Fund,  which have  invested  in the  Portfolio.  Pursuant to such
election, the amount of foreign taxes paid will be included in the income of the
corresponding Fund's shareholders, and such Fund shareholders (except tax-exempt
shareholders)  may,  subject to certain  limitations,  claim  either a credit or
deduction for the taxes.  Each such Fund  shareholder will be notified after the
close of the

                                       44

<PAGE>



Portfolio's  taxable year whether the foreign taxes paid will "pass through" for
that year and, if so, such  notification  will  designate (a) the  shareholder's
portion of the foreign taxes paid to each such country and (b) the portion which
represents income derived from sources within each such country.

The amount of foreign  taxes for which a  shareholder  may claim a credit in any
year will generally be subject to a separate  limitation  for "passive  income,"
which  includes,  among other items of income,  dividends,  interest and certain
foreign  currency gains.  Because capital gains realized by the Portfolio on the
sale of foreign  securities will be treated as U.S.source  income, the available
credit of foreign  taxes paid with  respect to such gains may be  restricted  by
this limitation.

                                 DISTRIBUTIONS

Dividends  paid out of the Fund's  investment  company  taxable  income  will be
taxable to a U.S.  shareholder as ordinary income.  Distributions of net capital
gains,  if any,  designated  as capital gain  dividends are taxable as long-term
capital  gains,  regardless  of how long  the  shareholder  has held the  Fund's
shares, and are not eligible for the dividends-received deduction.  Shareholders
receiving  distributions  in the form of  additional  shares,  rather than cash,
generally will have a cost basis in each such share equal to the net asset value
of a share of the Fund on the reinvestment  date.  Shareholders will be notified
annually as to the U.S. Federal tax status of distributions.

                           TAXATION OF THE PORTFOLIOS

The Portfolios are not subject to Federal income taxation. Instead, the Fund and
other  investors  investing in a Portfolio must take into account,  in computing
their  Federal  income tax  liability,  their share of the  Portfolio's  income,
gains, losses,  deductions,  credits and tax preference items, without regard to
whether they have received any cash distributions from the Portfolio.

Distributions received by a Fund from the corresponding Portfolio generally will
not  result in the Fund  recognizing  any gain or loss for  Federal  income  tax
purposes,  except that:  (i) gain will be recognized to the extent that any cash
distributed  exceeds the Fund's basis in its interest in the Portfolio  prior to
the  distribution;  (ii) income or gain may be realized if the  distribution  is
made in liquidation of the Fund's entire  interest in the Portfolio and includes
a  disproportionate  share of any unrealized  receivables held by the Portfolio;
and (iii) loss may be recognized if the  distribution  is made in liquidation of
the Fund's entire  interest in the Portfolio and consists  solely of cash and/or
unrealized  receivables.  A Fund's  basis in its  interest in the  corresponding
Portfolio  generally will equal the amount of cash and the basis of any property
which the Fund invests in the Portfolio, increased by the Fund's share of income
from the Portfolio,  and decreased by the amount of any cash  distributions  and
the basis of any property distributed from the Portfolio.


                                       45

<PAGE>



                                 SALE OF SHARES

Any gain or loss realized by a shareholder upon the sale or other disposition of
shares of a Class of the Fund,  or upon  receipt of a  distribution  in complete
liquidation  of a Fund,  generally  will be a capital gain or loss which will be
long-term or  short-term,  generally  depending upon the  shareholder's  holding
period  for  the  shares.  Any  loss  realized  on a sale  or  exchange  will be
disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced  (including  shares
acquired  pursuant to a dividend  reinvestment  plan) within a period of 61 days
beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after  disposition of the shares. In
such a case,  the basis of the shares  acquired  will be adjusted to reflect the
disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on a disposition of a Class'
shares  held by the  shareholder  for six  months or less will be  treated  as a
long-term  capital loss to the extent of any  distributions of net capital gains
received by the shareholder with respect to such shares.

                           FOREIGN WITHHOLDING TAXES

Income  received by a Portfolio  from sources  within  foreign  countries may be
subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries.

                               BACKUP WITHHOLDING

A Fund may be required to withhold U.S. Federal income tax at the rate of 31% of
all taxable  distributions  payable to shareholders who fail to provide the Fund
with  their  correct  taxpayer   identification   number  or  to  make  required
certifications,  or who have been notified by the Internal  Revenue Service that
they are subject to backup withholding. Corporate shareholders and certain other
shareholders  specified  in the Code  generally  are  exempt  from  such  backup
withholding.  Backup  withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld
may be credited against the shareholder's U.S. Federal income tax liability.

                              FOREIGN SHAREHOLDERS

The tax consequences to a foreign  shareholder of an investment in a Fund may be
different  from those  described  herein.  Foreign  shareholders  are advised to
consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular  tax  consequences
to them of an investment in a Fund.

                                 OTHER TAXATION

Each Trust is organized as a  Massachusetts  business  trust and,  under current
law,  neither the Trusts nor any Fund is liable for any income or franchise  tax
in the  Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts,  provided  that the Fund  continues  to
qualify as a regulated  investment  company under  Subchapter M of the Code. The
investment by each Fund in the  corresponding  Portfolio does not cause the Fund
to be liable for any income or franchise tax in the State of New York.

BT  Investment  Portfolios  and Equity 500 Index  Portfolio  are each a New York
master trust fund.  Each Portfolio is not subject to any income or franchise tax
in the State of New York or the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.


                                       46

<PAGE>



Fund  shareholders  may be  subject  to state  and  local  taxes  on their  Fund
distributions.  Shareholders  are advised to consult their own tax advisers with
respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Statement of Assets and  Liabilities  and report of Independent  Accountants
for each Fund and Portfolio,  except the BT Institutional  Equity 500 Index Fund
and Equity 500 Index Portfolio, are attached hereto.

The following  financial  statements for the BT  Institutional  Equity 500 Index
Fund and Equity 500 Index  Portfolio are  incorporated  herein by reference from
its current reports to shareholders filed with the SEC pursuant to Section 30(b)
of the 1940 Act and Rule 30b2-1  thereunder.  A copy of each such report will be
provided,  without charge, to each person receiving this Statement of Additional
Information.

         BT INSTITUTIONAL EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND
                  Statement  of  Assets  and  Liabilities,   December  31,  1994
                  Statement of Operations  for the Year Ended  December 31, 1994
                  Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the Years Ended
                    December 31, 1994 and 1993
                  Financial  Highlights:  Selected Ratios and Supplemental  Data
                    for Each of the Periods Indicated
                  Notes to Financial Statements
                  Report of Independent Accountants

         EQUITY 500 INDEX PORTFOLIO
                  Statement  of  Assets  and  Liabilities,   December  31,  1994
                  Statement of Operations  for the Year Ended  December 31, 1994
                  Statement of Changes in Net Assets for the Years Ended
                    December 31, 1994 and 1993
                  Financial  Highlights:  Selected Ratios and Supplemental  Data
                    for Each of the Periods Indicated
                  Schedule of Portfolio Investments, December 31, 1994
                  Notes to Financial Statements
                  Report of Independent Accountants

         EQUITY 500 INDEX PORTFOLIO
                  Statement of Assets and Liabilities, June 30, 1995 (Unaudited)
                  Statement of Operations, for the Six Months Ended
                    June 30, 1995 (Unaudited)
                  Statement of  Changes  in Net Assets for the Six Months  Ended
                    June 30, 1995  (Unaudited)  and for the Year Ended  December
                    31, 1994
                  Financial  Highlights:  Selected Ratios and Supplemental  Data
                    for Each of the Periods Indicated (Unaudited)
                  Schedule of Portfolio Investments, June 30, 1995 (Unaudited)
                  Notes to Financial Statements (Unaudited)

         BT INSTITUTIONAL EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND
                  Statement of Assets and Liabilities, June 30, 1995 (Unaudited)

                                       47

<PAGE>



                  Statement of Operations, for the Six Months Ended
                    June 30, 1995 (Unaudited)
                  Statement of  Changes  in Net Assets for the Six Months  Ended
                    June 30, 1995  (Unaudited)  and for the Year Ended  December
                    31, 1994
                  Financial  Highlights:  Selected Ratios and Supplemental  Data
                    for Each of the Periods Indicated (Unaudited)
                  Notes to Financial Statements (Unaudited)



                                       48

<PAGE>



BT0473B

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                              U.S. BOND INDEX FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($      /     SHARES OUTSTANDING)  . . . . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                   ======

NOTES:

(1)      BT Global Investors,  a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
         organized on July 24, 1995 and has been  inactive  since that date with
         respect  to U.S.  Bond  Index  Fund (the  "Fund")  except  for  matters
         relating to the organization of the Trust, the Fund's establishment and
         designation as a series of the Trust,  and the  registration  under the
         Securities  Act of 1933 of the  Fund's  shares of  beneficial  interest
         ("Shares") and the sale of [ ] Shares ("Initial Shares") of the Fund to
         SFG Investors II Limited Partnership ("SFG Investors").  The Trust will
         invest all of the Fund's investable assets in U.S. Bond Index Portfolio
         (the "Portfolio"),  a series of BT Investment Portfolios, an investment
         company  registered  under  the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  as
         amended. The Fund is one of ten series of the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund and the  Portfolio,  determined by the proportion of the number of
         the  Initial  Shares of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the Initial
         Shares of the Fund then outstanding after taking into account any prior
         redemptions  of the  Initial  Shares  of the Fund.  The  amount of such
         reduction  in excess of the  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund shall be contributed by the Fund to the Portfolio.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



BT0473B

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                      EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($      /     SHARES OUTSTANDING)  . . . . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                   ======

NOTES:

(1)      BT Global Investors,  a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
         organized on July 24, 1995 and has been  inactive  since that date with
         respect to Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Fund (the "Fund") except for
         matters   relating  to  the  organization  of  the  Trust,  the  Fund's
         establishment  and  designation  as a  series  of the  Trust,  and  the
         registration  under the  Securities Act of 1933 of the Fund's shares of
         beneficial  interest  ("Shares")  and the sale of [ ] Shares  ("Initial
         Shares")  of the Fund to SFG  Investors  II Limited  Partnership  ("SFG
         Investors").  The Trust will invest all of the Fund's investable assets
         in Equity 500 Equal Weighted Portfolio (the  "Portfolio"),  a series of
         BT Investment  Portfolios,  an investment  company registered under the
         Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as  amended.  The Fund is one of ten
         series of the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund and the  Portfolio,  determined by the proportion of the number of
         the  Initial  Shares of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the Initial
         Shares of the Fund then outstanding after taking into account any prior
         redemptions  of the  Initial  Shares  of the Fund.  The  amount of such
         reduction  in excess of the  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund shall be contributed by the Fund to the Portfolio.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



BT0473B

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                              SMALL CAP INDEX FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($     /     SHARES OUTSTANDING)  . . . . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                  ======

NOTES:

(1)      BT Global Investors,  a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
         organized on July 24, 1995 and has been  inactive  since that date with
         respect  to Small  Cap Index  Fund  (the  "Fund")  except  for  matters
         relating to the organization of the Trust, the Fund's establishment and
         designation as a series of the Trust,  and the  registration  under the
         Securities  Act of 1933 of the  Fund's  shares of  beneficial  interest
         ("Shares") and the sale of [ ] Shares ("Initial Shares") of the Fund to
         SFG Investors II Limited Partnership ("SFG Investors").  The Trust will
         invest all of the Fund's investable assets in Small Cap Index Portfolio
         (the "Portfolio"),  a series of BT Investment Portfolios, an investment
         company  registered  under  the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  as
         amended. The Fund is one of ten series of the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund and the  Portfolio,  determined by the proportion of the number of
         the  Initial  Shares of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the Initial
         Shares of the Fund then outstanding after taking into account any prior
         redemptions  of the  Initial  Shares  of the Fund.  The  amount of such
         reduction  in excess of the  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund shall be contributed by the Fund to the Portfolio.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



BT0473B

                             BT GLOBAL INVESTORS --
                             EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE OF BENEFICIAL
INTEREST ($      /     SHARES OUTSTANDING)  . . . . . . . . .      $10.00
                                                                   ======

NOTES:

(1)      BT Global Investors,  a Massachusetts business trust (the "Trust"), was
         organized on July 24, 1995 and has been  inactive  since that date with
         respect to EAFE  Equity  Index  Fund (the  "Fund")  except for  matters
         relating to the organization of the Trust, the Fund's establishment and
         designation as a series of the Trust,  and the  registration  under the
         Securities  Act of 1933 of the  Fund's  shares of  beneficial  interest
         ("Shares") and the sale of [ ] Shares ("Initial Shares") of the Fund to
         SFG Investors II Limited Partnership ("SFG Investors").  The Trust will
         invest  all of the  Fund's  investable  assets  in  EAFE  Equity  Index
         Portfolio (the "Portfolio"),  a series of BT Investment Portfolios,  an
         investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
         as amended. The Fund is one of ten series of the Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses  of the  Fund  are  being  deferred  and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the  commencement of investment  operations of the Fund. The
         amount  paid by the Trust on any  redemption  by SFG  Investors  or any
         other  then-current  holder of the  Initial  Shares of the Fund will be
         reduced by a portion of any  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund and the  Portfolio,  determined by the proportion of the number of
         the  Initial  Shares of the Fund  redeemed to the number of the Initial
         Shares of the Fund then outstanding after taking into account any prior
         redemptions  of the  Initial  Shares  of the Fund.  The  amount of such
         reduction  in excess of the  unamortized  organization  expenses of the
         Fund shall be contributed by the Fund to the Portfolio.

(3)      The Trust has entered into an  Administration  and  Services  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration, custody and transfer agency services to the Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



 BT0473B
                          BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS --
                           U.S. BOND INDEX PORTFOLIO
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NOTES:

(1)      BT Income Portfolios,  a New York master trust, (the "Portfolio Trust")
         was organized on March 27, 1993 and has been  inactive  since that date
         with respect to U.S. Bond Index Portfolio (the "Portfolio")  except for
         matters relating to the Portfolio's  establishment and designation as a
         subtrust or series of the Portfolio Trust, and the sale of a beneficial
         interest therein at the purchase price of $[] to BT Global Investors --
         U.S.  Bond Index  Fund (the  "Fund")  (the  "Initial  Interests").  The
         Portfolio is one of fifteen series of the Portfolio Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses of the Portfolio are being  deferred and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the commencement of investment  operations of the Portfolio.
         Any amount  received  by the  Portfolio  from the Fund as a result of a
         redemption by SFG Investors II Limited  Partnership  will be applied so
         as to reduce  the  amount of  unamortized  organization  expenses.  The
         amount paid by the Portfolio  Trust on any withdrawal by the Fund of an
         Initial  Interest in the Portfolio  will be reduced by a portion of any
         unamortized  organization expenses of the Portfolio,  determined by the
         proportion  of the  amount of the  Initial  Interest  withdrawn  to the
         aggregate   amount  of  the   Initial   Interests   in  the   Portfolio
         then-outstanding after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any
         of the Initial Interests in the Portfolio.

(3)      At 4:00 p.m., New York time, on each business day of the Portfolio, the
         value of an investor's beneficial interest in the Portfolio is equal to
         the  product  of (i) the  aggregate  net asset  value of the  Portfolio
         multiplied by (ii) the percentage representing that investor's share of
         the aggregate  beneficial interests in the Portfolio effective for that
         day.

(4)      The Portfolio Trust has entered into an Investment  Advisory  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust Company and an Administration and Services Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration,  custody and transfer  agency services to the Portfolio
         Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



BT0473B
                          BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS --
                   EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX PORTFOLIO
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NOTES:

(1)      BT  Investment  Portfolios,  a New York master trust,  (the  "Portfolio
         Trust") was  organized  on March 27, 1993 and has been  inactive  since
         that date with  respect to Equity 500 Equal  Weighted  Index  Portfolio
         (the  "Portfolio")  except  for  matters  relating  to the  Portfolio's
         establishment  and designation as a subtrust or series of the Portfolio
         Trust,  and the sale of a beneficial  interest  therein at the purchase
         price of $[] to BT Global  Investors -- Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index
         Fund (the "Fund") (the  "Initial  Interests").  The Portfolio is one of
         fifteen series of the Portfolio Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses of the Portfolio are being  deferred and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the commencement of investment  operations of the Portfolio.
         Any amount  received  by the  Portfolio  from the Fund as a result of a
         redemption by SFG Investors II Limited  Partnership  will be applied so
         as to reduce  the  amount of  unamortized  organization  expenses.  The
         amount paid by the Portfolio  Trust on any withdrawal by the Fund of an
         Initial  Interest in the Portfolio  will be reduced by a portion of any
         unamortized  organization expenses of the Portfolio,  determined by the
         proportion  of the  amount of the  Initial  Interest  withdrawn  to the
         aggregate   amount  of  the   Initial   Interests   in  the   Portfolio
         then-outstanding after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any
         of the Initial Interests in the Portfolio.

(3)      At 4:00 p.m., New York time, on each business day of the Portfolio, the
         value of an investor's beneficial interest in the Portfolio is equal to
         the  product  of (i) the  aggregate  net asset  value of the  Portfolio
         multiplied by (ii) the percentage representing that investor's share of
         the aggregate  beneficial interests in the Portfolio effective for that
         day.

(4)      The Portfolio Trust has entered into an Investment  Advisory  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust Company and an Administration and Services Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration,  custody and transfer  agency services to the Portfolio
         Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



                                    BT0473B
                          BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS --
                           SMALL CAP INDEX PORTFOLIO
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NOTES:

(1)      BT  Investment  Portfolios,  a New York master trust,  (the  "Portfolio
         Trust") was  organized  on March 27, 1993 and has been  inactive  since
         that date with respect to Small Cap Index  Portfolio (the  "Portfolio")
         except  for  matters  relating  to the  Portfolio's  establishment  and
         designation  as a subtrust or series of the  Portfolio  Trust,  and the
         sale of a beneficial  interest  therein at the purchase price of $[] to
         BT Global  Investors -- Small Cap Index Fund (the "Fund") (the "Initial
         Interests").  The  Portfolio is one of fifteen  series of the Portfolio
         Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses of the Portfolio are being  deferred and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the commencement of investment  operations of the Portfolio.
         Any amount  received  by the  Portfolio  from the Fund as a result of a
         redemption by SFG Investors II Limited  Partnership  will be applied so
         as to reduce  the  amount of  unamortized  organization  expenses.  The
         amount paid by the Portfolio  Trust on any withdrawal by the Fund of an
         Initial  Interest in the Portfolio  will be reduced by a portion of any
         unamortized  organization expenses of the Portfolio,  determined by the
         proportion  of the  amount of the  Initial  Interest  withdrawn  to the
         aggregate   amount  of  the   Initial   Interests   in  the   Portfolio
         then-outstanding after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any
         of the Initial Interests in the Portfolio.

(3)      At 4:00 p.m., New York time, on each business day of the Portfolio, the
         value of an investor's beneficial interest in the Portfolio is equal to
         the  product  of (i) the  aggregate  net asset  value of the  Portfolio
         multiplied by (ii) the percentage representing that investor's share of
         the aggregate  beneficial interests in the Portfolio effective for that
         day.

(4)      The Portfolio Trust has entered into an Investment  Advisory  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust Company and an Administration and Services Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration,  custody and transfer  agency services to the Portfolio
         Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



BT0473B
                          BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS --
                          EAFE EQUITY INDEX PORTFOLIO
                      STATEMENT OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

                                   [ ], 1995

ASSETS:
       Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $
       Deferred organization expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Total assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES:
       Accrued organization expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . .
              Net assets  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     $

NOTES:

(1)      BT  Investment  Portfolios,  a New York master trust,  (the  "Portfolio
         Trust") was  organized  on March 27, 1993 and has been  inactive  since
         that date with respect to EAFE Equity Index Portfolio (the "Portfolio")
         except  for  matters  relating  to the  Portfolio's  establishment  and
         designation  as a subtrust or series of the  Portfolio  Trust,  and the
         sale of a beneficial  interest  therein at the purchase price of $[] to
         BT Global Investors --EAFE Equity Index Fund (the "Fund") (the "Initial
         Interests").  The  Portfolio is one of fifteen  series of the Portfolio
         Trust.

(2)      Organization  expenses of the Portfolio are being  deferred and will be
         amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period not to exceed  five
         years from the commencement of investment  operations of the Portfolio.
         Any amount  received  by the  Portfolio  from the Fund as a result of a
         redemption by SFG Investors II Limited  Partnership  will be applied so
         as to reduce  the  amount of  unamortized  organization  expenses.  The
         amount paid by the Portfolio  Trust on any withdrawal by the Fund of an
         Initial  Interest in the Portfolio  will be reduced by a portion of any
         unamortized  organization expenses of the Portfolio,  determined by the
         proportion  of the  amount of the  Initial  Interest  withdrawn  to the
         aggregate   amount  of  the   Initial   Interests   in  the   Portfolio
         then-outstanding after taking into account any prior withdrawals of any
         of the Initial Interests in the Portfolio.

(3)      At 4:00 p.m., New York time, on each business day of the Portfolio, the
         value of an investor's beneficial interest in the Portfolio is equal to
         the  product  of (i) the  aggregate  net asset  value of the  Portfolio
         multiplied by (ii) the percentage representing that investor's share of
         the aggregate  beneficial interests in the Portfolio effective for that
         day.

(4)      The Portfolio Trust has entered into an Investment  Advisory  Agreement
         with Bankers Trust Company and an Administration and Services Agreement
         with Bankers Trust  Company under which Bankers Trust Company  provides
         administration,  custody and transfer  agency services to the Portfolio
         Trust.

                                       

<PAGE>



APPENDIX

DESCRIPTION OF MOODY'S CORPORATE BOND RATINGS:

AAA - Bonds  rated Aaa are  judged  to be of the best  quality.  They  carry the
smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as "gilt edge."
Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally  stable margin
and  principal is secure.  While the various  protective  elements are likely to
change,  such  changes  as can be  visualized  are most  unlikely  to impair the
fundamentally strong position of such issues.

AA - Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards.  Together
with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally  known as high-grade  bonds.
They are rated lower than the best bonds because  margins of protection  may not
be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of
greater  amplitude  or  there  may be  other  elements  present  which  make the
long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A - Bonds rated A possess many  favorable  investment  attributes  and are to be
considered  as  upper-medium-grade  obligations.   Factors  giving  security  to
principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which
suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

BAA - Bonds rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations,  i.e. they are
neither highly  protected nor poorly  secured.  Interest  payments and principal
security appear adequate for the present but certain protective  elements may be
lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great length of time.
Such,  bonds  lack  outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in  fact  have
speculative characteristics as well.

BA - Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements. Their future cannot
be considered as well  assured.  Often the  protection of interest and principal
payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both (good
and bad times over the future.  Uncertainty of position  characterizes  bonds in
this class.

B - Bonds  rated B generally  lack  characteristics  of a desirable  investment.
Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of
the contract over any long period of time may be small.

CAA - Bonds  rated Caa are of poor  standing.  Such  issues may be in default or
there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

CA - Bonds  rated Ca  represent  obligations  which  are  speculative  in a high
degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked short-comings.

C - Bonds rated C are the lowest-rated class of bonds and issued so rated can be
regarded  as  having  extremely  poor  prospects  of  ever  attaining  any  real
investment standing.


                                       A-1

<PAGE>



Moody's  applies  numerical  modifiers,  1, 2,  and 3, in  each  generic  rating
classification  from Aa through B in its corporate  bond system.  The modifier 1
indicates  that the  security  ranks in the  higher  end of its  generic  rating
category;  the  modifier 2  indicates a mid-range  ranking;  and the  modifier 3
indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

DESCRIPTION OF S&P'S CORPORATE BOND RATINGS:

AAA -  Debt  rated  AAA  has  the  highest  rating  assigned  by  S&P  to a debt
obligation. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

AA - Debt  rated  AA has a very  strong  capacity  to  pay  interest  and  repay
principal and differs from the higher-rated issues only in small degree.

A - Debt rated A has a strong  capacity  to pay  interest  and repay  principal,
although it is somewhat more  susceptible  to the adverse  effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions.

BBB - Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate  capacity to pay interest
and  repay  principal.   Whereas  it  normally  exhibits   adequate   protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt
in this category than in higher-rated categories.

BB - Debt  rate BB has  less  near-term  vulnerability  to  default  than  other
speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to
adverse  business,  financial,  or  economic  conditions  which  could  lead  to
inadequate capacity to meet timely interest and principal payments.

B - Debt rated B has a greater  vulnerability  to default but  currently has the
capacity to meet interest payments and principal  repayments.  Adverse business,
financial,  or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or willingness to
pay interest and repay  principal.  The B rating  category is also used for debt
subordinated to senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BB- rating.

CCC - Debt rated CCC has a currently identifiable  vulnerability to default, and
is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions to meet
timely  payment of interest and repayment of principal.  In the event of adverse
business,  financial,  or  economic  conditions,  it is not  likely  to have the
capacity to pay interest and repay principal.

CC - Debt rated CC is  typically  applied to debt  subordinated  to senior  debt
which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

C -The rating C is typically  applied to debt  subordinated to senior debt which
is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt  rating.  The C rating may be used to
cover a situation  where a  bankruptcy  petition has been filed but debt service
payments are continued.

CI - The rating CI is  reserved  for income  bonds on which no interest is being
paid.

                                       A-2

<PAGE>




D - Debt  rated D is in  payment  default.  The D rating  category  is used when
interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due even if the
applicable grace period has not expired,  unless S&P believes that such payments
will be made during such grace  period.  The D rating will also be used upon the
filing of a bankruptcy petition if debt service payments are jeopardized.


                                       A-3

<PAGE>


BT0473B

DISTRIBUTOR

Signature Broker-Dealer Services, Inc.   BT GLOBAL INVESTORS
6 St. James Avenue
Boston, MA  02116                        U.S. BOND INDEX FUND
(617) 423-0800                           EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX FUND
                                         SMALL CAP INDEX FUND
                                         EAFE EQUITY INDEX FUND
INVESTMENT ADVISER OF EACH PORTFOLIO     BT INSTITUTIONAL EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND

Bankers Trust Company
280 Park Avenue
New York, NY  10017


TRANSFER AGENT

Bankers Trust Company
280 Park Avenue
New York, NY  10017


CUSTODIAN

Bankers Trust Company                    STATEMENT OF
280 Park Avenue                          ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
New York, NY  10015                                 , 1995


INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
1100 Main Street, Suite 900
Kansas City, MO  64105


LEGAL COUNSEL

Willkie Farr & Gallagher
One Citicorp Center
153 East 53rd Street
New York, NY  10022-4669


                                       

<PAGE>

BT0445C


                                     PART C

                               OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 24.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

   (a)  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN PART B - TO BE FILED BY AMENDMENT

   BT GLOBAL INVESTORS:
   Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of [], 1995
   Report of Independent Accountants

   BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS - EQUITY 500 EQUAL WEIGHTED INDEX PORTFOLIO, U.S. 
   BOND INDEX PORTFOLIO, EAFE EQUITY INDEX PORTFOLIO AND SMALL CAP INDEX
   PORTFOLIO:
   Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of [], 1995
   Report of Independent Accountants

   BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS - LATIN AMERICAN EQUITY PORTFOLIO, GLOBAL HIGH YIELD
   SECURITIES PORTFOLIO, SMALL CAP PORTFOLIO AND PACIFIC BASIN EQUITY PORTFOLIO
   Statement of Assets and Liabilities, September 30, 1994 
   Statement of operations for the period indicated 
   Statement of Changes in Net Assets for each of the periods indicated 
   Financial Highlights: Selected ratios and supplemental data for each of the
   periods indicated 
   Schedule of Portfolio Investments, September 30, 1994 
   Notes to Financial Statements 
   Report of Independent Accountants

   CAPITAL APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO, INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO AND EQUITY 500
   INDEX PORTFOLIO 
   Statement of Assets and Liabilities, December 31, 1994
   Statement of operations for the period indicated 
   Statement of Changes in Net Assets for each of the periods indicated 
   Financial Highlights: Selected ratios and supplemental data for each of the
   periods indicated 
   Schedule of Portfolio Investments, December 31, 1994 
   Notes to Financial Statements 
   Report of Independent Accountants

   BT PYRAMID MUTUAL FUNDS - BT INVESTMENT EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND 
   Statement of Assets and Liabilities, December 31, 1994
   Statement of operations for the period indicated 
   Statement of Changes in Net Assets for each of the periods indicated 
   Financial Highlights: Selected ratios and supplemental data for each of the
   periods indicated 
   Schedule of Portfolio Investments, December 31, 1994 
   Notes to Financial Statements 
   Report of Independent Accountants

   BT INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS - EQUITY 500 INDEX FUND 
   Statement of Assets and Liabilities, December 31, 1994
   Statement of operations for the period indicated 
   Statement of Changes in Net Assets for each of the periods indicated 
   Financial Highlights: Selected ratios and supplemental data for each of the
   periods indicated 
   Schedule of Portfolio Investments, December 31, 1994 
   Notes to Financial Statements 
   Report of Independent Accountants

   (b)     EXHIBITS:

           (1)       Declaration of Trust of the Trust.1

           (2)       By-Laws of the Trust.1

           (3)       Inapplicable.

           (4)       Specimen stock certificates for shares of beneficial 
                     interest of the Trust.2

           (5)       Inapplicable.


<PAGE>


           (6)       Distribution Agreement.2

           (7)       Inapplicable.

           (8)       See Exhibit 9(b).

           (9)       (a) See Exhibit 9(b).
                     (b) Administration and Services Agreement.2

           (10)      Opinion of counsel.2

           (11)      Consent of independent accountants.2

           (12)      Inapplicable.

           (13)      Investment letter of initial shareholder.2

           (14)      Inapplicable.

           (15)      Plan of Distribution pursuant to Rule 12b-l under the 
                     Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended 
                     (the "1940 Act").2

           (16)      Method of computations of performance information.2

           (17)      Financial Data Schedule. 2

           (18)      Powers of Attorney.3

    1      Incorporated herein by reference from this registration statement of
           the Registrant on forn N-1A (the "Registration Statement") as 
           originally filed with with the Securitries and Exchange Commission on
           August 24, 1995.

    2      To be filed by amendment.

    3      Filed herein.

ITEM 25.  PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH THE TRUST.

   Inapplicable.

ITEM 26.  NUMBER OF HOLDERS OF SECURITIES.

                                                      Number of Record
   TITLE OF CLASS                              HOLDERS (AS OF NOVEMBER 2, 1995)
   --------------                              -------------------------------
   International Equity Fund                                  0
   Latin American Equity Fund                                 0
   Pacific Basin Equity Fund                                  0
   Global High Yield Securities Fund                          0
   Capital Appreciation Fund                                  0
   Small Cap Fund                                             0
   Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Fund - Advisor Class
     Shares                                                   0
   U.S. Bond Index Fund - Advisor Class Shares                0
   EAFE Equity Index Fund - Advisor Class Shares              0
   Small Cap Index Fund - Advisor Class Shares                0
   Equity 500 Equal Weighted Index Fund - Institutional 
     Class Shares                                             0
   U.S. Bond Index Fund - Institutional Class Shares          0
   EAFE Equity Index Fund - Institutional Class Shares        0
   Small Cap Index Fund - Institutional Class Shares          0


<PAGE>

ITEM 27.  INDEMNIFICATION.
                                                                           

   Under Article XI, Section 2 of the Trust's Declaration of Trust, any past or
   present Trustee or officer of the Trust (including persons who serve at the
   Trust's request as directors, officers or trustees of another organization in
   which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise
   [hereinafter referred to as a "Covered Person"]) is indemnified to the
   fullest extent permitted by law against liability and all expenses reasonably
   incurred by him in connection with any action, suit or proceeding to which he
   may be a party or otherwise involved by reason of his being or having been a
   Covered Person. This provision does not authorize indemnification when it is
   determined, in the manner specified in the Declaration of Trust, that such
   Covered Person has not acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his
   actions were in or not opposed to the best interests of the Trust. Moreover,
   this provision does not authorize indemnification when it is determined, in
   the manner specified in the Declaration of Trust, that such Covered Person
   would otherwise be liable to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of
   willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his
   duties. Expenses may be paid by the Trust in advance of the final disposition
   of any action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by such
   Covered Person to repay such expenses to the Trust in the event that it is
   ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized
   under the Declaration of Trust and either (i) the Covered Person provides
   security for such undertaking, (ii) the Trust is insured against losses from
   such advances or (iii) the disinterested Trustees or independent legal
   counsel determines, in the manner specified in the Declaration of Trust, that
   there is reason to believe the Covered Person will be found to be entitled to
   indemnification.

   Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of
   1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), may be permitted to Trustees, officers and
   controlling persons of the Trust pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or
   otherwise, the Trust has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission
   such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act
   and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
   indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Trust
   of expenses incurred or paid by a Trustee, officer or controlling person of
   the Trust in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
   asserted by such Trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with
   the securities being registered, the Trust will, unless in the opinion of its
   counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a
   court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification
   by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be
   governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

ITEM 28.  BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER.

   Not applicable.



<PAGE>


ITEM 29.  PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS.

   (a)     Signature Broker-Dealer Services, Inc. is the Distributor 
           ("Signature") for the shares of BT Global Investors.  Signature also 
           serves as the principal underwriter or placement agent for other 
           registered investment companies.

   (b)     Set forth below are the names, principal business addresses and
           positions of each director and officer of Signature. Unless otherwise
           noted, the principal business address of these individuals is
           Signature Broker-Dealer Services, Inc., 6 St. James Avenue, Boston,
           Massachusetts 02116. Unless otherwise specified, none of the officers
           and directors of Signature serve as officers and Trustees of the
           Trust.

PHILIP W. COOLIDGE: Chief Executive Officer, President and Director of Signature
and President and Trustee of the Registrant.

LINWOOD C. DOWNS:  Treasurer of Signature.

THOMAS M. LENZ:  Assistant Secretary of Signature and Assistant Secretary of the
Registrant.

MOLLY S. MUGLER: Assistant Secretary of Signature and Assistant Secretary of the
Registrant.

LINDA T. GIBSON:  Assistant  Secretary of Signature and Assistant Secretary
of the Registrant.

ANDReS E. SALDAnA:  Assistant Secretary of Signature and Assistant Secretary of
the Registrant.

SUSAN JAKUBOSKI:  Assistant Treasurer of Signature.

BARBARA  M.  O'DETTE:   Assistant  Treasurer  of  Signature  and  Assistant
Treasurer of the Registrant.

BETH A. REMY:  Assistant Treasurer of Signature.

JULIE J. WYETZNER:  Product Management Officer of Signature.

ROBERT G. DAVIDOFF:  Director of Signature; CMNY Capital, L.P, 135 East 57th
Street, New York, NY  10022.

KATE B.M. BOLSOVER:  Director of Signature;  Signature Financial Group (Europe),
Ltd., 49 St. James's Street, London SW1A 1JT.



<PAGE>

DONALD S. CHADWICK:  Director of Signature; Scarborough & Company, 110 East 42nd
Street, New York, NY  10017.

LEEDS HACKETT:  Director of Signature; National Credit Management Corporation,
10155 York Road, Cockeysville, MD  21030.

LAURENCE E. LEVINE:  Director of Signature;  First  International  Capital,
Ltd., 130 Sunrise Avenue, Palm Beach, FL 33480.

   (c)     Inapplicable.

ITEM 30.  LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.

     BT INSTITUTIONAL FUNDS:
     6 St. James Avenue, Boston, MA 02116.

     BANKERS TRUST COMPANY:
     280 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017.

     INVESTORS FIDUCIARY TRUST COMPANY:
     127 West 10th Street, Kansas City, MO 64105.

     SIGNATURE BROKER-DEALER SERVICES, INC.:
     6 St. James Avenue, Boston, MA 02116.


ITEM 31.  MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

   Not applicable.



<PAGE>


ITEM 32.  UNDERTAKINGS.

   (a)     The Registrant undertakes to file a post-effective amendment,
           including financials, which need not be certified, within four to six
           months following the commencement of operations of each of its
           series. The financial statements included in such amendment will be
           as of and for the time period ended on a date reasonably close or as
           soon as practicable to the date of the amendment.

   (b)     The Registrant undertakes to comply with Section 16(c) of the 1940
           Act as though such provisions of the Act were applicable to the
           Registrant except that the request referred to in the third full
           paragraph thereof may only be made by shareholders who hold in the
           aggregate at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the Registrant,
           regardless of the net asset value or values of shares held by such
           requesting shareholders.

   (c)     If the information called for by Item 5A of Form N-1A is contained in
           the latest annual report to shareholders, the Registrant shall
           furnish each person to whom a prospectus is delivered with a copy of
           the Registrant's latest annual report to shareholders upon request
           and without charge.



<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES


   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this
Registration Statement on Form N-1A (the "Registration Statement") to be signed
on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized, in the City of Boston
and the Commonwealth of Massachusetts on the 30th day of October, 1995.

   BT GLOBAL INVESTORS



By:  /S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE
     Philip W. Coolidge, President


   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration
Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities
indicated on October 30, 1995.

SIGNATURE                                       TITLE



/S/HARRY VAN BENSCHOTEN*                        Trustee
Harry Van Benschoten


/S/MARTIN J. GRUBER*                            Trustee
Martin J. Gruber


/S/KELVIN J. LANCASTER*                         Trustee
KELVIN J. LANCASTER


/S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE                           Trustee
Philip W. Coolidge


/S/JOHN R. ELDER                                Treasurer (Principal Financial
John R. Elder                                   and Principal Accounting 
                                                Officer) 

*By: /S/THOMAS M. LENZ
   Thomas M. Lenz attorney-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney filed herein.





<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURE


   International Equity Portfolio has duly caused this Registration Statement on
Form N-1A of BT Global Investors to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston and the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts on the 30th day of October, 1995.

INTERNATIONAL EQUITY PORTFOLIO



By:  /S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE
     Philip W. Coolidge
     President


   This Registration Statement on Form N-1A of BT Global Investors has been
signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 30,
1995.

SIGNATURE                                       TITLE



/S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE                           Trustee and President of
Philip W. Coolidge                              International Equity Portfolio


CHARLES P. BIGGAR*                              Trustee of International Equity
Charles P. Biggar                               Portfolio


S. LELAND DILL*                                 Trustee of International
S. Leland Dill                                  Equity Portfolio


/S/JOHN R. ELDER                                Treasurer (Principal Financial
John R. Elder                                   and Principal Accounting 
                                                Officer) of International Equity
                                                Portfolio

*By: /S/THOMAS M. LENZ
   Thomas M. Lenz as Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney
   previously filed.




<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES


   Capital Appreciation Portfolio has duly caused this Registration Statement on
Form N-1A of BT Global Investors to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston and the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts on the 30th of October, 1995.

CAPITAL APPRECIATION PORTFOLIO



By:  /S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE
     Philip W. Coolidge
     President


   This Registration Statement on Form N-1A of BT Global Investors has been
signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 30,
1995.

SIGNATURE                                     TITLE



/S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE                         Trustee and President of Capital
Philip W. Coolidge                            Appreciation Portfolio


CHARLES P. BIGGAR*                            Trustee of Capital Appreciation
Charles P. Biggar                             Portfolio


S. LELAND DILL*                               Trustee of Capital Appreciation
S. Leland Dill                                Portfolio


/S/JOHN R. ELDER                              Treasurer (Principal Financial and
John R. Elder                                 Principal Accounting Officer) of
                                              Capital Appreciation Portfolio

*By: /S/THOMAS M. LENZ
   Thomas M. Lenz as Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney
   previously filed.


<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES


   BT Investment Portfolios has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form
N-1A of BT Global Investors to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Boston and the Commonwealth of
Massachusetts on the 30th day of October, 1995.

BT INVESTMENT PORTFOLIOS



By:  /S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE
     Philip W. Coolidge
     President

   This Registration Statement on Form N-1A of BT Global Investors has been
signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on October 30,
1995.

SIGNATURE                                     TITLE



/S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE                         Trustee and President of BT
Philip W. Coolidge                            Investment Portfolios


CHARLES P. BIGGAR*                            Trustee of BT Investment
Charles P. Biggar                             Portfolios


S. LELAND DILL*                               Trustee of BT Investment
S. Leland Dill                                Portfolios


/S/JOHN R. ELDER                              Treasurer (Principal Financial and
John R. Elder                                 Principal Accounting Officer) of 
                                              BT Investment Portfolios

*By: /S/THOMAS M. LENZ
   Thomas M. Lenz as Attorney-in-Fact pursuant to a Power of Attorney
   previously filed.




<PAGE>




                              BT GLOBAL INVESTORS
                                    EXHIBITS
                                       TO
                           REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON
                                   FORM N-1A

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
    
EXHIBIT NO.          DESCRIPTION
  (18)               Powers of Attorney


                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


         The undersigned hereby constitutes and appoints John R. Elder, Linda T.
Gibson,  James S.  Lelko,  Jr.,  Thomas M. Lenz,  Molly S.  Mugler and Andres E.
Saldana each of them,  with full powers of  substitution  as his true and lawful
attorneys  and  agents to  execute  in his name and on his behalf in any and all
capacities the Registration  Statements on Form N-1A, and any and all amendments
thereto,  filed by BT Global  Investors  (the "Trust") with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  and
the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  and any and all instruments  which such
attorneys and agents,  or any of them, deem necessary or advisable to enable the
Trust to comply with such Acts, the rules,  regulations and  requirements of the
Securities and Exchange  Commission,  and the securities or Blue Sky laws of any
state or other jurisdiction, and the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms as
his own act and deed any and all acts that such attorneys and agents,  or any of
them,  shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.  Any one of such attorneys
and agents have, and may exercise, all of the powers hereby conferred.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 15th
day of September, 1995, in New York, New York.


                                                /S/PHILIP W. COOLIDGE
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Philip W. Coolidge
BT0443


<PAGE>





                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


         The  undersigned  hereby  constitutes  and appoints Philip W. Coolidge,
John R. Elder,  Linda T. Gibson,  James S. Lelko,  Jr., Thomas M. Lenz, Molly S.
Mugler and Andres E. Saldana each of them,  with full powers of  substitution as
his true and  lawful  attorneys  and  agents to  execute  in his name and on his
behalf in any and all capacities the  Registration  Statements on Form N-1A, and
any and all amendments thereto,  filed by BT Global Investors (the "Trust") with
the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as  amended,  and  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended,  and any and all
instruments  which such attorneys and agents,  or any of them, deem necessary or
advisable to enable the Trust to comply with such Acts,  the rules,  regulations
and requirements of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  and the securities
or Blue Sky laws of any state or other jurisdiction,  and the undersigned hereby
ratifies  and  confirms  as his own act and  deed  any and all  acts  that  such
attorneys  and  agents,  or any of them,  shall do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof. Any one of such attorneys and agents have, and may exercise,  all of the
powers hereby conferred.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 15th
day of September, 1995, in New York, New York.


                                                /S/BRUCE E. LANGTON
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Bruce E. Langton

BT0443


<PAGE>





                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


         The  undersigned  hereby  constitutes  and appoints Philip W. Coolidge,
John R. Elder,  Linda T. Gibson,  James S. Lelko,  Jr., Thomas M. Lenz, Molly S.
Mugler and Andres E. Saldana each of them,  with full powers of  substitution as
his true and  lawful  attorneys  and  agents to  execute  in his name and on his
behalf in any and all capacities the  Registration  Statements on Form N-1A, and
any and all amendments thereto,  filed by BT Global Investors (the "Trust") with
the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as  amended,  and  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended,  and any and all
instruments  which such attorneys and agents,  or any of them, deem necessary or
advisable to enable the Trust to comply with such Acts,  the rules,  regulations
and requirements of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  and the securities
or Blue Sky laws of any state or other jurisdiction,  and the undersigned hereby
ratifies  and  confirms  as his own act and  deed  any and all  acts  that  such
attorneys  and  agents,  or any of them,  shall do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof. Any one of such attorneys and agents have, and may exercise,  all of the
powers hereby conferred.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 15th
day of September, 1995, in New York, New York.


                                                /S/HARRY VAN BENSCHOTEN
                                                -------------------------------
                                                Harry Van Benschoten

BT0443


<PAGE>




                               POWER OF ATTORNEY


         The  undersigned  hereby  constitutes  and appoints Philip W. Coolidge,
John R. Elder,  Linda T. Gibson,  James S. Lelko,  Jr., Thomas M. Lenz, Molly S.
Mugler and Andres E. Saldana each of them,  with full powers of  substitution as
his true and  lawful  attorneys  and  agents to  execute  in his name and on his
behalf in any and all capacities the  Registration  Statements on Form N-1A, and
any and all amendments thereto,  filed by BT Global Investors (the "Trust") with
the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as  amended,  and  the  Securities  Act of  1933,  as  amended,  and any and all
instruments  which such attorneys and agents,  or any of them, deem necessary or
advisable to enable the Trust to comply with such Acts,  the rules,  regulations
and requirements of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  and the securities
or Blue Sky laws of any state or other jurisdiction,  and the undersigned hereby
ratifies  and  confirms  as his own act and  deed  any and all  acts  that  such
attorneys  and  agents,  or any of them,  shall do or cause to be done by virtue
hereof. Any one of such attorneys and agents have, and may exercise,  all of the
powers hereby conferred.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 15th
day of September, 1995, in New York, New York.


                                                 /S/MARTIN J. GRUBER
                                                 -------------------------------
                                                 Martin J. Gruber

BT0443


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission